AUTOCADPLANT3D2016FORDESIGNERS

(3RDEDITION)

CADCIMTechnologies525St.AndrewsDrive

Schererville,IN46375,USA

(www.cadcim.com)

ContributingAuthor

ShamTickooProfessor

DepartmentofMechanicalEngineeringTechnology

PurdueUniversityCalumet

Hammond,Indiana

USA

AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners

ShamTickooCADCIMTechnologies

525StAndrewsDrive

Schererville,Indiana46375,USA

www.cadcim.com

Copyright©2015byCADCIMTechnologies,USA.Allrightsreserved.PrintedintheUnitedStatesofAmericaexceptaspermittedundertheUnitedStatesCopyrightActof1976.

Nopartofthispublicationmaybereproducedordistributedinanyformorbyanymeans,orstoredinthedatabaseorretrievalsystemwithoutthepriorpermissionofCADCIMTechnologies.

ISBN978-1-942689-09-6

NOTICETOTHEREADER

Publisherdoesnotwarrantorguaranteeanyoftheproductsdescribedinthetextorperformanyindependentanalysisinconnection with any of the product information contained in the text. Publisher does not assume, and expresslydisclaims,anyobligationtoobtainandincludeinformationotherthanthatprovidedtoitbythemanufacturer.

The reader is expresslywarned to consider and adopt all safety precautions thatmight be indicated by the activitieshereinandtoavoidallpotentialhazards.Byfollowingtheinstructionscontainedherein,thereaderwillinglyassumesallrisksinconnectionwithsuchinstructions.

ThePublishermakesnorepresentationorwarrantiesofanykind,includingbutnotlimitedto,thewarrantiesoffitnessforparticularpurposeormerchantability,norareanysuchrepresentationsimpliedwithrespecttothematerialsetforthherein,andthepublishertakesnoresponsibilitywithrespecttosuchmaterial.Thepublishershallnotbeliableforanyspecial,consequential,orexemplarydamagesresulting,inwholeorpart,fromthereader’suseof,orrelianceupon,thismaterial.

www.cadcim.com

CADCIMTechnologies

DEDICATION

Toteachers,whomakeitpossibletodisseminateknowledge

toenlightentheyoungandcuriousminds

ofourfuturegenerations

Tostudents,whoarededicatedtolearningnewtechnologies

andmakingtheworldabetterplacetolivein

THANKS

TothefacultyandstudentsoftheMETdepartmentof

PurdueUniversityCalumetfortheircooperation

ToemployeesatCADCIMTechnologiesfortheirvaluablehelp

OnlineTrainingProgramOfferedbyCADCIMTechnologiesCADCIMTechnologiesprovideseffectiveandaffordablevirtualonlinetrainingonvarioussoftwarepackages includingComputer Aided Design andManufacturing (CAD/CAM),computer programming languages, animation, architecture, and GIS. The training isdelivered‘live’viaInternetatanytime,anyplace,andatanypacetoindividualsaswellas the students of colleges, universities, and CAD/CAM training centers. The mainfeaturesofthisprogramare:

TrainingforStudentsandCompaniesinaClassroomSettingHighlyexperiencedinstructorsandqualifiedengineersatCADCIMTechnologiesconducttheclassesundertheguidanceofProf.ShamTickooofPurdueUniversityCalumet,USA.This team has authored several textbooks that are rated “one of the best” in theircategoriesand are used invarious colleges,universities,and training centers in NorthAmerica,Europe,andinotherpartsoftheworld.

TrainingforIndividualsCADCIMTechnologieswith itscosteffectiveandtimesavinginitiativestrives todeliverthe training in thecomfortof your home orwork place, thereby relieving you from thehasslesoftravelingtotrainingcenters.

TrainingOfferedonSoftwarePackagesCADCIMprovidesbasicandadvancedtrainingonthefollowingsoftwarepackages:

CAD/CAM/CAE:CATIA,Pro/ENGINEERWildfire,PTCCreoParametric,CreoDirect,SOLIDWORKS,Autodesk Inventor, Solid Edge, NX, AutoCAD, AutoCADLT, AutoCADPlant3D,CustomizingAutoCAD,EdgeCAM,andANSYS

ArchitectureandGIS:AutodeskRevitArchitecture,AutoCADCivil 3D,AutodeskRevitStructure,AutoCADMap 3D, RevitMEP, Navisworks, Primavera, and Bentley STAADPro

AnimationandStyling:Autodesk3dsMax,AutodeskMaya,AutodeskAlias,TheFoundryNukeX,MAXONCINEMA4D,AdobeFlash,andAdobePremiere

ComputerProgramming:C++,VB.NET,Oracle,AJAX,andJava

Formoreinformation,pleasevisitthefollowinglink:http://www.cadcim.com

Note

Ifyouareafacultymember,youcanregisterbyclickingonthefollowinglinktoaccesstheteachingresources:http://www.cadcim.com/Registration.aspx.Thestudentresourcesareavailableathttp://www.cadcim.com.WealsoprovideLiveVirtualOnlineTrainingonvarioussoftwarepackages.Formoreinformation,writeusatsales@cadcim.com.

TABLEOFCONTENTS

Dedication

Preface

Chapter1:IntroductiontoAutoCADPlant3D

IntroductiontoAutoCADPlant3D2016

StartingAutoCADPlant3D

StartTab

WorkingonaProject

AutoCADPlant3DUserInterface

DrawingArea

CommandWindow

PROJECTMANAGER

DATAMANAGER

NavigationBar

ViewCube

In-canvasViewportControls

StatusBar

PROPERTIESPalette

DifferentWorkspacesinAutoCADPlant3D

Grips

InvokingCommandsinAutoCADPlant3D

InvokingCommandsUsingCommandPrompt

InvokingCommandsUsingRibbon

ToolPalettes

ApplicationMenu

MenuBar

ShortcutMenu

AutoCADPlant3DDialogBoxes

CreatingBackupFiles

ConvertingAuto-savedandBackupFilesintoAutoCADFormat

UsingtheDrawingRecoveryManagertoRecoverFiles

ClosingaDrawing

OpeningaProjectDrawing

OpeningaDrawingthatisnotintheProject

OpeninganExistingDrawingUsingtheSelectFileDialogBox

QuittingAutoCADPlant3D

AutoCADPlant3DHelp

AutodeskExchangeApps

AdditionalHelpResources

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter2:CreatingProjectsandP&IDs

Introduction

PROJECTMANAGER

CreatingaNewProjectinAutoCADPlant3D

CreatingaNewDrawing

GroupingProjectFiles

DesigningaP&ID

AddingEquipmenttoaP&ID

AddingPipeLines

AssigningTagstoaline

AddingValves

AddingInstrumentsandInstrumentationLines

AddingFittings

AddingtheOffPageConnectors

ConnectingtheOffPageConnectors

ValidatingtheDrawing

CheckingforErrors

EditingtheDrawing

MovinganEquipment

MovingaValve

MovingaLine

EditingaLine

GroupingLines

EditingaP&IDSymbol

SubstitutingComponents

ConvertingAutoCADComponentsintoP&IDSymbols

Tutorial1

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Exercise1

Chapter3:CreatingStructures

Introduction

CreatingaGrid

EditingGrids

SettingtheRepresentationoftheStructuralMember

AddingMembers

CreatingStairs

EditingStairs

CreatingRailings

CreatingLadders

LadderTab

CageTab

CreatingaPlate/Grate

CreatingFootings

EditingtheStructuralMembers

ChangingtheLengthofaMember

RestoringtheMembertoitsOriginalLength

CuttingMemberatIntersections

CreatingMiterJoints

Trimming/ExtendingaMember

ExplodingaStructure

VisibilityOptions

HidingandDisplayingComponents

ExchangingDatawithotherApplications

Tutorial1

Tutorial2

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Exercise1

Chapter4:CreatingEquipment

Introduction

CreatingEquipment

PlacingEquipmentintheDrawing

AddingaVessel

AddingaHeatExchanger

AddingaPump

AddingaHeater

CreatingaCustomizedEquipment

ModifyingEquipment

ConvertingSolidModelsintoEquipment

ConvertingInventorModelsintoEquipment

AttachingObjectstoanEquipment

DetachingObjectsfromanEquipment

AddingNozzlestoaCustomizedEquipment

AddingNozzlestoaConvertedEquipment

ModifyingNozzles

Tutorial1

Tutorial2

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter5:EditingSpecificationsandCatalogs

Introduction

GettingStartedwithAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor

WorkingwithSpecFiles

CreatingaNewSpecFilefromanExistingSpec

AddingPartstotheSpecSheet

EditingthePartsAddedtoaSpec

SettingthePartUsePriority

AddingNotestoaGroup

EditingtheLongDescriptionStyles

AssigningaLongDescriptionStyletoMultipleSpecs

AssigningOperators(Actuators)toValves

WorkingwiththeCatalogEditor

CreatingaNewCatalogfromanExistingCatalog

AddingaNewParttoaCatalog

CreatingaNewComponentusingParametricGraphics

CreatingaNewComponentusingBlockBasedGraphics

ModifyingtheBranchTable

CreatingBranchTableLegends

AssigningLegendstoaBranchTable

Tutorial1

Tutorial2

Tutorial3

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter6:RoutingPipes

Introduction

SelectingaSpec

WorkingwiththeSpecViewer

RoutingaPipe

RoutingaPipewithaNewLineNumber

SettingtheRouteLine

RoutingaPipefromaLine

RoutingaPipeusingaP&ID

RoutingaPipefromanEquipment

WorkingwiththeCompass

ConnectingtwoOpenPortsofPipes

ChangingthePipeSizewhileRouting

ChangingtheOrientationPlanewhileRoutingaPipe

CreatingaCutbackElbow

CreatingaRollElbow

CreatingBends

ChangingtheElevationwhileRoutingaPipe

RoutingPipeatanOffset

RoutingaPipeataSlope

CreatingBranches

CreatingaTeeBranch

CreatinganO-letBranch

CreatingaStub-InBranch

CreatingaStub-InBranchatanOffsetfromtheCenteroftheHeaderPipe

CreatingaBranchfromanElbow

CreatingaStub-InBranchataPreciseLocation

AddingaReinforcedPadtoaStub-InBranch

CreatingaWeldConnection

CreatingAutodeskConnectionPoint

EditinganAutodeskConnectionPoint

RoutingaPipefromanAutodeskConnectionPoint

Tutorial1

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter7:AddingValves,Fittings,andPipeSupports

Introduction

AddingValvesandFittings

AddingValvesandFittingstoaPipeusingtheSpecSheet

AddingValvesandFittingsusingaP&ID

PlacingValvesandFittingswhileRoutingaPipe

PlacingCustomParts

MappingaP&IDObjecttoaPlant3DObject

AddingPipeSupports

AddingaDummyLeg

AddingaHangerandConnectingittoaStructuralMember

ModifyingthePipeSupports

CopyingandMovingaPipeSupport

ConnectingTwoPipeSupports

ConvertingSolidsintoPipeSupports

AttachingObjectstoaPipeSupport

DetachingObjectsfromaSupport

InsulatingaPipe

ModifyingthePipeComponentsusingGrips

SubstitutingaPipeComponent

RotatingaPipeComponent

FlippingaPipeComponent

FlippingaComponentInlinewiththePipe

ChangingtheElevationofthePipe

ChangingtheValveOperator

Validatinga3DModel

Tutorial1

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter8:CreatingIsometricDrawings

Introduction

IsometricDrawingTypes

CreatingaQuickIsometricDrawing

CreatingaProductionIsometricDrawing

ViewingIsometricResults

PlacingIsoMessagesandAnnotations

ExportingaPipeComponentFile

CreatinganIsofromaPipeComponentFile

LockingaLineNumber

ConfiguringIsometricDrawingSettings

ConfiguringIsoStyleSettings

ConfiguringAnnotationSettings

ConfiguringDimensionalSettings

ConfiguringThemes

ConfiguringSlopedandOffsetPipingSettings

SettingtheTitleBlockandDisplayProperties

Tutorial1

Tutorial2

Tutorial3

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter9:CreatingOrthographicDrawings

Introduction

CreatingOrthographicDrawings

GeneratingtheFirstView

CreatingtheAdjacentView

AddingAnnotationstotheDrawing

AddingDimensionstotheDrawing

LocatingaComponentinthe3DModel

EditingaDrawingView

UpdatingaView

AddingGapstoPipes

GeneratingBillofMaterial

CreatingBOMAnnotation

Tutorial1

Self-EvaluationTest

ReviewQuestions

Chapter10:ManagingDataandCreatingReports

Introduction

DATAMANAGER

ViewingdataintheDATAMANAGER

ModifyingtheDisplayofData

DisplayingtheDatabyObjectTypeandArea

ZoomingtoPlantObjects

LocatinganObjectintheDrawingArea

ScrollingthroughtheDataintheDATAMANAGER

EditingDataintheDATAMANAGER

PlacingAnnotationsinaP&IDusingtheDATAMANAGER

FilteringtheInformationintheDataTable

ViewingonlytheSelectedRecordintheDataTable

ViewingalltherecordsintheDataTableexcepttheSelectedOne

ViewingtheDataoftheObjectsSelectedintheDrawingArea

ExportingDatafromtheDATAMANAGER

ImportingDatatotheDATAMANAGER

AcceptingorRejectingChangesintheImportedData

ViewingReportsintheDATAMANAGER

ExportingtheProjectReports

ImportingtheProjectReports10-9

WorkingwiththeReportCreator10-9

GeneratingReportsusingtheAutoCADPlantReportCreator10-10

Tutorial110-13

Tutorial210-17

Self-EvaluationTest10-19

ReviewQuestions10-20

IndexI-1

Preface

AutoCADPlant3DAutoCADPlant3D2016,aproductofAutodeskInc,isaplantlayoutdesignsoftware.ItisextensivelyusedintheindustrytocreateandmodifytheP&IDsand3Dmodelsoftheprocessplants.BuiltontheAutoCADplatform,thissoftwareallowsyoutocarryoutthedesignprocessinaprojectbasedmanner.Themoderntoolsetavailablewiththissoftwareallowsdesignersandengineers,whomodelanddocumentprocessplants,togenerateandshare isometric drawings, orthographic drawings, and materials reports. You can alsointegratePlant3DwithNavisworksandcanimportdesignscreatedinRevitandInventor.

TheAutoCADPlant3D2016forDesignerstextbookexplainsthereaderstoeffectivelyusethedesigningtoolsinAutoCADPlant3D.Theaccompanyingtutorialsandexercises,whichrelatetotherealworldprojects,helpyouunderstandtheusageandabilitiesofthetoolsavailableinAutoCADPlant3D2016.Youwilllearnhowtosetupaproject,createandeditP&IDs,designa3DPlantmodel, generate isometric/orthographicdrawings, as

wellashowtopublishandprintdrawings.Thechaptersinthistextbookarestructuredinapedagogicalsequencethatmakesthistextbookveryeffectiveinlearningthefeaturesandcapabilitiesofthesoftware.

Since AutoCAD Plant 3D is based on AutoCAD platform, a user must have the basicknowledgeofAutoCAD. In this textbook, the basic tools ofAutoCADare not explainedwhileexplaining theworkingofPlant3D toolsassuming that theuserknowsAutoCADbasics.

Thesalientfeaturesofthistextbookareasfollows:

•TutorialApproach

Theauthorhasadoptedtutorialpoint-of-viewandlearn-by-doingthemethroughoutthetextbook.Thisapproachguidestheusersunderstandtheconceptsandprocesseseasily.

•TipsandNotes

Theadditionalinformationrelatedtovarioustopicsisprovidedtotheusersintheformoftipsandnotes.

•LearningObjectives

Thefirstpageofeverychaptersummarizesthetopicsthatarecoveredinthatchapter.

•Self-EvaluationTest,ReviewQuestions,andExercises

Every chapter ends with Self-Evaluation Test so that the users can assess theirknowledgeofthechapter.TheanswerstoSelf-EvaluationTestaregivenat theendofthe chapter. Also, the Review Questions and Exercises are given at the end of eachchapterandtheycanbeusedbytheInstructorsastestquestionsandexercises.

•HeavilyIllustratedText

The text in this book is heavily illustrated with about 600 line diagrams and screencaptureimages.

SymbolsUsedintheTextbook

Note

The author has provided additional information related to various topics in the formofnotes.

Tip

The author has provided a lot of useful information to the users about the topic beingdiscussedintheformoftips.

New

Thissymbolindicatesthatthecommandortoolbeingdiscussedisnew.

Enhanced

Thissymbolindicatesthatthecommandortoolbeingdiscussedisenhanced.

FormattingConventionsUsedintheTextbookRefertothefollowinglistfortheformattingconventionsusedinthistextbook.

•Commandnamesarecapitalizedandwritteninboldfaceletters.

•AkeyiconappearswhenyouhavetorespondbypressingtheENTERortheRETURNkey.

• Command sequences are indented. The responses are indicated in boldface. Thedirectionsareindicatedinitalicsandthecommentsareenclosedinparentheses.

• Themethods of invoking a tool/option from theRibbon,MenuBar,QuickAccessToolbar,Applicationmenu,StatusBar,andCommandpromptareenclosedinashadedbox.

Ribbon:Structure>Parts>Footing

MenuBar:File>Open

QuickAccessToolbar:Open

ApplicationMenu:Open>Drawing

Command:OPEN

Example:TheMOVEcommand

Command:MOVE

Selectobject:G

Entergroupname:Enteragroupname(thegroupnameisgroup1)

NamingConventionsUsedintheTextbookToolIfyouclickonaniteminapaneloftheRibbonandacommandisinvokedtocreate/editanobjectorperformsomeaction,thenthatitemistermedastool.

Forexample:

ToCreate:RoutePipetool,CreateSupportstool,CreateOrthoViewtoolToEdit:ModifyEquipmenttool,AttachSupportstool,DetachSupportstool

Action:Zoomtool,Movetool,Copytool

IfyouclickonaniteminapaneloftheRibbonandadialogboxisinvokedwhereinyoucansetthepropertiestocreate/editanobject,thenthatitemisalsotermedastool,refertoFigure1.

Forexample:

ToCreate:CreateEquipmenttool,CreateSupportstoolToEdit:EditAttributestool,BlockEditortool

Figure1VarioustoolsintheRibbon

Button

If you click on an item in a toolbar or a panel of theRibbon and the display of thecorrespondingobjectistoggledon/off,thenthatitemistermedasButton.Forexample,Gridbutton,Snapbutton,Orthobutton,RoutePipebutton,LinetoPipebutton,andsoon;refertoFigure2.

Figure2VariousbuttonsdisplayedintheStatusBarandRibbon

Theiteminadialogboxthathasa3DshapelikeabuttonisalsotermedasButton.Forexample,OKbutton,Cancelbutton,Applybutton,andsoon.

DialogBox

ThenamingconventionsusedforthecomponentsinadialogboxarementionedinFigure3.

Figure3Thecomponentsinadialogbox

Drop-downA drop-down is the one in which a set of common tools are grouped together forperforminganaction.Youcanidentifyadrop-downwithadownarrowonit.Thesedrop-downsaregivenanamebasedonthetoolsgroupedinthem.Forexample,Projectdrop-down,Settingsdrop-down,CreateLightdrop-down,andsoon;refertoFigure4.

Figure4TheProject,Settings,andCreateLightdrop-downs

Drop-downListAdrop-down list is theone inwhicha setofoptionsaregrouped together.Youcansetparametersusingtheseoptions.Youcanidentifyadrop-downlistwithadownarrowonit.Toknowthenameofadrop-downlist,movethecursoroverit;itsnamewillbedisplayedasa tool tip.Forexample,LineNumberSelectordrop-downlist,Linetype drop-downlist,ObjectColordrop-downlist,VisualStylesdrop-downlist,andsoon,refertoFigure5.

Figure5TheLineNumberSelectorandVisualStylesdrop-downlists

OptionsOptions are the items that are available in shortcut menu, drop-down list, Commandprompt,Propertiespanel,andsoon.Forexample,choosethePropertiesoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayedonright-clickinginthedrawingarea,refertoFigure6.

Figure6OptionsinashortcutmenuandthePROPERTIESpalette

FreeCompanionWebsiteIt has been our constant endeavor to provide you the best textbooks and services ataffordableprice.Inthisendeavor,wehavecomeoutwithafreecompanionwebsitethatwillfacilitatetheprocessofteachingandlearningofAutoCADPlant3D.Ifyoupurchasethistextbook,youwillgetaccesstothecompanionwebsite.

Thefollowingresourcesareavailableforthefacultyandstudentsinthiswebsite:

FacultyResources

•TechnicalSupport

Thefacultycangetonlinetechnicalsupportbycontactingtechsupport@cadcim.com.

•InstructorGuide

Solutionstoallreviewquestionsandexercisesinthetextbookareprovidedinthislinktohelpfacultymemberstesttheskillsofthestudents.

•PowerPointPresentations

The contents of the book are arranged in customizable powerpoint slides that can beusedbythefacultyfortheirlectures.

•PartFiles

The part files used in illustrations, tutorials, and exercises are available for freedownload.

StudentResources

•TechnicalSupport

Thestudentscangetonlinetechnicalsupportbycontactingtechsupport@cadcim.com.

•PartFiles

Thepartfilesusedinillustrationsandtutorialsareavailableforfreedownload.

You can access additional learning resources by visitinghttp://allaboutcadcam.blogspot.com.

If you face any problem in accessing these files, please contact the publisher atsales@cadcim.comortheauthoratstickoo@purduecal.eduortickoo525@gmail.com.

StayConnected

You can now stay connectedwith us through Facebook and Twitter to get the latestinformationontextbooks,videos,andteaching/learningresources.Tostayinformedofsuch updates, follow us on Facebook (www.facebook.com/cadcim) and Twitter(@cadcimtech). You can also subscribe to our You Tube channel(www.youtube/cadcimtech)togettheinformationaboutourlatestvideotutorials.

AutoCADPlant3DforDesigners

Preface

AutoCADPlant3DforDesigners

Preface

Chapter1

IntroductiontoAutoCADPlant3D

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•StartAutoCADPlant3D

•WorkwiththecomponentsoftheinitialAutoCADPlant3Dscreen

•InvokeAutoCADcommandsfromthekeyboard,menus,shortcutmenus,TOOLPALETTES,andRibbon

•WorkwiththecomponentsofdialogboxesinAutoCADPlant3D

INTRODUCTIONTOAUTOCADPLANT3D2016AutoCAD Plant 3D is a purpose-built plant design software. This software is used todesign and document process plants. AutoCAD Plant 3D contains various predefinedshapesofplantcomponents.Thesepredefinedshapes,whicharesolidmodels,carry theintelligence ofAutoCAD Plant 3D drawings.While installing AutoCAD Plant 3D, thestandardspecificationsandpartcatalogsrelatedtopipingarealsoinstalled.

AutoCADPlant3DcomesalongwithAutoCADP&IDwhichisusedtocreatepipingandinstrumentation drawings.AutoCADP&ID contains various piping and instrumentationsymbols.These symbols,most ofwhich areAutoCADblockswith attributes, carry theintelligenceofAutoCADP&IDdrawings.

STARTINGAUTOCADPLANT3DWhen you install AutoCAD Plant 3D 2016, its icon is created and displayed on thedesktop. You can launch the application by double-clicking on that icon; the interfacescreenofAutoCADPlant3Dwillbedisplayed.

StartTabInAutoCADPlant3D2016,theStarttab isdisplayedintheAutoCADenvironmentonlywhenyouopen thePlant3D,orwhenyouclose all thedrawing templates,orwhennodrawingisopen.TheStart tabcontains threeslidingpages:LEARN,CREATE,andGETSTARTED,refertoFigure1-1.Theseframesarediscussednext.

Figure1-1TheinterfaceofAutoCADPlant3D2016

LEARNThis page is displayed by clicking on LEARN in the Start tab. This page providesinformationtohelpyoulearnAutoCADPlant3D2016.Itisdividedintothreecolumns:What’sNew,GettingStartedVideos/FeatureVideos,andTipoftheDay/OnlineResources.

CREATEThispageisdisplayedbyclickingonCREATEfromtheStarttab.Fromthispage,youcanaccesssamplefiles,recentfiles,productnotifications,andcanalsoconnecttotheonlinecommunity. The CREATE page is divided into three columns: Get Started/Sample Project,RecentDocuments,andNotifications/Connect.

GETSTARTEDThispageisdisplayedbyclickingonGETSTARTEDfromtheStarttab.ThispageprovidesinformationaboutvariousfeaturesofAutoCADPlant3D,refertoFigure1-2.

Figure1-2TheGETSTARTEDpageselected

WORKINGONAPROJECTApipingdesignprojectincludesthedrawingandotherformsofdata.Thesedatasourcesare inter-related in a project. The drawing data includes P&IDs, 3Dmodels, Isometricdrawings,andOrthographicdrawings.Theotherdataformsincludecatalogsandspecsforpiping,processdata,andsoon.Figure1-3showsaprojectflowdiagram.

Figure1-3Aprojectflowdiagram

AUTOCADPLANT3DUSERINTERFACEThe AutoCAD Plant 3D interface consists of the drawing area, command window,PROJECTMANAGER,menu bar, toolbars, StatusBar, and so on, refer to Figure 1-4.Thesecomponentsarediscussednext.

Figure1-4InterfacescreenofAutoCADPlant3D

DrawingAreaThedrawingareacoversthemajorportionofthescreen.Inthisarea,youcandrawobjectsandusethecommands.Todrawobjects,youneedtodefinethecoordinatepointswhichcan be done by using the pointing device. The position of the pointing device isrepresentedonthescreenbythecursor.ThedrawingareaalsohasthestandardWindowsbuttonssuchasclose,minimize,andsoon,atthetoprightcorner.Thesebuttonshavethesamefunctionsasforanyotherstandardwindow.

CommandWindowThecommandwindowatthebottomofthedrawingareahastheCommandpromptwhereyou can enter the commands. It alsodisplays the subsequent prompt sequences and themessages.Youcanchangethesizeofthewindowbyplacingthecursoronthetopedge(doublelinebarknownasthegrabbar)andthendraggingit.Thiswayyoucanincreaseitssizetoseeallthepreviouscommandsyouhaveused.

PROJECTMANAGERPROJECTMANAGERisusedtoaccessandmanageallthedrawingsinaproject.Inadditiontothat,youcan configure project settings, and export and import data from thePROJECTMANAGER. Figure 1-5 shows thePROJECTMANAGER.There are three tabs in thePROJECTMANAGER:SourceFiles,OrthographicDWG,andIsometricDWG.YoucancreateandaccesstheP&IDandPlant3DdrawingfilesusingtheSourceFilestab.Theothertwotabscanbeusedtocreateandaccesstheorthographicandisometricdrawings.

Thedatausedinaprojectisarrangedinfoldersthatarecreatedwhilecreatingaproject.Forexample, ifyoucreateaprojectwiththenameCADCIM,afoldernamedCADCIMwillbecreatedastheprojectfolder.Also,aseriesofthesub-folderswillbecreatedintheprojectfolderthatcontainsdatarelatedtotheproject,refertoFigure1-6.

Figure1-5ThePROJECTMANAGER

DATAMANAGERWhen you create a P&ID or a Plant 3Dmodel, each and every part of the drawing isassigned with some properties. These properties can be accessed through the DATAMANAGER. Using the DATAMANAGER, you can view, import, export, and create reportsfromtheprojectdata.ChoosetheDataManagerbuttonfromtheProjectpaneltodisplaytheDATAMANAGER.Figure1-7showsapartialviewoftheDATAMANAGER.

Figure1-6Sub-foldersoftheprojectfolder

Figure1-7PartialviewoftheDATAMANAGER

NavigationBarTheNavigationBarisdisplayedinthedrawingareaandcontainsvariousnavigationtoolswhicharegroupedtogether,refertoFigure1-8.Thesetoolsarediscussednext.

Figure1-8ThetoolsintheNavigationBar

SteeringWheelsTheSteeringWheelsallowyoutoaccessdifferent2Dand3Dnavigationtools.SteeringWheelsaredividedintodifferentsectionsknownaswedges.Eachwedgeonawheelrepresentsasinglenavigationtool.Youcanpan,zoom,orrewindthecurrentviewofasceneindifferentwaysusingtheSteeringWheels.

PanToolThistoolallowsyoutoadjusttheviewpointofadrawing.Toadjusttheviewpoint,choosethistool,pressandholdtheleftmousebutton,andthendragitinthedrawingarea.YoucanexitthiscommandbypressingESC.

ZoomToolsThezoomtoolsareusedtoenlargetheviewofthedrawingonthescreenwithoutaffectingtheactualsizeoftheobject.

OrbitToolsTheorbittoolsareusedtorotatetheviewinthe3Dspace.

ShowMotionToolThistoolisusedtocapturedifferentviewsinasequenceandanimatethemwhenrequired.

ViewCubeViewCube is available at the top right cornerof thedrawingareaand isused to switchbetweenthestandardandisometricviewsorrollbacktothecurrentview.

In-canvasViewportControlsIn-canvasViewportControlsareavailableatthetopleftcornerofthedrawingscreen.Itenablesyoutochangetheview,thevisualstyle,aswellastheviewport.

StatusBarThe bar displayed at the bottom of the screen is called Status Bar. It contains usefulinformationandbuttons,refertoFigure1-9,whichmakesiteasytochangethestatusofsomeAutoCADfunctions.Youcantogglebetweentheonandoffstatesofmostofthesefunctionsbyselectingordeselectingthem.

Figure1-9TheStatusBar

TraySettingsYoucancontrol thedisplayof iconsandnotifications in the trayat the rightendof theStatusBar by selecting appropriate options. To invoke theTray settings dialog box, enterTRAYSETTINGS intheCommandpromptandPressENTER.TheTraysettingsdialogbox isshowninFigure1-10.

Figure1-10TheTraySettingsdialogbox

CleanScreenTheCleanScreen button is available at the lower right corner of the screen. This button,whenchosen,displays anexpandedviewof thedrawingareabyhidingall the toolbarsexcept the command window, Status Bar, and menu bar. The expanded view of thedrawingareacanalsobedisplayedbychoosingView>CleanScreenfromthemenubarorbyusing the CTRL+0 keys. You can choose the Clean Screen button again to restore thepreviousdisplaystate.

CustomizationYoucanhidethedisplayofsomeofthebuttonsintheStatusBar.Todoso,clickonthe

Customization button available at the lower right corner of the screen; a menu will bedisplayed.Inthismenu,clearthecheckmarknexttothenamesofthebuttonsyouneedtohide.

Plot/PublishDetailsReportAvailableThis icon is displayed when some plotting or publishing activity is performed in thebackground. When you click on this icon, the Plot and Publish Details dialog box, whichprovidesthedetailsabouttheplottingandpublishingactivities,willbedisplayed.Youcancopy this report to theclipboardbychoosing theCopy toClipboardbuttonfromthedialogbox.

ManageXrefsTheManageXrefsiconisdisplayedwheneveranexternalreferencedrawingisattachedto the selected drawing. This icon displays an alert message whenever the externalreferenceddrawingneedstobereloaded.TofinddetailedinformationregardingthestatusofeachXrefinthedrawingandtherelationbetweenvariousXrefs,clickontheManageXrefsicon;theEXTERNALREFERENCESpalettewillbedisplayed.

PROPERTIESPaletteThe PROPERTIES palette is used to set the current properties and to change the generalpropertiesoftheselectedobjects.ThePROPERTIESpaletteisdisplayedonright-clickingonanobjectandthenchoosingthePropertiesoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed.Ifyouright-clickonthePROPERTIESpalette,ashortcutmenuwillbedisplayed.YoucanchooseAllowDocking from thismenu to dock or hide the palette.When you double-click on anobject,thePROPERTIESpalettewilldisplaythepropertiesoftheselectedobject.

In AutoCAD Plant 3D, the PROPERTIES palette displays an additional section for thepropertiesspecifictotheselectedobject,refertoFigure1-11.Forexample,ifyouselectaPlant3Dobject,thePlant3DsectionwillbedisplayedinthePROPERTIESpalettewith the3Dpropertiesoftheobject.Thelistofpropertiesdisplayedvariesdependingontheobjectselected.Forexample,ifyouselectpipesupport,thedimensionsoftheselectedgeometrywillbedisplayedinthePartGeometrysection,refertoFigure1-12.Inthissection,youcaneditthegeometryoftheselectedpipesupport.Similarly,ifyouselectavalvefromaPlant3Dmodel,propertiesof thevalvewillbedisplayed.Youcanchange thevalveactuatorusingthePROPERTIESpalette.

Figure1-11TheadditionalsectiondisplayedforaPlant3Dobject

Figure1-12ThedimensionsofthepipesupportdisplayedinthePROPERTIESpalette

DIFFERENTWORKSPACESINAUTOCADPLANT3DAworkspace is defined as a customized arrangement of Ribbon, toolbars, menus, andwindowpalettesintheAutoCADenvironment.InAutoCADPlant3D,therearedifferentworkspaces to create aP&IDandPlant 3Dmodel.Someof themare 3DPiping,P&ID PIP,P&IDISO,P&IDISA,P&IDDIN,andP&IDJIS-ISO.

YouwillnoticethattherearedifferentworkspacesforcreatingaP&ID.Theseworkspacesare based on different standards.When you invoke a P&ID workspace of a particularstandard,thetoolpalettewilldisplaythesymbolsrelatedtothatstandard.

You can select any of the predefined workspaces from the Workspace drop-down listavailableinthetitlebarlocatednexttotheQuickAccessToolbar,seeFigure1-13.YoucansettheworkspacefromtheflyoutdisplayedonchoosingtheWorkspaceSwitchingbutton in theStatusBar,refertoFigure1-14.

Figure1-13Thepredefinedworkspaces

Figure1-14TheflyoutdisplayedonchoosingtheWorkspaceSwitchingbutton

GRIPSGripsprovideaconvenientandquickmeansofeditingobjects.Gripsaredisplayedonthekeypointsofanobjectwhentheobjectisselected.TherearedifferentgripsavailableinAutoCADPlant3D.Thefollowingtableshowsthegripsymbols, theirnames,and theirusage.

GripSymbol GripName Usage

Continuationgrip

Itisusedtostartorcontinueroutingapipe.

Substitutiongrip

Itisusedtosubstituteacomponent.

AddNozzlegrip

Youcanaddanozzletoanequipmentusingthisgrip.

Elevationgrip

Youcanchangetheelevationofapipeusingthisgrip.

Editnozzlegrip

Itisusedtomodifyanozzle.

Rotationgrip Itisusedtorotateavalveorfitting.

Flipgrip Itisusedtoflipavalveorafitting.

Connectiongrip

It is displayedwhen a schematic line is connected to a component or anequipment.

StretchgripIt is displayed at the midpoint of a schematic line. You can move theschematiclineusingthisgrip.

Endlinegrip Itisusedtoincreaseordecreasethelengthofaschematicline.

Flipgrip(inP&ID)

Itisusedtochangethedirectionoftheschematicline.

GapgripItisdisplayedwhenagapisaddedontheschematicline.Youcanincreaseordecreasethegapusingthisgrip.

INVOKINGCOMMANDSINAUTOCADPLANT3DWhenyouareinthedrawingarea,youneedtoinvokeAutoCADPlant3Dcommandstoperformanyoperation.For example, todrawa line, firstyouneed to invoke theLINEcommand and then define the start point and the endpoint of the line. Similarly, if youwanttoeraseobjects,youmustinvoketheERASEcommandandthenselecttheobjectsforerasing.InAutoCADPlant3D,youcaninvokethecommandsusingdifferentmethodswhicharediscussednext.

InvokingCommandsUsingCommandPromptYoucaninvokeanyAutoCADPlant3DcommandusingthekeyboardbytypingthecommandnameattheCommandpromptandthenpressingtheENTERkey.Asyoutypethefirstletterofacommand,AutoCADPlant3Ddisplaysallavailablecommandsstartingwiththelettertyped.YoucanalsousetheDynamicInputbuttontodirectlyenterthecommandinthePointerInputbox.ThePointerInputboxisasmallboxdisplayedontherightofthecursor,asshowninFigure1-15.However, if the cursor is currentlyplacedonany toolbarormenubar, or if theDynamicInputisturnedoff,thecommandcanbeenteredonlythroughtheCommandprompt.ThefollowingexampleshowshowtoinvoketheLINEcommandusingthekeyboard:

Command:LINEorL(Liscommandalias)

Figure1-15ThePointerInputboxdisplayedwhentheDynamicInputison

InvokingCommandsUsingRibbonInAutoCADPlant3D,youcanalsoinvokeatoolfromtheRibbon.IntheRibbon, thetools for creating pipes, equipment, supports, and the other Plant 3D components areavailable in different panels instead of being spread out in the entire drawing area indifferenttoolbarsandmenus,seeFigure1-16.

Figure1-16TheRibbonforthe3DPipingworkspace

InAutoCADPlant3D,therearedifferenttabsandRibbonsforperformingdifferenttaskssuchascreatingaP&ID,isometricdrawings,orthographicdrawing,andsoon.Thesearediscussednext.

HomeTaboftheP&IDWorkspaceTheHometaboftheP&IDworkspacecontainstoolsthatareusedtocreateaP&ID.TheHometabofP&IDworkspaceisshowninFigure1-17.

Figure1-17TheHometabofP&IDworkspace

HomeTabofthe3DPipingWorkspaceThis is one of themost important tabs provided in the 3D Pipingworkspace. This tabprovidesall thetoolswhichareusedtocreate3Dpiping,equipment,andpipesupports.

TheHometabofthe3DPipingworkspaceisshowninFigure1-18.

Figure1-18TheHometabofthe3DPipingworkspace

IsosTabThetoolsintheIsostabareusedtogenerateisometricdrawings.TheIsostabisshowninFigure1-19.

Figure1-19TheIsostab

StructureTabThetoolsintheStructuretabareusedtocreateandmodifystructures.TheStructuretabisshowninFigure1-20.

Figure1-20TheStructuretab

OrthoViewTabThetoolsintheOrthoViewtabareusedtoannotateanddimensionaview.Also,youcancreateadjacentviewsandlocate theviewcomponents ina3DModel.TheOrthoViewtabisshowninFigure1-21.Notethat theOrthoView tabwillbedisplayedonlywhenyoucreateorthographicdrawings.Themethodofcreatingorthographicdrawingswillbediscussedinlaterchapters.

Figure1-21TheOrthoViewtab

OrthoEditorTabThe tools in theOrthoEditor tab are used to create orthographic views. TheOrthoEditortabisshowninFigure1-22.YouwilllearnmoreaboutOrthoEditortabinlaterchapters.

Figure1-22TheOrthoEditortab

TOOLPALETTESAutoCADPlant3Dhasprovideddifferenttoolpalettesasaneasyandconvenientwayofplacingsymbolsand3Dparts in thecurrentdrawing.TheTOOLPALETTESdisplay itemsbased on the workspace in which you are currently working. The TOOL PALETTES indifferentworkspacesarediscussednext.

TOOLPALETTESinP&IDWorkspaceTheTOOLPALETTE -P&IDcontainsvarious tabssuchasLines,Equipment,Valvesandsoon,refer toFigure1-23.The symbols ineach tabaregrouped intodifferent areas.YoucanalsocreatemorecustomsymbolsandaddthemtotheTOOLPALETTES.YoucanchangetheToolPalettebychoosingthePropertiesbuttonandthenselectingtherequiredToolPalettefromtheflyoutdisplayed.

TOOLPALETTESin3DPipingWorkspaceInthe3DPipingworkspace,theTOOLPALETTEScontaintwotypeoftabs:DynamicPipeSpecand Pipe Supports Spec, refer to Figure 1-24. TheDynamic Pipe Spec tab contains the pipingcomponentsfromtheselectedspecification.YoucanaddmorecomponentstotheDynamicPipeSpectabbyinvokingtheSpecViewer.YouwilllearnmoreabouttheSpecViewer in laterchapters. In addition, you can add a customized part to theToolPalette.Also, you canchangethecomponentsdisplayedinthistabbyselectingadifferentspecification.ThePipeSupportsSpec tabcontainspipesupports. In this tab,youcandynamicallyselectasupport

andplaceitinthe3Dmodel.

Figure1-23P&IDToolPalettes

Figure1-243DPipingToolPalettes

ApplicationMenuTheApplication Menu is available at the top left corner of the AutoCAD Plant 3Dwindow.ItcontainssomeofthetoolsthatareavailableintheStandardtoolbar.ClickontheApplicationMenutodisplaythetools,asshowninFigure1-25.

Figure1-25TheApplicationMenu

YoucansearchacommandusingthesearchfieldonthetopoftheApplicationMenu.Tosearchatool,enterthecompleteorpartialnameofthecommandinthesearchfield;thepossibletoollistwillbedisplayed.Ifyouclickonatoolfromthelist,thecorrespondingcommandwillgetactivated.Bydefault, theRecentDocumentsbutton ischosen in theApplicationMenu.Therefore, the recentlyopeneddrawingswill be listed. If youhaveopenedmultipledrawingfiles,choose theOpenDocumentsbutton; thedocuments thatare opened will be listed in theApplicationMenu. To set the preferences of the file,choose theOptions button available at the bottom of theApplicationMenu. To exitAutoCADPlant3D,choosetheExitAutodeskAutoCADPlant3D2016buttonnext totheOptionsbutton.

MenuBarYoucanalsoinvokecommandsfromthemenubar.MenubarisnotdisplayedbydefaultinAutoCADPlant3D.Todisplaythemenubar,clickonthedownarrowintheQuickAccessToolbar;aflyoutwillbedisplayed.ChoosetheShowMenuBaroptionfromit;themenubarwill be displayed. As you move the cursor over the menu bar, different titles gethighlighted.Youcanclickonthedesireditemtodisplayamenu.Now,youcaninvokeacommandbyleft-clickingonitinthemenu.Anarrowdisplayedontherightsideofsome

of the menu items indicates that they have a cascading menu. The cascading menuprovidesvariousoptionstoexecutethesameAutoCADPlant3Dcommand.

ShortcutMenuAutoCAD Plant 3D provides shortcut menus to invoke the recently used tools easily.Theseshortcutmenusarecontext-specificwhichmeansthatthetoolsavailableinthemaredependentontheplace/objectforwhichtheyaredisplayed.Ashortcutmenuisinvokedbyright-clickinginthedrawingarea.Itgenerallycontainsanoptiontoselectthepreviouslyinvokedtoolagainapartfromthecommonlyusedtools,refertoFigure1-26.

Figure1-26Partialviewoftheshortcutmenuwiththerecentlyusedcommands

Ifyouright-clickinthedrawingareawhileacommandisactive,ashortcutmenuwiththeoptions of that particular command will be displayed. Figure 1-27 shows the shortcutmenuwhentheRoutePipetoolisactive.

Figure1-27ShortcutmenuwhentheRoutePipetoolisactive

Youcanalsoright-clickonthecommandwindowtodisplaytheshortcutmenu.ThismenudisplaystheinputsettingoptionsandalsosomeoftheWindowsoptionssuchasCopyandPaste,refertoFigure1-28.ThecommandsandtheirpromptentriesaredisplayedintheHistorywindow (previous command linesnotvisible) andcanbe selected, copied,andpastedinthecommandlineusingtheshortcutmenu.Asyoupresstheuparrowkey,thepreviouslyentered commands are displayed in thecommandwindow.Once the desiredcommandisdisplayedattheCommandprompt,youcanexecuteitbysimplypressingtheENTERkey.

YoucanalsocopyandeditanypreviouslyinvokedcommandbylocatingitintheHistorywindowandthenselectingthelines.AfterselectingthedesiredcommandlinesfromtheHistorywindow, right-click to display a shortcutmenu.ChooseCopy from themenu andthenpastetheselectedlinesattheendofthecommandline.

Youcanright-clickonthecoordinatedisplayareaoftheStatusBartodisplaytheshortcutmenu.Thismenucontainstheoptionstomodifythedisplayofcoordinates,asshowninFigure1-29.Youcanalsoright-clickonanyofthetoolbarstodisplaytheshortcutmenufromwhereyoucanchooseanytoolbartobedisplayed.

Figure1-28Shortcutmenudisplayedbyright-clickingoncommandwindow

Figure1-29Shortcutmenudisplayedbyright-clickingoncoordinatedisplayarea

AUTOCADPLANT3DDIALOGBOXESOn invoking certain commands in AutoCAD Plant 3D, the related dialog boxes aredisplayed.Whenyouchooseaniteminthemenubarwiththeellipses[…],adialogboxis

displayed.Forexample,whenOptionsintheToolsmenuisselected,theOptionsdialogbox is displayed.A dialog box contains a number of components like the dialog label,radiobuttons,textoreditboxes,checkboxes,slider,imageboxes,andcommandbuttons.SomeofthecomponentsinadialogboxareshowninFigure1-30.

Figure1-30Componentsofadialogbox

The title bar displays the name of the dialog box.The tabs have different sections thatcontainvariousgroupsofrelatedoptionsunderthem.Thecheckboxesaretoggleoptionsformakingaparticularoptionavailableorunavailable.Whenyouclickonanoptionandalist of options is displayed, then it is termed as drop-down list.You can select optionsusingtheradiobuttons.Notethatonlyonebuttoncanbeselectedatatimefromasection.Thetextboxisanareawhereyoucanenteratextsuchasafilename.Itisalsocalledaneditbox,becauseyoucanmakeanychangetothetextentered.Insomedialogboxes,youwill find the […] button, which displays another related dialog box. There are certainbuttonssuchasOK,Cancel,andHelpthatarealsodisplayedatthebottomofthedialogbox.Thebuttonwithadarkborderisthedefaultbutton.

CREATINGBACKUPFILESIfthedrawingfilealreadyexistsandyouuseSaveorSaveAs tooltoupdatethecurrentdrawing,AutoCADPlant3Dcreatesabackupfile.AutoCADPlant3Dtakestheprevious

copy of the drawing and changes it from the file type .dwg to .bak, and the updateddrawingissavedasadrawingfilewiththe .dwgextension.Forexample,if thenameofthedrawingismyproj.dwg,AutoCADPlant3Dwillchangeittomyproj.bakandsavethecurrentdrawingasmyproj.dwg.

ConvertingAuto-savedandBackupFilesintoAutoCADFormatSometimes, youmay need to converting the auto-saved and backup files to AutoCADformat.TochangethebackupfileintoanAutoCADformat,openthefolderinwhichyouhavesavedthebackuportheauto-saveddrawing.ChooseOrganize>FolderandsearchoptionsfromthemenubartoinvoketheFolderOptionsdialogbox.ChoosetheViewtabandunder theAdvancedsettings area, clear theHideextensions forknownfile typescheckbox,ifselected.PressOKtoexitthedialogbox.Renametheauto-saveddrawingorthebackupfilewithadifferentnameandalsochangetheextensionofthedrawingfrom.sv$or .bak to .dwg.Afteryourename thedrawing,youwillnotice that the iconof theauto-saveddrawingor thebackup file is replacedby theAutoCAD icon.This indicatesthat the auto-saved drawing or the backup file is converted to an AutoCAD Plant 3Ddrawing.

UsingtheDrawingRecoveryManagertoRecoverFilesThe files that are saved automatically can also be retrieved by using theDRAWINGRECOVERYMANAGER.You can open theDRAWINGRECOVERYMANAGERby choosing Drawing Utilities > Open the Drawing Recovery Manager from theApplicationMenuorbyenteringDRAWINGRECOVERYattheCommandprompt.

If the automatic save operation is performed on a drawing and the system crashesaccidentally, thennext timewhenyou runAutoCADPlant 3D, theDrawingRecoverymessageboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure1-31.Themessagebox informsyouthat theprogramunexpectedly crashed and you can open themost relevant backup filecreated byAutoCADPlant 3D. Choose theClose button from theDrawingRecoverymessagebox;theDRAWINGRECOVERYMANAGERisdisplayedon the left in thedrawingarea,asshowninFigure1-32.

Figure1-31TheDrawingRecoverymessagebox

Figure1-32TheDRAWINGRECOVERYMANAGER

TheBackupFiles rollout lists theoriginal files, thebackup files, and the automaticallysavedfiles.Select a file; itspreviewwillbedisplayed in thePreview rollout.Also, theinformationcorrespondingtotheselectedfilewillbedisplayedintheDetailsrollout.Toopenabackupfile,double-clickon itsname in theBackupFiles rollout.Alternatively,right-click on the file name and then choose Open from the shortcut menu. It isrecommended that you save the backup file at the desired location before you startworkingonit.

CLOSINGADRAWINGYou can use theCLOSE command to close the current drawing file without actually

quitting AutoCAD Plant 3D. If you choose Close > Current Drawing from theApplicationMenu or enterCLOSE at theCommand prompt, the current drawing filewillbeclosed.Ifmultipledrawingfilesareopened,chooseClose>AllDrawings fromtheApplicationMenu.IfyouhavenotsavedthedrawingaftermakingthelastchangestoitandyouinvoketheCLOSEcommand,AutoCADPlant3Ddisplaysamessageboxthatallows you to save the drawing before closing. This dialog box gives you an option todiscardthecurrentdrawingorthechangesmadetoit.Italsogivesyouanoptiontocancelthecommand.Afterclosingthedrawing,youarestillinAutoCADPlant3Dfromwhereyoucanopenaneworanalreadysaveddrawingfile.Youcanalsousetheclosebutton(X)correspondingtothedrawingareatoclosethedrawing.

Note

Youcancloseadrawingevenifacommandisactive.

OPENINGAPROJECTDRAWINGYoucanopen an existingdrawing file that has been savedpreviously in a project.Thedrawings are located under the P&ID drawings and Plant 3D drawings nodes in thePROJECTMANAGER.Toopenadrawing,expand the respectivedrawingsnodeand right-click to display a shortcutmenu.Next, choose theOpen option from the shortcutmenu,refertoFigure1-33;thedrawingwillopen.Alternatively,double-clickonthedrawinginthePROJECTMANAGERtoopenit.

Figure1-33OpeningadrawingfromthePROJECTMANAGER

Toviewadrawingwithoutalteringit,youmustchoosetheOpenRead-Onlyoptionfromtheshortcutmenu.Inotherwords,choosingtheread-onlyoptionprotectsthedrawingfile

frombeingchanged.AutoCADPlant3Ddoesnotpreventyoufromeditingthedrawing.Butifyoutrytosavetheopeneddrawingwiththeoriginalfilename,AutoCADPlant3Dwarns you that the drawing file is write-protected. However, you can save the editeddrawingtoafilewithadifferentfilenameusingtheSAVEAScommand.Thiswayyoucanpreserveyourdrawing.

OPENINGADRAWINGTHATISNOTINTHEPROJECTApplicationMenu:Open>DrawingQuickAccessToolbar:OpenMenuBar:File>OpenCommand:OPEN

YoucanopenadrawingfilethatdoesnotexistinthecurrentlyopenedprojectusingtheSelectFiledialogbox.Thisdialogboxisdiscussednext.

OpeninganExistingDrawingUsingtheSelectFileDialogBoxIfyouarealreadyinthedrawingeditorandyouwanttoopenadrawingfile,choosetheOpen tool from the Quick Access Toolbar; the Select File dialog box will be displayed.Alternatively,invoketheOPENcommandtodisplaytheSelectFiledialogboxbyusingtheCommand prompt, as shown in Figure 1-34. You can select the drawing to be openedusing this dialog box.This dialog box is similar to the standard dialog boxes.You canchoosethefileyouwanttoopenfromthefolderinwhichitisstored.YoucanaccesstherequiredfolderbyusingtheLookindrop-downlist.Youcanthenselectthenameofthedrawingfromthelistboxoryoucanenterthenameofthedrawingfileyouwanttoopenin theFile name edit box. After selecting the drawing file, you can choose theOpenbuttontoopenthefile.

Figure1-34TheSelectFiledialogbox

Whenyouselectafilename,thepreviewoftheselecteddrawingfileisdisplayedinthePreviewbox.Ifyouarenotsureaboutthefilenameofaparticulardrawingbutknowthecontents,youcanstill select thefileand lookfor thatdrawing in thePreviewbox.YoucanalsochangethefiletypebyselectingitintheFilesoftypedrop-downlist.Apartfromthe.dwgfiles,youcanopenthe.dwt(template)files,.dwsfilesorthe.dxffiles.Youhaveall the standard icons in the Places list that can be used to open drawing files fromdifferentlocations.TheOpenbuttonalsohasadrop-downlist,asshowninFigure1-35.Youcanchooseanyofthemethodsgiveninthislistforopeningthefile.

Figure1-35TheOpendrop-downlist

Note that you cannot make any changes to the drawing file that is not in the currentproject.Ifyoudoso,theAlertmessageboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure1-36.Thismessageboxwarnsyouthattheobjectcanonlybeinsertedintoaprojectdrawing,

and if youwant to add this drawing to the current project, choose theYes button; themessageboxwillbeclosedandthedrawingwillbeaddedtothecurrentlyopenedproject.

Figure1-36TheAlertmessagebox

Alternatively, toadd files to thecurrentdrawing, right-clickon theP&IDDrawings orPlant 3DDrawings node and choose theCopy Drawing to Project option from theshortcutmenudisplayed, refer toFigure1-37; theSelectDrawingstoCopytoProjectdialogboxwillbedisplayed.Browsetothefilelocationanddouble-clickonthedrawingfiletobeaddedtotheproject;thedrawingfilewillbeaddedtothecurrentprojectandtheProjectDataMergedmessageboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure1-38.ChooseOKtoclosethemessagebox.

Figure1-37Copyingadrawingtoproject

Figure1-38TheProjectDataMergedmessagebox

QUITTINGAUTOCADPLANT3DYou can exit theAutoCADPlant 3Dprogramby using theEXIT orQUIT command.Evenifacommandisactive,youcanchooseExitAutodeskAutoCADPlant3D2016fromtheApplicationMenutoclosetheAutoCADPlant3Dprogram.Incasethedrawinghasnotbeensaved,itallowsyoutofirstsavetheworkthroughadialogbox.NotethatifyouchooseNointhisdialogbox,allthechangesmadeinthecurrentfiletillthelastsavewillbelost.YoucanalsousetheClosebutton(X)ofthemainAutoCADPlant3Dwindow(presentinthetitlebar)toendtheAutoCADPlant3Dsession.

AUTOCADPLANT3DHELPTitlebar:?>HelpShortcutKey:F1Command:HELPor?

YoucangetonlinehelpanddocumentationontheworkingofAutoCADPlant3D2016commandsfromtheHelpmenuintheInfoCenterlocatedontherightinthetitlebar,seeFigure1-39.Youcanalsoaccess theHelpmenubypressingtheF1functionkey.SomeimportantoptionsintheHelpmenuarediscussednext.

Figure1-39TheHelpmenuintheInfoCenter

Figure1-40showstheAutodeskPlant3D2016-HelppageafterchoosingtheHelpbuttonfromtheInfoCenterbar.

Figure1-40TheAutoCADPlant3D2016Helppage

CustomerInvolvementProgramThis option is used to share your software and system configuration information withAutodesk. The collected information is used by Autodesk for the improvement ofAutodesksoftware.

AboutAutodeskAutoCADPlant3D2016Thisoptiongivesyouinformationabouttherelease,serialnumber, licensedto,andalsothelegaldescriptionaboutAutoCADPlant3D.

AutodeskExchangeAppsAutodeskExchangeAppshelpsyou todownloadvariousapplicationsofAutoCAD,getconnected to the AutoCAD network, share information and designs, and so on. Onchoosing the Autodesk Exchange Apps button from the title bar, the AUTODESKEXCHANGEAPPSpagewillopeninthedefaultbrowser,asshowninFigure1-41.

You can download variousAutodesk apps such as PlantDataManager, Rename Project,andsoonfromthispage.Someofthemarefreeofcost.YoucanalsopublishyourownAutodeskproductsforotherusersofAutodeskproducts.

Also, you can download applications for software other thanAutoCAD family such asAutodeskAlias,Revit,Simulation,andsoon.Youcanalsosearchfortheapplicationsby

enteringthenameoftheappintheSearchExchangeAppstextbox.

Figure1-41TheAUTODESKEXCHANGEAppspage

ADDITIONALHELPRESOURCES•YoucangethelpforacommandwhileworkinginAutoCADPlant3DbypressingtheF1 key. If you press the F1 key when a command is active, the HELP windowcontaininginformationaboutthatcommandwillbedisplayed.Afterusingthehelp,youcanexitthewindowandcontinuewiththecurrentproject.

•YoucangethelpaboutadialogboxbychoosingtheHelpbuttonfromthatdialogbox.

•AutodeskprovidesseveralresourcesthatcanbeusedtogetassistanceonPlant3Dtoolsandfunctions.Theseresourcescanbeaccessedbyvisitingthefollowinglinks:

a.Autodeskcommunityforumwebsitehttp://forums.autodesk.com/

b. AutoCAD Plant 3D Technical Assistance websitehttp://knowledge.autodesk.com/support/autocad-plant-3d#?sort=score

• You can also get help by contacting the author, Prof. Sham Tickoo, atstickoo@purduecal.eduandtickoo525@gmail.com.

• You can download AutoCAD Plant 3D drawings, programs, and special topics byregisteringyourselfatthewebsitebyvisiting:http://cadcim.com/Registration.aspx

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.Theitemsinthe________tabintheTOOLPALETTEcontainthepipingcomponentsfromtheselectedspecification.

2.The_________gripisusedtomodifyanozzle.

3.Ifyouwanttoworkonadrawingwithoutalteringtheoriginaldrawing,youmustselectthe__________option.

4.The__________isusedtostartorcontinueroutingapipe.

5.The___________palettedisplaysanadditionalsectionforthepropertiesspecifictotheselecteditem.

6. You can use the __________ command to close the current drawing file withoutactuallyquittingAutoCADPlant3D.

7. You can press F3 key to invoke the AutoCAD text window, which displays thepreviouslyusedcommandsandprompts.(T/F)

8.Ifyoudonothaveaninternetconnection,youcannotaccesstheHelpfiles.(T/F)

9.YoucancloseadrawinginAutoCADPlant3D2016evenifacommandisactive.(T/F)

10.Ifthecurrentdrawingisunnamedandyousavethedrawingforthefirsttime,youwillbepromptedtospecifythefilenameintheSaveDrawingAsdialogbox.(T/F)

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.Whichof the following combination of keys should be pressed to turn on or off thedisplayoftheTOOLPALETTESwindow?

(a)CTRL+3(b)CTRL+0

(c)CTRL+5(d)CTRL+2

2.WhichofthefollowingcommandsisusedtoexittheAutoCADPlant3Dprogram?

(a)QUIT(b)END

(c)CLOSE(d)Noneofthese

3.When you choose Save from the File menu or choose the Save tool in theQuickAccessToolbar,whichofthefollowingcommandsisinvoked?

(a)SAVE(b)LSAVE

(c)QSAVE(d)SAVEAS

4.Bydefault,theanglesarepositiveifmeasuredinthe__________direction.

5.YoucangethelpforacommandwhileworkinginAutoCADPlant3Dbypressingthe__________key.

6.Theshortcutmenuinvokedbyright-clickinginthecommandwindowdisplaysthemostrecentlyusedcommandsandsomeofthecommonlyusedoptionssuchasCopy,Paste,andsoon.(T/F)

7.Flipgripisusedtoflipavalveorafitting.(T/F)

8. The TOOL PALETTES display items based on the workspace in which you arecurrentlyworking.(T/F)

9.Youcannotmakeanychanges to thedrawingfilewhich isnot in thecurrentproject.(T/F)

10.ThefilenamethatyouentertosaveadrawingintheSaveDrawingAsdialogboxcanbe255characterslong,butcannotcontainspacesandpunctuationmarks.(T/F)

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.DynamicPipeSpec,2.EditNozzle,3.OpenReadOnly,4.Continuation grip, 5.PROPERTIES,6.CLOSE,7.F,8.T,9.T,10.T

Chapter2

CreatingProjectsandP&IDs

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•Createanewproject

•Createanewdrawing

•CreateaP&IDdrawing

•AddanequipmenttoaP&ID

•Assignatagtoaline

•Addvalves

•Addinstrumentsandinstrumentationlines

•Addfittings

•Addoff-pageconnectors

•ValidatetheP&IDdrawing

•Correcttheerrors

•Editthedrawing

•Substitutecomponents

•ConvertAutoCADcomponentsintoP&IDSymbols

INTRODUCTIONInthischapter,youwilllearnhowtocreateanewprojectandanewdrawing.Also,youwillbebrieflyintroducedtotheP&IDmodule.

PROJECTMANAGERThe PROJECT MANAGER is used to access existing projects, create new projects, addnewdrawingstoaproject,re-orderdrawingfiles,andmodifytheexistinginformationinaproject. It also allows you to export and import data, create project reports,include referenced drawings (xrefs), and link or copy files to the project folders. Bydefault,thePROJECTMANAGERisdockedontheleftofyourscreen,asshowninFigure2-1.

Figure2-1ThePROJECTMANAGER

ThePROJECTMANAGERcontainsthreetabs:SourceFiles,OrthographicDWG,andIsometricDWG.TheSourceFilestabcontainsaprojecttreethatdisplaysP&IDdrawings,Plant3Ddrawings,and all related files of the project. TheOrthographicDWG tab contains the list of all theorthographicdrawingfiles.TheIsometricDWG tabcontains the isometric linediagramsoftheplantlayout.

CREATINGANEWPROJECTINAUTOCADPLANT3DTocreate anewproject, choose theNewProject from the drop-down in theCurrentProjectareaofthePROJECTMANAGER.YoucanalsocreateanewprojectbyclickingontheNewbutton in theQuick Access Toolbar. Next, choose the New Project button from the PROJECTMANAGERdrop-downof theProject panel in theHome tab; the Project SetupWizard will bedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-2.Alternatively,usetheNEWPROJECTcommandtocreateanewproject.Stepstocreateanewprojectarediscussednext.

1.EnteraprojectnameintheEnteranameforthisprojecteditbox.Next,enteradescriptionoftheprojectintheEnteranoptionaldescriptioneditbox.

2. Choose the Browse button adjacent to the Specify the directory where program-generated files are stored edit box; the Select Project Directory dialog box will bedisplayed.BrowsetothedirectoryC:\Users\user_name\DocumentsandchoosetheOpenbutton;thelocationoftheprojectisautomaticallydisplayedintheeditbox.

Figure2-2TheProjectSetupWizard

3.CleartheCopysettingsfromexistingprojectcheckbox,ifselected,andthenchoosetheNextbutton;theSpecifyunitsettingspagewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-3.

Figure2-3TheSpecifyunitsettingspage

4. Choose the Imperial radio button and then choose the Next button; the Specify P&IDsettingspagewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-4.

Figure2-4TheSpecifyP&IDsettingspage

5. Specify the directory asC:\Users\user_name\Documents\users_project\PID DWG intheSpecify thedirectorywhere P&ID drawings are stored edit box by using theBrowsebuttonavailablenexttothiseditbox.

6.SelectPIPastheP&IDstandardfromtheSelecttheP&IDsymbologystandardtobeused listboxandchoosetheNextbutton;theSpecifyPlant3Ddirectorysettingspagewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-5.

Figure2-5TheSpecifyPlant3Ddirectorysettingspage

Note

Inthisbook,theImperialstandardhasbeenusedthroughout.

7.Accept thedefault settings in thispageandchoose theNext button; theSpecify databasesettingspagewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-6.

Figure2-6TheSpecifydatabasesettingspage

8.Inthispage,selecttheoptiontospecifythedatabasesettings.SelecttheSQLitelocaldatabaseradiobutton,ifyouareworkingonastand-alonesystem.

Note that you need to skip Steps 9 through 11, if you have selected theSQLite localdatabaseradiobutton.

9.Ifyoursystemisconnectedtoaserver,selecttheSQLServerdatabaseradiobutton.Next,youneedtospecifytheservernameintheSQLServernameeditboxandthenchoosetheTestConnectionbuttonnexttoit.

10.After connecting to the server, youneed to enter adatabaseprefix in theDatabasenameprefix edit box. You can also choose theTest Name button to automaticallygenerateaprefix.

11.Next,specify theauthentication typebyusingtheAuthenticationdrop-downlist. Ifyou select SQL Server Authentication, you need to specify the User name andPasswordintherespectiveeditboxes.

12.Afterspecifyingthedatabasesettings,choosetheNextbutton;theFinishpagewillbedisplayed.

13.Choose theFinish button; anewprojectwillbe createdand listed in thePROJECTMANAGER.

CreatingaNewDrawingTocreateanewdrawing,firstselectthenode(Forexample:P&IDDrawings) fromthePROJECTMANAGER.Next,choosetheNewDrawingbuttonfromtheProject toolbar,asshowninFigure2-7;theNewDWGdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-8.Inthisdialogbox,enterthefilename,author,andthenselectadwgtemplatebychoosingtheBrowsebuttonnexttotheDWGtemplateeditbox.ChoosetheOKbutton;adrawingfilewiththespecifiednamewillbecreated.

Figure2-7ChoosingtheNewDrawingbutton

Figure2-8TheNewDWGdialogbox

GroupingProjectFiles

Youcangroupdrawings intoafolder.Thisensures that thefolderpathretains thesamefolderhierarchy,eveniftheprojectfilesaremovedtoanothercomputer.Todoso,right-click on the required node (For example P&ID Drawings node) in the PROJECTMANAGER andchoose theNewFolder option from the shortcutmenudisplayed; theProjectFolderProperties dialogboxwill bedisplayed, as shown inFigure2-9.Next,enteranameintheFoldernameeditbox.Now,choose theOKbutton; thenewfolderwillbeaddedtotheP&IDDrawingsnodeintheprojecttree.Clickanddragthedrawingfiletothenewlycreatedfoldertomovethefile,refertoFigure2-10.

Figure2-9TheProjectFolderPropertiesdialogbox

Figure2-10Draggingthedrawingfileintothefolder

DESIGNINGAP&IDA P&ID is a graphical representation of a plant process and is created by combiningvarious types of components, piping, and instrumentation that are required to design,construct, and operate the plant. To design a P&ID, you need to create a new P&IDdrawing file. The procedure to create a new drawing file is explained earlier. Aftercreating a P&ID drawing file, the P&ID environment will be displayed, as shown inFigure2-11.

TheTOOLPALETTES,whichisavailableattherightsideofthewindow,isloadedwithPlant3Dcomponents.InordertodisplayP&IDcomponentsinit,choosetheWorkspaceSwitchingbuttonavailableintherightsideoftheStatusBar;aflyoutwillbedisplayed.ChoosethePIDPIPoptionfromtheflyout,refertoFigure2-12;theTOOLPALETTESwillbeloadedwithP&IDcomponents,asshowninFigure2-13.

Figure2-11TheP&IDenvironment

Figure2-12ChoosingthePIDPIPoptionfromtheflyout

Figure2-13TheTOOLPALETTESloadedwithP&IDcomponents

AddingEquipmenttoaP&IDEquipmentincludesallthecomponentsthatareassociatedwiththeprocessplantsuchaspumps, heat exchangers, compressors, blowers, tanks, vessels, and so on. To place anequipment inaP&ID,firstyouneedtocheckwhether theTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP isdisplayedornot. If it isnotdisplayed,choose theToolPalettes button from thePalettespanelintheViewtab;theTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPwillbedisplayedonthe right side of the window. In the TOOL PALETTES - P&ID PIP, choose theEquipment tab; the symbols of various equipment will be displayed in it. Choose thesymbolof thedesiredequipment fromtheTOOLPALETTE; itwill beattached to thecursorandyouwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.Clickinthedrawingareatoplacethesymbol;theAssignTagdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-14.

Notethatinsomeequipmentsafterclickinginthedrawingareatoplacethesymbol,youwillbepromptedtoentertheXYscalefactor.Youcanscaletheequipmenthorizontallyorverticallybydraggingthecursorintherespectivedirection.Alternatively,youcanenterascalefactorattheCommandprompt.

Figure2-14TheAssignTagdialogbox

IntheAssignTagdialogbox,enteranumericvalueintheNumbereditboxandselectthePlace annotation after assigning tag check box. Next, choose theAssign button; theAssignTagdialogboxwillbeclosedandyouwillbepromptedtoselect theannotationposition.Placetheannotationbelowtheequipmentatanappropriatelocation.

AddingPipeLinesYoucanselectalinefromthePipeLinesareaintheLinestaboftheTOOLPALETTES- P&ID PIP. For example, to connect a vessel and a condenser with a primary line,choosethePrimaryLineSegmenttoolfromthePipeLinesareaintheLinestaboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP;youwillbepromptedtoselectthestartpoint.Selectapointonthetopofthevessel.Next,connectthelinetothetopnozzleofthecondenser,asshowninFigure2-15;anozzlewillbecreatedautomaticallyonthevesselandanarrowwill show the direction of flow. Note that the direction of flow is determined by thedirectioninwhichyoumovethecursorwhilecreatingtheline.

Figure2-15Schematiclineconnectingthevesselandthecondenser

Youcaneasilydistinguishbetweenalineconnectedtoacomponentandalinewhichisnotconnected.Onselectingthelinethatisconnectedtoacomponent,aconnectiongripisdisplayedattheendoftheline,asshowninFigure2-16.Butifthelineisnotconnectedtoacomponent,anendgripisdisplayedattheendoftheline,asshowninFigure2-17.

Figure2-16Aconnectedlineshowingtheconnectiongrip

Figure2-17Alinenotconnectedtoanylineoracomponent

NoteAfter connecting two components with a pipe line, the ‘From’ and ‘To’ information isautomaticallyaddedtotheline.Thisinformationisdisplayedwhenyouhoverthecursorovertheline.The‘From’fieldshowsthecomponentfromwhichthelineoriginatesandthe‘To’fieldindicatesthedestinationcomponent.

AssigningTagstoaLineAftercreatingaline,youneedtoassignatagtoit.Thetagdataconsistsoftheinformationsuch as pipe size, specification, service, and line number; refer to Figure 2-18 for therepresentationoftagdataontheline.Inordertoassignatagtoaline,choosetheAssign

TagtoolfromtheP&IDpanelintheHometabandselectaline.Next,pressENTER;theAssignTagdialogboxwillbedisplayed.EnterthedataintherespectiveeditboxesandchoosetheAssignbutton;thetagdatawillbeassignedtotheline.Also,youcanselectthePlaceannotationafterassigningtagcheckboxfromtheAssignTagdialogboxinordertoplacetheannotationneartheline.

Figure2-18Annotationofapipelinetag

AddingValvesThe Valves tab in the TOOL PALETTES - P&ID PIP contains a group ofvalvesymbols.Youcanaddanytypeofvalvetoaschematicline.Forexample,toplaceagatevalveontheschematicline,youneedtochoosetheValves tabfromTOOLPALETTES - P&IDPIPandthenchoosetheGateValvetoolfromtheValvesarea;thevalvesymbolwillbeattachedto the cursor and you will be prompted to select the insertion point. Selectaninsertionpointontheline;thevalvewillbeplacedonthespecifiedpoint,asshowninFigure2-19.

Figure2-19Agatevalveplacedontheline

AddingInstrumentsandInstrumentationLinesInstrumentsplayamajorroleinmaintainingthesafetyandstreamliningtheprocessintheplant.TheInstrumentstabintheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPcontainsControlValve,ReliefValves,PrimaryElementSymbols (Flow),General Instruments, and Miscellaneous Instrument Symbols areas. Figure 2-20 shows variousinstrumentsymbolsavailableintheInstrumentstab.

Figure2-20InstrumentsymbolsavailableintheInstrumentstab

Forexample,toaddacontrolvalve,choosetheControlValvetoolfromtheInstrumentstab;theControlValveBrowserdialogboxwillbedisplayed,ifyouareaddingacontrolvalve for the first time. Select the required valve body from theSelectControlValveBody treeview.Next, select theactuator type from theSelectControlValveActuatortreeview,asshowninFigure2-21andchooseOK;thedialogboxwillbeclosedandyouwill be prompted to select an insertion point. Select an insertion point on the line; thecontrolvalvewillbeaddedandyouwillbepromptedtoselectannotationposition.

Note

If theControl Valve Browser dialog box is not displayed, choose theChange body or actuator option from theCommandbartochangetheactuatorofthevalvebody.

Figure2-21TheControlValveBrowserdialogbox

Movethecursorandclicktopositiontheannotation;theAssignTagdialogboxwillbedisplayed.Entervalues in theArea,Type,andLoopNumber editboxes,andclear thePlaceannotationafterassigningtagcheckbox.Next,choosetheAssignbuttonfromtheAssignTagdialogbox;anannotationbubblewillbeplacedatthespecifiedlocation.

Afteraddingthecontrolvalve,youneedtoaddthesignallinesconnectingtheinstrumentsand the process line. Figure 2-22 shows various instrument lines used in a P&ID. Forexample,toaddanelectricalsignal,choosetheElectricSignallinefromtheInstrumentLinesareaintheLinestab;youwillbepromptedtoselectthestartpoint.Selectthepointontheprocessline;youwillbepromptedtoselectthenextpoint.Movethecursortowardleftandconnectthelinetothecontrolvalve.

Next, you need to place control instruments on the signal lines. For example, to add atemperature controller, choose the Field Descrete Instrument tool from theGeneralInstruments area of the Instruments tab in the TOOL PALETTES; you will beprompted to specify the insertionpoint.Select apointon the signal line connecting thecontrol valve; the instrument will be placed and the Assign Tag dialog box will bedisplayed.

Figure2-22Theinstrumentlinesymbols

In theAssignTag dialogbox, enter appropriate values in theArea andLoopNumbereditboxes.Next,selecttheTemperatureControlleroptionfromtheTypedrop-downlistand choose the Assign button to close the dialog box. Figure 2-23 shows a typicalinstrumentationloop.

Figure2-23Atypicalinstrumentationloop

AddingFittingsFittingsareusedtoconnectpipelinesthathavedifferentsizesorshapesandtheyarealsousedforregulatingormeasuringflow.YoucanaddafittingtoaP&IDdrawingfromthe

FittingstabintheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP.ThistabcontainssymbolsofPipingFittings,PipingSpecialityItems,andNozzles.Forexample,toaddaconcentricreducer,choose theConcentricReducer tool from thePipingFittings area in theFittings tab;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.Selectapointontheline;thereducerwillbeplacedatthespecifiedposition.

AddingtheOffPageConnectorsTheoffpageconnectorsareusedtoindicatethecontinuationoftheprocesslinefromonedrawingsheettoanother.Toaddanoff-pageconnector,choosetheOffPageConnectortoolfromtheOffPageConnectorsandTie-InSymbolareaintheNon-engineeringtabofTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.Select theendpointof the line,as shown inFigure2-24; theoffpageconnectorwill beplacedatthespecifiedlocation.

Figure2-24Placingtheoff-pageconnector

ConnectingtheOffPageConnectorsTo connect two off page connectors, select any one of the off page connectors; a plussymbolwillbedisplayedonit,refertoFigure2-25.Selecttheplussymbol;theConnectTooptionwillbedisplayednearthecursor.ChoosetheConnectTooption,refertoFigure2-26;theCreateConnectiondialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-27.

Figure2-25Theplussymboldisplayedontheoffpageconnector

Figure2-26ChoosingtheConnectTooption

Figure2-27TheCreateConnectiondialogbox

Inthisdialogbox,selectthedrawingtowhichtheoffpageconnectoristobeconnectedfromtheProjectdrawingsarea.Next,selecttheoffpageconnectortobeconnectedfromtheSelect Offpage Connector to Connect to table. Choose theOK button from theCreateConnectiondialogbox;theoffpageconnectorswillbeconnected.

VALIDATINGTHEDRAWING

Youneedtovalidatethedrawingtodetecttheerrorsandtocorrect them.Todoso,firstyouneed to select the conditions to validate aP&ID.Choose theValidateConfig toolfromtheValidatepanelintheHometab;theP&IDValidationSettingsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,as shown inFigure2-28.Select thecheckboxesunder theP&IDobjectsand the Base AutoCAD objects nodes and choose the OK button; the P&ID ValidationSettingsdialogboxwillbeclosed.

Figure2-28TheP&IDValidationSettingsdialogbox

CheckingforErrorsTorunthechecksforerrors,choosetheRunValidationtoolfromtheValidatepanel;thevalidationprocesswillstartandtheerrorswillbechecked.ThelistoferrorsdetectedwillbedisplayedintheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette,asshowninFigure2-29.Clickon the error type in theVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette; the drawingwill zoom inwhere you can see the error location. Next, to correct the individual errors, select therespective drawing file node from the VALIDATION SUMMARY tree view. Now,choosetheRevalidateSelectedNodebuttonintheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette;theValidateProgressmessageboxwillbedisplayedanderrorswillagainbechecked.YoucanalsocheckforerrorsthatarenotcorrectedandclosetheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette.Thisdifferenttypeoferrorsarediscussednext.

TheBaseAutoCADObjectErrors

This error occurswhenAutoCADobject or block is inserted in the drawing instead ofAutoCADP&IDcomponent.YoucanignoreanderaseabaseAutoCADobjecterror.Todoso,firstyouneedtoexpandtheBaseAutoCADobjectserrornode.Next,clickontheerror;theerrorwillzoominthedrawing.

Now, you can ignore the baseAutoCADobject error. To do so, right-click on it in theVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette;ashortcutmenuwillbedisplayed.Next,choosetheIgnore option to ignore the error. You can also delete the object by choosing the Eraseoption.

TheSizemismatchErrorsThistypeoferroroccurswhensizeofalineanditsassociatedcomponentdonotmatch.Thisconditionisusuallycausedbymanualchangesincomponentproperties.Tocorrectthe size mismatch error, expand the Size mismatches node in the VALIDATIONSUMMARY palette and then click on the error; the error locationwill zoom-in in thedrawing area.Next,manually change the size of the component or the size of the lineconnectedtoit.

Figure2-29TheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette

TheSpecmismatchErrorsThistypeoferroroccurswhenspecificationpropertiessuchasmaterialofalineandinlinecomponentdonotmatch.Tocorrectthespecmismatcherrors,zoomintheerrorlocationby clicking on the error in the Spec mismatches node. Next, manually change thespecificationsofthelinebyinvokingtheAssignTagdialogbox.

TheOrphanedannotationsErrorsThistypeoferroroccurswhentheannotationtagofacomponentismovedawayfromtheassociated component to more than the acceptable distance. To correct the orphanedannotation error, expand the Orphaned annotations node in the VALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette.Next,selecttheerrortozoomitslocationinthedrawingarea.Next,dragtheannotationandplaceitnearertotheparentobject.Youcanalsoright-clickontheannotationandthenchoosethePlacefromParentoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed.Figure 2-30 shows an orphaned annotation and Figure 2-31 shows the annotation aftercorrectingtheerror.

Figure2-30Orphanedannotation

Figure2-31Annotationafterplacingitclosetothecomponent

TheUnconnectedComponentsErrorsThiserroroccurswhenthelinesandcomponentsarenotproperlyconnected.Tocorrectthe unconnected component error, select the error from theUnconnected componentsnode;thecomponentinthedrawingareawillbezoomedin.Next,manuallyconnectthecomponenttothelinenearit.

TheUnresolvedOffPageConnectorsErrorsThiserroroccurswhenoffpageconnectorinthedrawingisnotconnectedwiththevalidoffpageconnectorof theotherdrawing.Select theerror from theUnresolvedoff-pageconnectorsnodeintheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette;theoffpageconnectorinthedrawingareawillbezoomedin.Next,selectandright-clickontheoff-pageconnectorinthe drawing and choose Offpage Connector > Connect from the shortcut menudisplayed; theCreateConnection dialog box will be displayed, refer to Figure 2-27.Next, select thedrawing towhichyouwant toconnect theoffpageconnector and thenchoosetheOKbutton.

TheNon-TerminatingLinesErrorsThis type of error occurs when the process line does not terminate with the validterminatorsuchasendlinecomponentorendlinesymbol.SelecttheerrorfromtheNon-terminatinglinesnodestozoomitinthedrawingarea.Next,manuallyreconnectthelinetothecorrespondingobjectbymovingitsendpoint.Youcanalsorecreatetheconnection.

TheFlowDirectionerrorsThiserrorwilloccurwhenthedirectionofflowofprocesslineisincorrect.Tocorrectaflowdirectionerror,clickontheerrorundertheFlowdirectionconflictsnode;theerrorlocation will zoom in the drawing area. Next, click on the direction arrow; the FlipComponentgripwillbedisplayed.Clickonthisgriptofliptheflowdirection.

EDITINGTHEDRAWINGYoucaneditormodifyadrawingwhilecreatingitorafteritiscreated.Thecomponentsofthedrawingsuchasequipment,valves,instruments,lines,andsooncanbemodifiedaspertherequirement.Variouseditingtasksarediscussednext.

MovinganEquipmentYoucanmoveorchangethelocationofanequipment.Todoso,firstyouneedtoselecttheequipmentbyclickingonitsborder;theMoveComponentgrip(squaregrip)willbedisplayedonit.Selectitanddragtheequipmentandclicktoplaceitinanewlocation,asshowninFigure2-32.

MovingaValveTomoveavalve,firstselectittodisplaytheMoveComponentgrip.Next,clickonthegrip,dragthevalvealongthehorizontalorvertical line,andthenclicktoplaceitat thenewlocation.Youcanmovethevalvewhichisonthehorizontallinetotheverticallineorvice-versa,refertoFigure2-33.

Figure2-32Movinganequipment

Figure2-33Movingavalvefromhorizontallinetotheverticalline

MovingaLineTomovealine,firstyouneedtoselectit;thestretchgripwillbedisplayedonthelineand

the components connected to the linewill be automatically selected. Select it from themiddleofthelineanddragittothenewlocation,asshowninFigure2-34;thevalvesandthebubbleson the linewillbemoved.But theequipmentconnected to the linewillnotmove.

Figure2-34Movingalineusingthestretchgrips

EditingaLineToeditaline,choosetheEdittoolfromtheSchematicLinepanelintheHometab;youwillbepromptedtoselectaschematicline.Selectaschematiclineorasignallinefromthedrawingarea;youwillbepromptedtoenteranoptionattheCommandprompt.TheoptionsavailableattheCommandpromptarediscussednext.

AttachThisoptionisusedtoattachthelinetoacomponentwithoutphysicallyconnectingthem.Oninvokingthisoption,youwillbepromptedtoselectacomponenttoattachtotheline.Selectanequipment,valve,oranyotherP&IDcomponent;youwillbepromptedtoselectanendpointontheschematic line.SelectanendpointonthelineandpressENTER;thecomponentwillbeattachedtotheline.

DetachThis option is used to detach the attached line from the component. On invoking thisoption,youwillbepromptedtoselecttheendpointontheschematiclinewhichhasbeenattachedtothesourceline.SelecttheattachedendpointonthelineandpressENTER;thecomponentwillbedetachedfromtheline.

GapThisoptionisusedtocreateagaponthelinewithoutbreakingit.Oninvokingthisoption,

youwillbepromptedtospecifyfirstgappointontheline.Specifythefirstgappointandmovethecursoruptotherequireddistance,andselectthesecondgappoint;agapwillbecreatedonthelinebetweenthetwospecifiedpoints.

uNgapThis option removes the gap created on a line. On invoking this option, you will beprompted to select a schematic line segment with a gap or gap symbol. Select a linesegmentwithagaporgapsymbol;thegapwillberemovedfromtheline.

StraightenThisoption is used to straighten an inclinedor anon-orthogonal line.On invoking thisoption,youwillbeprompted toselecta linesegment tobestraightened.Select the linesegment;youwillbepromptedtoselectanendpointonthelinetowhichthesourcelinewillbealigned.Selecttheendpointontheline;thelinewillbestraightenedinalignmentwiththeendpoint.

CornerThisoptionisusedtocreateacornerbydividingthelineintotwosides.Oninvokingthisoption,youwillbepromptedtospecifyapointontheschematicline.Specifyapointonthe line; the linewillbedivided into twosidesandyouwillbeprompted tospecify thesecondpointof thecorner.Move thecursor inadirectionperpendicular to the lineandselectapointinthedrawingarea;youwillbepromptedtospecifyapointonthesideofthelinetomoveit.Selectapointononeofthetwosides;theselectedsidewillbemovedandalignedwith the secondpoint in theprompt sequence.Asa result, a cornerwillbecreated.

ReverseflowThisoptionisusedtoreversethedirectionoftheschematicline.InvokethisoptionandpressENTER;thedirectionofflowofthelinewillbereversed.

BreakThisoptionisusedtobreakthelineintotwosegments.Oninvokingthisoption,youwillbepromptedtoselectabreakpoint.Selectapointontheline;thelinewillbedividedintotwosegmentsandyouwillbepromptedtoselectanadditionalbreakpoint.PressENTERtoexit.

JoinThis option is used to join two line segments. On invoking this option, you will bepromptedtoselectoneormorelinestojointothesourceline.Selectalinesegmentthatliesinlinewiththesourceline;thelinewillbejoinedwiththesourceline.

LinkThis option is used to link data of two line segments. On invoking this option, thefollowingpromptwillbedisplayed:

Selectaslinesegmenttolinkto:Selectaline

Sline segment data “?-?-?-?” will be deleted and segment will be linked to “?-?-?-?”.Continue?[Yes/No]:Enter‘Yes’tocontinue

Note

YoucanalsochoosetheYesoptionfromtheCommandprompt.

UnlinkThis option unlinks the data link created between two line segments.On invoking thisoption,thefollowingpromptwillbedisplayed:

Sline segment will be unlinked from “?-?-?-?”. Continue? [Yes/No]: Enter ‘Yes’ tocontinue

eXitThisoptionisusedtoexitthecommand.

GroupingLinesYoucangroupschematiclinestogetherandassigntagtothegroup.Todoso,choosetheMakeGrouptoolfromtheLineGrouppanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthesourceschematiclinetogroupadditionalschematiclinestoit.Selectthesourceline;youwillbepromptedtoselectschematiclinestogroup.SelectasinglelineormultiplelinesandpressENTER;thelineswillbegroupedtogether.

EditingaP&IDSymbolYoucaneditaP&IDsymbolandalsoretaintheoriginalsymbolbyusingtheEditBlocktool.Todoso,choosetheEditBlocktoolfromtheP&IDpanelintheHometab;youwillbepromptedtoselectaP&IDcomponenttoedititsblock.Selectanequipment,valve,oranyotherP&IDcomponent;theBlockEditor tabwillbeinvoked.ThedrawingareaoftheBlockEditortabhasadullbackgroundandiscalledAuthoringarea.Inthisarea,youcanedittheexistingentitiesoraddnewonestotheblockofaP&IDcomponent.InadditiontotheAuthoring area, theBlock Editor tab,BLOCK AUTHORING PALETTES, andEditP&IDObject’sBlock dialog boxwill also be displayed.After editing the block,choosetheSaveChangesandExitBlockEditorbuttonfromtheEditP&IDObject’sBlockdialogbox;theBlockEditorwillbeclosedandtheeditedP&IDcomponentwillbedisplayedinthedrawingarea.

SubstitutingComponentsYou can substitute a valve or any other component of a drawing with another similarcomponent.Forexample,youcansubstituteagatevalvewithaballvalve.Todoso,firstyouneed toselect thecomponent todisplay thegripson it.Next,select thesubstitutiongrip (down arrow); theSubstitutewith anotherComponent palette containing valveswillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-35.Selecttheballvalvesymbolfromthepalette;itwillreplacetheexistinggatevalve.

Figure2-35SubstitutewithanotherComponentpalettecontainingvalves

ConvertingAutoCADComponentsintoP&IDSymbolsYoucanaddnewsymbolswhicharenotavailableinTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPbycreatingablockandconverting it intoaP&IDsymbol.Toconvertablock intoaP&IDsymbol,firstyouneedtocreateablockbyusingtheAutoCADdrawingtools.Next,selectthecomponent,right-clickonitandchooseConvert toP&IDObject fromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;theConverttoP&IDObjectdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure2-36.

Thetreeviewinthedialogboxshowsalistofcomponentsarrangedingroups.Expandthetreeviewbyclickingon the+ sign adjacent to the requiredgroupand select theobjectfromit.Next,choose theOKbutton; thecomponentwillbeconverted into theselectedP&IDobject.

Figure2-36TheConverttoP&IDObjectdialogbox

ToaddtheconvertedcomponenttotheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP,firstyouneedtosavethecurrentfile.Next,openthetabintheTOOLPALETTEStowhichyouwanttoadd thesymbol.Then,clickanddrag theobjectandplace it in thedesiredgroup in theTOOLPALETTESbyusing theDESIGNCENTER. To do so, choose theDESIGNCENTERfromtheContentpanelof theInsert tab.Choose theLoadbuttonat the topleft corner of the DESIGN CENTER palette; the Load window will be displayed.BrowsetothesavedcurrentfileandchooseontheOpenbutton.Now,double-clickontheBlock icon in theDESIGNCENTERpalette; the savedblock is displayed.Now, clickand drag the object and place it in the desired group in theTOOL PALETTES; thesymbolwillbedisplayedintheTOOLPALETTES.

TUTORIAL

Tutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillcreateaP&ID,showninFigure2-37.Youwillcreateitbyplacingequipments, instruments, and inline components and then connecting them with lines.(Expectedtime:2hr)

Figure2-37P&IDforTutorial1

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.StartAutoCADPlant3Dandthencreateanewproject.

b.Createanewdrawing.

c.Placeequipmentsintothedrawing.

d.Connectequipmentsusingschematiclines.

e.Placevalvesonthelinesconnectingthecomponents.

f.Addoff-pageconnectorstothedrawing.

g.Addtagstoschematiclines.

h.Validatethedrawing.

i.Saveandclosethedrawingfile.

StartingAutoCADPlant3DandCreatingaNewProject1.Double-clickontheAutoCADPlant3D2016-EnglishiconfromthedesktopofyourcomputertostartAutoCADPlant3D2016.

2.ThePROJECTMANAGER isdisplayedbydefaulton the leftof thescreen. In thePROJECTMANAGER, select theNewProject option from thedrop-down list; theProjectSetupWizardisdisplayed.

3.EnterCADCIM in theEnteranameforthisproject editboxandchoose theNextbutton;theSpecifyunitsettingspageisdisplayed.

4.SelecttheImperialradiobuttonandthenchoosetheNextbutton;theSpecifyP&IDsettingspageisdisplayed.

5.SelectthePIPoptionfromtheSelecttheP&IDsymbologystandardtobeusedlistbox and choose theNext button; the Specify Plant 3D directory settings page isdisplayed.

6.AcceptthedefaultdirectorysettingsandchoosetheNextbutton;theSpecifydatabasesettingspageisdisplayed.

7.Make sure theSQLite local database radio button is selected and choose theNextbutton;theFinishpageisdisplayed.

8.ChoosetheFinishbutton;youwillnoticethattheCADCIMprojectisdisplayedintheProjectdrop-downlistdisplayedinthePROJECTMANAGER.

CreatingaNewDrawing1.InthePROJECTMANAGER,right-clickontheP&IDDrawingsnodeintheProjecttreeandthenchoosetheNewDrawingoption;theNewDWGdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.EnterP&ID1.dwgintheFilenameeditboxandthenspecifythePIDANSID-ColorDependentPlotStyles.dwttemplateintheDWGtemplateeditbox.

3.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromtheNewDWGdialogbox;thenewP&IDdrawingfileiscreatedwiththeTOOLPALETTESdisplayedontherightsideofthescreen.

4.ChoosetheWorkspaceSwitchingbuttonontheright-sideoftheStatusBar;aflyoutisdisplayed.Choose thePIDPIP option from the flyout; theP&IDPIP workspace isinvoked and theTOOLPALETTES is loadedwith the P&ID symbols. Note that ifToolPalettenotdisplayed,thenchoosetheToolPalettesbuttonfromthePalettespanelintheViewtab.

PlacingEquipmentintheDrawing1.ChoosetheVessel toolfromtheVesselandMiscellaneousVesselDetailsareaintheEquipmenttaboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP;youarepromptedtospecifyaninsertion point. Next, specify (13,5) as the insertion point of the vessel; you arepromptedtospecifythescalefactor.

2.Enter1.5asthescalefactor;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.Enter101intheNumbereditboxandmakesurethatthePlaceannotationafterassigning tagcheckbox is selected. Next, choose the Assign button and specify the position of theannotationtagnearthevessel,asshowninFigure2-38.

Figure2-38P&IDafterplacingthevesselandtheheatexchanger

3. Choose the TEMA type BKU Exchanger from theTEMAType Exchangers area in theEquipmenttaboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPandplaceitatthepoint(7,5).Next,assigntagE-101totheheatexchanger.Figure2-38showstheP&IDafterplacingthevesselandtheheatexchanger.

4. ChooseHorizontal Centrifugal pump from the Pumps area in theEquipment tab of TOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPandplaceatthepoint(17,3).Next,assigntagP-101Atothepump.

5.Similarly,placeanotherhorizontalcentrifugalpumpatthepoint(21,3).Next,assignthetagP-101B to the pump. Figure 2-39 shows the P&ID after placing the centrifugalpumps.

ConnectingtheHeatExchangerandtheVesselNow,youneedtocreatelinesconnectingtheequipment.Beforedoingthat,youneedtoplacesomenozzlesattherequiredlocationsontheequipment.

1.ChooseSingleLineNozzle from theNozzles area in theFittings tab of theTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP;youarepromptedtoselecttheassettoplacenozzle.

2.Select theheatexchangerfromthedrawingsheet; thenozzleisattachedtothecursorandyouarepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.

Figure2-39P&IDafterplacingtwocentrifugalpumps

3.Specifytheinsertionpoint,refertoFigure2-40,andthenspecifytherotationalangleas90-degrees.

Next,youneedtoconnecttheheatexchangerandthevesselbydrawingpipelines.Todoso,youneedtofirstmakesure that theORTHOMODE is turnedontodrawstraightlines.Also,theObjectSnapshouldbeturnedonforeasyselectionofthepoints.

4. Choose theLines tab from theTOOLPALETTES and choose the Primary LineSegmentlinetypefromthePipeLinesarea;youarepromptedtoselectthestartpoint.

5.Specifythestartpointonthenewlycreatednozzleoftheheatexchanger.Next,movethecursorupwardandenter2attheCommandprompt.Next,pressENTER.

6.Movethecursorhorizontally towardrightandspecify theendpointonthevessel; thelineconnectingthevesselandtheheatexchangeriscreated,refertoFigure2-40.

Next,youneedtoassignatagtotheline

7. Choose theAssignTag tool from theP&ID panel in theHome tab and select thepreviouslycreatedline.

8.Press theENTERkey; theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.Specify thefollowingvaluesinthedialogbox:

Size8”

SpecCS150

PipeLineGroup.ServiceP-GENERALPROCESS

PipeLineGroup.LineNumber1007

9.ClearthePlaceannotationafterassigningtagcheckbox.ChoosetheAssignbutton;thetagisassignedtotheline.

Note

Youcanalsoannotatethelinewiththeassignedtag.Todoso,youneedtoselectthePlaceannotationafterassigningtagcheckboxandthenselectthePipelineTagoptionfromtheAnnotationstyledrop-downlistintheAssignTagdialogbox.

10.InvokethePrimaryLineSegmenttoolfromtheLinestaboftheTOOLPALETTESandconnect thevessel to thenozzle locatedat thebottomof theheatexchanger.ThelinecreatedshouldbesimilartotheoneshowninFigure2-41.

Figure2-40Insertionpointofthenozzle,andlineconnectingthevesselandtheheatexchanger

Figure2-41Lineconnectingthevesselandthebottomnozzleoftheheatexchanger

11.Assignthetag6”-CS150-P-1006totheline.

12.Similarly,createlinesconnectingtheothertwonozzles(steaminletandoutletnozzles)oftheheatexchanger,asshowninFigure2-42.Next,assigntags6”-CS150-P-2000and3”-CS150-SC-2002tosteaminletlineandcondensatelines,respectively.

13. Choose the Secondary Line Segment tool from the Lines tab in the TOOLPALETTES - P&ID PIP and create a loop on the line connecting the steam inletnozzleoftheheatexchanger,asshowninFigure2-43.

Figure2-42Thesteaminletlineandcondensatelineoftheheatexchanger

Figure2-43Loopcreatedonlineconnectingthesteaminletnozzle

ConnectingtheVesseltoPumpsNext,youneedtocreatepipelinesconnectingthevesselandpumps.

1.InvokethePrimaryLineSegmenttoolfromtheLinestabintheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPandspecifythestartpointatthebottomofthevessel,asshowninFigure2-44.

2.ConnectthelinetothehorizontalnozzleofthepumptaggedP-101B.ThelinecreatedshouldbesimilartotheoneshowninFigure2-45.Inthistutorial,thislineisreferredasinletlineofthepump.

Figure2-44Pointtobeselectedonthevessel

Figure2-45Lineconnectingthevesselandthepump

3.Assigntag10”-CS150-P-1004totheline.

4.CreatealineconnectingthepreviouslycreatedlinetothehorizontalnozzleofthepumptaggedP-101A,refertoFigure2-46.Assignthetag10”-CS150-P-1004totheline.

Figure2-46LineconnectingthehorizontalnozzleofthepumptaggedP-101A

5. Invoke the Draw tool from the Schematic Line panel in the Home tab; you arepromptedtospecifythestartpointoftheline.

6. Specify the start point on the vertical nozzle of the pump taggedP-101A, and thencreatealine,asshowninFigure2-47.

7.Assigntag8”-CS150-P-1012Atotheline.

8.Next,connecttheverticalnozzleoftheotherpumptothepreviouslycreatedline,refertoFigure2-48.Assignthetag8”-CS150-P-1012Btotheline.

Figure2-47Lineconnectingtheverticalnozzleofthepump

Figure2-48Lineconnectinganotherpumpandpreviouslycreatedline

Notethatinthistutorial,thenewlycreatedlineisreferredasoutletlineofthepump.

CreatingtheRemainingLinesConnectingtheVessel1. Invoke thePrimaryLine Segment tool and specify the start point as (4,13). Next,move the cursorhorizontally toward right and specify the endpointon thevessel; thelineiscreated,asshowninFigure2-49.Notethatthislinewillbereferredasfeedlineinthistutorial.

2.Next,assigntag12”-CS150-P-1001totheline.

3. ChooseSecondary Line Segment from theLines tab in theTOOL PALETTES -P&IDPIPandcreatetheloop,asshowninFigure2-50.

Figure2-49Lineconnectedtothevessel

Figure2-50Loopcreatedonthepreviousline

4.Createanotherprimarylinebyspecifyingthestartpointat4,17.ItshouldbesimilartothelineshowninFigure2-51.Assigntag4”-CS150-P-1000totheline.

Thislineisreferredasrefluxline.

Figure2-51Refluxlineconnectedtothevessel

Next,youneedtocreatealineoriginatingfromthetopofthevessel.

5. Invoke thePrimaryLineSegment tool and specify the start point on the topof thevessel.

6.Movethecursorupwardandenter1attheCommandprompt.Next,pressENTER.

7.Movethecursorhorizontallytowardrightandcreatea line,asshowninFigure2-52.Assignthetag12”-CS150-P-1006Ttotheline.

8.InvoketheSecondaryLineSegmenttoolandcreatealine,asshowninFigure2-53.

Figure2-52Linedrawnfromthetopofthevessel

Figure2-53Drawingthesecondarylineconnectingthepreviousline

GroupingLinesNext,youneedtogroupthelinesconnectingthepumps.

1.Choose theMakeGroup tool fromtheLineGrouppanel in theHome tab;youarepromptedtoselectthesourceschematiclinetogroupadditionallines.

2.Selectthelinesconnectingtheverticalnozzlesofthepumps,refertoFigure2-54.Next,

pressENTER;theselectedlinesaregrouped.

Figure2-54Linestobeselectedtocreateagroup

AddingValvestotheP&ID1.Choose theControlValve tool fromtheControlValveareaof theValves tabof theTOOLPALETTES;youarepromptedtopicktheinsertionpoint.

2.ChoosetheChangebodyoractuatoroptionfromtheCommandprompttoinvoketheControlValveBrowserdialogbox.Notethatifyouareaddingacontrolvalveforthefirsttime,theControlValveBrowserdialogboxwillbedisplayedbydefault.

3. Select theGlobeValve option from the Select Control Valve Body tree view andDiaphragmActuator from the Select Control Valve Actuator tree view and thenchoosetheOKbutton.

4.Insertthecontrolvalveonthefeedline,asshowninFigure2-55.

5.Specify thepositionof theannotationballoonnear thecontrolvalve; theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

6.EnterthevaluesgivennextinthisdialogboxandthenchoosetheAssignbutton.

Area01

TypeCV

LoopNumber1001

7.Similarly,placeacontrolvalveonthesteaminletpipeoftheheatexchanger,asshownin Figure 2-56. Note that you need to specify Butterfly Valve and DiaphragmActuatorasthevalvebodyandactuator,respectively.

8.EnterthefollowingvaluesintheAssignTagdialogbox:

Area01

TypeCV

LoopNumber1002

Figure2-55Locationofthecontrolvalve

Figure2-56Locationofthecontrolvalveonthesteaminletline

9.ChooseGateValve from theValves area in theValves tabofTOOLPALETTES -P&IDPIP,andplaceitattwolocations,asshowninFigure2-57.

Note

Oninsertingavalve,anannotation isdisplayedbydefaultnext to it.Toavoid this,youneed to hide objects. To do so, right-click on the annotation and choose Isolate>HideObjects.

10.Next,chooseButterflyValveandplaceitatthelocationshowninFigure2-57.

11.Similarly,placetwogatevalvesandabutterflyvalveonthepipewhichisconnectedtotheheatexchanger,asshowninFigure2-58.

Figure2-57Locationofthegatevalveandbutterflyvalveonthelineconnectedtothevessel

Figure2-58Locationofgatevalvesandthebutterflyvalve

12.Next,createtwosecondarylinesconnectingthesteaminletpipe,asshowninFigure2-59.

13. Choose Plug from the Piping Fittings area in the Fittings tab of the TOOL

PALETTES-P&IDPIP,andthenplaceitattheendpointsofthesecondarylines,refertoFigure2-59.

14. Next, delete the arrows on the secondary lines and place gate valves, as shown inFigure2-60.

Figure2-59Secondarylineswithplugsplacedattheirendpoints

Figure2-60Gatevalvesplacedonthesecondarylines

15.InvokethePROPERTIESpaletteofthegatevalvesbydouble-clickingonthem.

16.SelecttheGateValveClosedStyleoptionfromtheGraphicalstyledrop-downlistoftheStylesarea,refertoFigure2-61;thegatevalveisclosed,asshowninFigure2-62.

Figure2-61SelectingtheGateValveClosedStyleoptionfromtheGraphicalstyledrop-downlist

Figure2-62Thegraphicalstyleofgatevalveschangedtotheclosedtype

17.Similarly,createsecondary linesandplace thegatevalvesat the locationsshowninFigure2-63.

Figure2-63Locationsofthesecondarylinesandgatevalves

Note

Ifrequired,youcanchangetheattachmentpointofthePlugbychoosingthePointoptionfromtheCommandprompt.

AddingInstrumentstotheP&IDNext,youneedtoaddinstrumentstotheP&ID.

1.ChoosetheRestrictionOrificetoolfromthePrimaryElementSymbols(Flow)areaoftheInstruments tab in theTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP;youareprompted tospecifytheinsertionpoint.

2.Place therestrictionorificeonthepipewhichisconnectedto thevessel,asshowninFigure2-64.

3.EnterthevaluesgivennextintheAssignTagdialogboxandplacetheannotationneartheorifice.

Area01

TypeFE-FLOWELEMENT

LoopNumber1001

4.Similarly,placeanotherrestrictionorificeonthesteaminletpipeoftheheatexchanger,refertoFigure2-65.Next,enterthefollowingvaluesintheAssignTagdialogbox:

Area01

TypeFE-FLOWELEMENT

LoopNumber1002

Figure2-64Locationoftheorifice

Figure2-65Locationoftheorificeonthesteaminletlineoftheheatexchanger

Next,youneedtocreateinstrumentationlineconnectingtheorificeandthecontrolvalve.

5.ChoosetheElectricalSignaltoolfromtheInstrumentLinesareaintheLines taboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP.

6.Specifythestartpointontheorificelocatedonthepipeconnectedtotheheatexchangerandmovethecursorupwarduptoadistanceof1.5.Next,clicktospecifytheendpoint.

You need to make sure that theObject Snap andObject Snap Tracking options areactivatedintheStatusBar.

7.Movethecursortowardrightandclickwhenthecursorsnapstothemidpointofthecontrolvalve,asshowninFigure2-66.

8.Next,movethecursordownwardandspecifytheendpointonthecontrolvalve,refertoFigure2-67.

9. Similarly, create an electrical signal on the pipe connecting the vessel, as shown inFigure2-68.

Figure2-66Snappingtothemidpointofthecontrolvalve

Figure2-67Specifyingtheendpointoftheelectricsignalline

Figure2-68Electricsignalcreatedonthefeedline

10. Choose Primary Accessible DCS from the General Instruments area of theInstrumentstabintheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP.

11.Placetheinstrumentsymbolontheelectricsignalline,asshowninFigure2-69;the

AssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

12. Enter the values given next in theAssignTag dialog box and choose theAssignbutton.

Area01

TypeFC-FLOWCONTROLLER

LoopNumber1002

13.Similarly,placeanotherPrimaryAccessibleDCSontheelectricsignalconnectedtothefeedpipe,refertoFigure2-70.

14.Assigntag01-FC-1001totheinstrument.

Figure2-69PositionofthePrimaryAccessibleDCS

Figure2-70PositionofanotherPrimaryAccessibleDCSontheelectricsignallineofthe

feedline

PlacingValvesandFittingsontheLinesConnectingthePumpsNext,youneedtoplacevalvesandfittingsonthelinesconnectingthepumps.

1.ChooseEccentricReducer from thePiping Fittings area in theFittings tab of theTOOLPALETTES - P&ID PIP and place it on the line connecting the horizontalnozzleofthepump,asshowninFigure2-71.

2.Placeagatevalveonthesameline,refertoFigure2-72.

Figure2-71Aneccentricreducerplacedonthelineconnectingthefirstpump

Figure2-72Agatevalveplacedonthelineconnectingthefirstpump

3.ChoosetheAssignTagbuttonfromtheP&IDpanelandselectthelineconnectedtothereducingendoftheeccentricreducer;theAssignTagdialogboxisinvoked.

4.Modify the sizeof the line to8”and choose theAssignbutton from the dialog box,refertoFigure2-73.

5.Similarly,placeaneccentricreducerandagatevalveonthepipeconnectingtheotherpump,asshowninFigure2-74.

6.Changethesizeofthepipelineconnectingthereducingendoftheeccentricreducerto8”.

Figure2-73Modifiedsizeofaline

Figure2-74Agatevalveandaneccentricreducerplacedonthelineconnectingthesecondpump

7. Place Check Valves and Gate Valves on the outlet lines of the two pumps, refer toFigures2-75and2-76.

Figure2-75Checkvalveandgatevalveplacedontheoutletlineofthefirstpump

Figure2-76Checkvalvesandgatevalvesplacedonoutletlinesofboththepumps

Next,youneedtoplaceapressurereliefvalveonthepipeconnectingthetopnozzleofthevessel.

8.ChoosePressureReliefValvefromtheReliefValvesarea in theInstruments taboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP.

9. Place the pressure relief valve on the secondary line of the line connecting the topnozzleof thevessel, as shown inFigure2-77, andgive the requiredparameter in theAssignTagdialogbox.

10.Placeagatevalveonthesameline,asshowninFigure2-78.

Figure2-77Locationofthepressurereliefvalve

Figure2-78Locationofthegatevalve

AddingOffPageConnectors1. Choose theOff Page Connector tool from theOff Page Connectors and Tie-InSymbolareaoftheNon-engineeringtaboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIP;youarepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.

2.Placetheoffpageconnectorattheendpointofthelineconnectingthepumps,asshowninFigure2-79.

3.Similarly,placeoffpageconnectorsatthelocationsshowninFigures2-80and2-81.

4.ChoosetheUtilityConnectortoolfromtheOffPageConnectorsandTie-InSymbolareaoftheNon-engineeringtaboftheTOOLPALETTES-P&IDPIPandplacethenatthelocationsshowninFigures2-81and2-82.

Figure2-79Offpageconnectorplacedattheendpointofthepumpoutletline

Figure2-80Offpageconnectorsplacedattheendpointsofthefeedlineandrefluxline

Figure2-81Locationofutilityconnectorandoffpageconnector

Figure2-82Utilityconnectorsplacedattheendpointsofthesteaminletlineandthecondensateline

ValidatingtheDrawing1.ChoosetheValidateConfigbuttonfromtheValidatepanelintheHometab;theP&IDValidationSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,expandtheP&IDobjectsnodeandcleartheUnresolvedoff-pageconnectorscheckbox.Similarly,expandthe3DModeltoP&IDchecksnodeandclearallthecheckboxesunderit.Next,choosetheOKbuttontoclosethedialogbox.

Note

Inthistutorial,theoffpageconnectorsarenotvalidatedbecausetheyarenotconnectedtoanyotherP&ID.

3.RunvalidationprocessbychoosingtheRunValidationtoolfromtheValidatepanel;theVALIDATIONSUMMARY palette is displayed with a tree list of errors in thedrawing.

4.Right-clickonanyerrorintheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpaletteandchooseIgnoretoignoretheerror.Similarly,ignorealltheerrors.

SavingtheDrawing1.ChooseSave from theApplicationmenu or chooseFile>Save in themenubar tosavethedrawingfilec02tut01.dwg.

2.ChooseClose>CurrentDrawing fromtheApplicationMenu toclose thedrawingfile.

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.Youcansubstituteacomponentbyinvokingthe__________.

2.Youneedtouse__________toindicatethecontinuationoftheprocesslinefromonedrawingsheettotheanother.

3.Youcanspecifythecontrolvalvebodyandtheactuatorin__________.

4. To convert an AutoCAD component into a P&ID symbol, you need to choose the__________option.

5.You should select theP&IDDrawings node in theProject tree and then choose theNewDrawingbuttontocreateanewP&IDfile.(T/F)

6.Whenyoumovealine,theequipmentconnectedtothelinealsomoveswiththeline.(T/F)

7.Whenyoumovealine, theinlinecomponentssuchasvalvesandballoonsalsomovewiththeline.(T/F)

8.Ifthediameterofthelineoneithersideofthereducerischanged,thereducerwillbereoriented.(T/F)

9.YoucanaddconvertedAutoCADcomponenttotheTOOLPALETTE-P&IDPIPbyclickinganddraggingitintotheTOOLPALETTE.(T/F)

10.Anozzlewillbeplacedautomaticallywhenyouconnectalinetoanequipment.(T/F)

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.The__________dialogboxisdisplayedifyouchoosetheControlValvetool for thefirsttime.

2.Aprojectfileisa__________file.

3.YoucaneditaP&IDsymbolusingthe__________tool.

4.The__________optionintheEdittoolisusedtoattachalinetoacomponentwithoutphysicallyconnectingtoit.

5.The__________optionintheEdittoolisusedtodividealineintotwo.

6.TheMakeGrouptoolisusedtogroup__________.

7.The__________buttonintheVALIDATIONSUMMARYpaletteisusedtorunvalidationonselectednode.

8.You can place a symbol from the PID ISOTool palette, evenwhileworking in PIPstandardfile.(T/F)

9.ThePROJECTMANAGERisusedtomanagetheprojectfilesonly.(T/F)

10.Youcanactivatemorethanoneprojectatatime.(T/F)

EXERCISE

Exercise1Inthisexercise,youwillcreatetheP&IDshowninFigure2-83.(Expectedtime:30min)

Figure2-83P&IDforExercise1

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.Substitutionpalette,2.Off-PageConnector,3.ControlValveBrowser,4.Convert to

P&IDobject,5.T,6.F,7.T,8.T,9.T,10.T

Chapter3

CreatingStructures

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•Addmembers

•Configuremembersettings

•Addstairs

•Addladders

•Addrailings

•Addfootings

•Modifythestructuralmembers

INTRODUCTIONIn this chapter, youwill learn to create a structural layout that is an integral part of an

industrialplant.Tocreateastructural layout,firstyouneedtocreateanewdrawingfileunderthePlant3DDrawingnodeusingthePROJECTMANAGER.Theproceduretocreateanewdrawinghasbeendiscussed inChapter2. In thischapter, the toolsused tocreate a structural layoutwill be discussed. These tools are available in the 3D Pipingworkspace.

Note

Ifthefileisopenedinaworkspaceotherthan3DPiping,youneedtoswitchtothisworkspace.Todoso,selectthe3DPipingoptionfromtheWorkspacedrop-downlistintheQuickAccessToolbar.

CREATINGAGRIDRibbon:Structure>Parts>Grid

Agridhelpsyoutoplacestructuralcomponentsatappropriatelocation.Tocreateagrid,choosetheGridtoolfromthePartspanelintheStructuretab;theCreateGriddialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-1.

Figure3-1TheCreateGriddialogbox

Inthisdialogbox,enterthenameofthegridintheGridnameeditbox.Next,specifythetypeofcoordinatesystemtobeusedtosettheorientationofthegrid.YoucanspecifythecoordinatesystembyselectinganyoneoftheradiobuttonsavailableintheCoordinatesystemarea.TheWCS radiobutton isused todefine thecoordinate systemof thegridusing the world coordinate system. The UCS radio button is used to define a usercoordinatesystem.Ifyouselectthe3pointsradiobutton,youwillbepromptedtospecifytheoriginpoint.Afterspecifyingtheoriginpoint,youneedtospecifyonepointontheX-axis,onepointonXYplane,andthenonepointontheZ-axis.Thesethreepointsspecifythedirectionsofthreeaxesinagrid.Afterspecifyingthecoordinatesystem,entervalues

fortheaxispointsintheAxisvalueeditbox.Youcanuse@symbolinordertoenteravaluerelativetotheprecedingvalue.YoucanalsousethePickpointbuttonadjacenttothiseditbox todirectlyspecify thepoints in theworkspace.Next, specifynamesof theaxesintheAxisname(localX)editbox.Similarly,entervaluesfortherowpointsintheRowvalueeditbox.Also,enterthenamesoftherowpointsintheRowname(localY)edit box. Specify the platform value points (in Z-direction) and their names in thePlatformvalue andPlatform name (local Z) edit boxes, respectively.Next, enter thefontsizeintheFontSizeeditboxforthenamesdisplayedinthegrid.ChoosetheCreatebutton;agridwillbecreatedinthemodelspace,refertoFigure3-2.

Figure3-2A3Dgridcreated

EditingGridsToeditagrid,invoketheStructureEdittoolfromtheModifypanelandselectthegrid;theEditgriddialogboxwillbedisplayed.Theoptions in thisdialogboxaresimilar tothe options in the CreateGrid dialog box. Set the parameters in this dialog box asrequiredandchoosetheOKbutton;thegridwillbemodifiedaccordingly.

SETTINGTHEREPRESENTATIONOFTHESTRUCTURALMEMBERYou can set the representation of the structural members as required by using thetools available in the Line Model drop-down of the Parts panel, refer to Figure 3-3. Thedifferentrepresentationsthatyoucansetforthestructuralmembersarediscussednext.

Figure3-3TheLineModeldrop-down

TheLine Model is the default representation set for the member. In this mode, themembersarerepresentedaslinesalongwithasymbol,asshowninFigure3-4.Thismakesiteasier toselect theinsertionpointofanewmember.IntheSymbolModelmode, themembersarerepresentedassymbols,asshowninFigure3-5.IntheOutlineModelmode,themembers are represented as structural outlines, as shown in Figure 3-6.TheShapeModelmode gives a real time look to the member with fillets added to the structuraloutline,asshowninFigure3-7.

Figure3-4ThememberintheLineModelmode

Figure3-5ThememberintheSymbolModelmode

Figure3-6ThememberintheOutlineModelmode

Figure3-7ThememberintheShapeModelmode

ADDINGMEMBERSIn AutoCAD Plant 3D, a column or a beam is referred to as a structural member. Astructuralmembercanbeplaced in theplant3D layoutbyspecifying its startpointandendpoint. Before adding a structuralmember, you need to specify themember settingssuchasshape,size,orientation,materialstandard,andsoon.Toaddamember,choosetheMemberSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspaneloftheStructuretab,refertoFigure3-8;theMemberSettingsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-9.

Figure3-8TheSettingsdrop-down

Figure3-9TheMemberSettingsdialogbox

Inthisdialogbox,selecttherequiredstandardfortheshapeofamemberfromtheShapestandarddrop-down list.Next, select the shape type from the list box available in theShapetypearea.Youcansearchforashapetypeusingthesearchboxavailableabovethelistbox.Afterselectingtheshape,youneedtospecifythesizefromthelistboxavailablein theShapesize area.You can search for a shape size using the searchbox available.Next, select the requiredmaterial standard andmaterial code from the respective drop-downlists.SpecifytheorientationangleusingtheAngledrop-downlist.Youcanusetheincrement button available adjacent to this drop-down list to increase the angle by 90degrees.Now,specifythejustificationofthememberbyselectingapointinthepreviewwindow.YoucanselecttheFlipaboutYaxischeckboxtoflip theorientationaboutYaxis.Also,youcanselecttheAlignYAxiswithZUCScheckboxtoaligntheYaxisofthememberwiththeZUCS.AfterspecifyingalltheparametersintheMemberSettingsdialogbox,choosetheOKbuttontosetthespecifiedmembersettings.

Next,choosetheMembertoolfromthePartspanel;youwillbepromptedtospecifythestartpointofthestructuralmember.Youcandosoeitherbyclickinginthedrawingareaorenteringitscoordinatesat theCommandprompt.Afterspecifyingthestartpoint,youwillbepromptedtospecifytheendpointofthemember.Specifytheendpointwhereyouwanttoendthemember.Atthispoint,youmaycontinuetospecifythepointsorterminate

membercreationbypressingESC.

TipYoucanalignthestructuralmemberwithanalreadycreatedline.Todoso,enterLintheCommandBar;youwillbepromptedtoselectalinetoalignamemberwith.Selectaline from the drawing area and then press ENTER; thememberwill be aligned to theselectedline.

CREATINGSTAIRSTocreatestairs,firstyouneedtospecifythesettings.Todoso,choosetheStairSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-down;theStairSettingsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-10.Inthisdialogbox,youcanspecifythesettingsforcreatingstairs.

Figure3-10TheStairSettingsdialogbox

Specify thewidth of the stairs and the tread distance by entering desired values in theStairWidth(1)andMaximumTreadDistance (2) edit boxes, respectively.Next, youneedtospecifythestepshape.Todoso,clickontheBrowsebuttonadjacenttotheStepdata field; theSelect Step dialog boxwill be displayed. In this dialog box, select therequired tread standard from theTread standard list box; the tread shapes under the

selectedstandardwillbedisplayedintheTreadshapelistbox.Selecttherequiredshapetype from theTread shape list box and clickOK; theSelect Step dialog box will beclosed.Next,youneed to specify the stair shape.Todo so, clickon theBrowsebuttonadjacenttotheStairshapefield;theSelectStairShapedialogboxwillbedisplayed.TheoptionsinthisdialogboxaresameastothatavailableintheMembersettingsdialogbox.Specify the settings in thisdialogboxandchoose theSelectbutton to close this dialogbox.Next,choosetheOKbuttontoclosetheStairSettingsdialogbox.

Afterspecifyingthesettingsforthestairs,choosetheStairstoolfromthePartspanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthefirstpoint.Selectthebottompointforthestairs;youwillbepromptedtoselectthenextpoint,refertoFigure3-11.SpecifythetoppointofthestairsandpressENTER;thestairswillbecreated,asshowninFigure3-12.

Figure3-11Selectingthestartandendpointsofthestair

Figure3-12Stairscreatedfromtheselectedpoints

EditingStairsToeditastair,choosetheStructureEdit tooland thenselect thestair tobeedited; theEditStairdialogboxwillbedisplayed.ModifythesettingsandchooseOKtoclosethedialogbox.Youcanalsoedit a stairusinggrips.Todo so, select the stair tobeedited;gripswillbedisplayedonit,refertoFigure3-13.Youcanusethecentergripstochangethelocationorlengthofthestairsandthesidegripstoincreaseordecreasethestairwidth.

Figure3-13Stairwithgripsdisplayedonit

CREATINGRAILINGSToadd railing to a stair, youneed to specify parameters in theRailingSettings dialogbox.Todoso,choosetheRailingSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-down;theRailingSettingsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-14.

Figure3-14TheRailingSettingsdialogbox

Tospecifydifferentgeometricvaluesorparametersfortherailing,enterdesiredvaluesinthe edit boxes available in theGeometry area in the dialog box. Refer to the previewwindowinFigure3-14fortheseparameters.Next,specifytheshapepropertiesbyclickingontheBrowsebuttonavailableadjacenttothecorrespondingrails.SelecttheMiddlerail(continuous)checkboxtomakethemidrailcontinuous.ChoosetheOKbuttontoclosethedialogbox.

After defining the settings for the railing, choose the Railing tool from the Partspanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthestartpoint.Selectthebottompointofastairandthen select the endpoint of the railing.Youwill notice that as soon as you specify theendpoint of the first railing, you will be prompted to select the next endpoint. PressENTERtoterminatethecommand.

Youcanalsoadda railing to thestairsormembersbyselecting themfromthedrawingarea.Todoso,choose theRailing tooland thenenterObjectat theCommandprompt;you will be prompted to select a stair or a structuralmember for applying the railing.

Selectthestairsorastructuralmemberfromthedrawingarea;therailingwillbeaddedtotheselectedmember.Figure3-15showsarailingaddedtothestairsandotherstructuralmembers.

Figure3-15Railingaddedtothestairsandotherstructuralmembers

CREATINGLADDERSTocreatea ladder, firstspecify thesettingsfor the ladder.Todoso, invoke theLadderSettingsdialogboxbychoosingtheLadderSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-down.IntheLadderSettingsdialogbox,choosetheLaddertabtodisplayitsoptions,asshowninFigure3-16.

Figure3-16TheLadderSettingsdialogbox

LadderTabTheLaddertabhasthreeareas:General,Geometry,andShape,refertoFigure3-16.IntheGeneral area,youcanspecify the ladder typeanddescriptionusing theTypedrop-downlistandtheDescriptioneditbox,respectively.

TheoptionsintheShapeareaallowyoutospecifythesettingsforladdershapeandrungshape. To change the ladder shape settings, choose the Browse button adjacent to theLadderShapeeditbox;theSelectLadderShapedialogboxwillbedisplayed.ModifythesettingsandchoosetheSelectbuttontoclosethedialogbox.Also,youcanselecttheSwitchXandYaxescheckboxtorotatetheladdershapeby90degrees.Similarly,youcanchangetherungshapesettingsbyinvokingtheSelectRungShapedialogbox.

TheGeometry areacontainsoptions todefine thegeometryof the ladder.Thepreviewwindowexplainstheuseoftheoptionsavailableinthisarea.

CageTab

TheCage tab in theLadder Settings dialog box contains theGeneral andGeometryareas.Youcanseethepreviewoftheladdergeometryinthepreviewarea,refertoFigure3-17.

Figure3-17TheCagetaboftheLadderSettingsdialogbox

IntheGeneralarea,selecttheDrawcagecheckboxtocreatealadderwithacage.YoucanenterthedescriptionofthecageintheDescriptioneditbox.

TheGeometry area contains options to define the geometry of the cage. The previewwindow explains the use of the options available in this area. After specifying all thevalues,chooseOK;theLadderSettingsdialogboxwillbeclosed.

After specifying the settings for the ladder, choose the Ladder tool from the Partspanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthestartpoint.Selectthebottompointandthenthetoppoint as the endpoint of the ladder; youwill beprompted to specify thedirectionaldistance. Move the cursor in the perpendicular direction and enter a distance at theCommandprompt;aladderwillbecreated.

CREATINGAPLATE/GRATE

Ribbon:Structure>Parts>Plate

To create a plate or a grate, choose the Plate tool from the Parts panel; the CreatePlate/Gratedialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-18.

Figure3-18TheCreatePlate/Gratedialogbox

UsetheTypedrop-downtospecifywhetheryouwant tocreateagrateoraplate.Next,specify thematerial of the plate/grating by selecting the requiredmaterial standard andmaterialcodefromtherespectivedrop-downlists.Afterspecifyingthematerial,selecttheplate/grating thickness from the Thickness drop-down list. If you have selected theGrating option from the Type drop-down list, you need to select the required hatchpattern and hatch scale of the grating from theHatch Pattern andHatch Scale drop-downlists,respectively.

Next,youneed to specify the justificationof agratingorplateusing theoptions in theJustification area. Now, select an option from the Shape area. TheNew rectangularoption is used to create a rectangular shaped plate/grating.TheNewpolyline option isusedtospecifytheshapebydrawingaclosedsketchusingthePolylinetool.TheExistingpolyline option is used to select an already existing polyline sketch to create theplate/grating.

After specifying the options in theCreate Plate/Grate dialog box, choose theCreatebutton; a prompt will be displayed at Command prompt depending upon the optionselectedintheShapearea.Forexample, ifyouselect theNewrectangularoption,youwillbepromptedtospecifythefirstcornerpointoftheplate.Specifythefirstcornerand

thenthesecondcornertocreateaplateoragrating.

CREATINGFOOTINGSRibbon:Structure>Parts>Footing

Footingisoneoftheimportantcomponentsinastructuralmodel.Thefunctionoffootingin an industrial project is to provide support to the entire structural layout. To create afooting,firstdefinethesettingsforit.Todoso,invoketheFootingSettingsdialogboxbychoosing the Footing Settings tool from the Settings drop-down list; the FootingSettings dialog boxwill be displayed.TheFootingSettings dialog box has two areas:GeometryandMaterial,andapreviewwindow,asshowninFigure3-19.

Figure3-19TheFootingSettingsdialogbox

TheGeometryareacontainsoptionstodefinethegeometryofthefooting.ThepreviewwindowdisplaysdifferentparametersoftheGeometryarea.

TheoptionsintheMaterialareaallowyoutospecifythematerialstandardandcodeforthefooting.Afterspecifyingallthevalues,chooseOK;theFootingSettingsdialogboxwillbeclosed.

Afterspecifyingthesettings,choosetheFootingtoolfromthePartspanelandspecifyapointtoinsertthefooting.

EDITINGTHESTRUCTURALMEMBERS

In the design process, you may need to edit the structural member. Various editingoperationsarediscussednext.

ChangingtheLengthofaMemberRibbon:Structure>Cutting>LengthenMember

You can change the length of a structural member. To do so, choose the LengthenMembertoolfromtheCuttingpanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectamemberandthefollowingpromptsequencewillbedisplayedattheCommandprompt.

Command:PLANTSTEELLENGTHEN

Selectastructuralmemberor[Delta/Total]:Selectamemberorenteranoption

TheoptionsintheCommandpromptarediscussednext.

DeltaThisoptionallowsyou toenteravalueof the length that is tobeadded to theexistinglengthofamember.WhenyouchoosethisoptionfromtheCommandprompt,youwillbepromptedtospecifyadelta length.Enteravalueandselectamember; thelengthof theselectedmemberwillbechanged.Ifyouhavespecifiedapositivevalue,thelengthofthememberwillbeincreased.Thelengthofthememberwillbedecreasedifyouhaveenteredanegativevalue.

TotalThisoptionallowsyoutospecifyavalueforthetotallengthofamember.

RestoringtheMembertoitsOriginalLengthRibbon:Structure>Cutting>RestoreMember

Torestore themember to itsoriginal length,choose theRestoreMember tool fromtheCuttingpanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthemember.Selectthemembertorestoreittoitsoriginallength;theselectedmemberwillberestoredtoitsoriginallength.

CuttingMemberatIntersectionsRibbon:Structure>Cutting>CutBackMember

When two structural members intersect, you can remove the unwanted portion at theintersection using the Cut Back Member tool. To do so, invoke this tool from theCuttingpanel;youwillbeprompted toselect thefirstmember.Also, thecutBothandGapoptionswillbedisplayedattheCommandprompt.ThecutBothoptionisusedtocutboththeintersectingmembers.TheGapoptionisusedtocreateagapattheintersectionpoint.NotethatyouneedtospecifytherequiredgapvalueattheCommandprompt.Next,selectboththeintersectingmembers;theunwantedportionwillberemoved.Figure3-20shows a cut created using the cut Both option. Figure 3-21 shows a cut created byspecifyingagapdistance.

Figure3-20AcutcreatedusingthecutBothoption

Figure3-21Acutcreatedbyspecifyingthegapvalue

CreatingMiterJointsRibbon:Structure>Cutting>MiterCutMember

Amiter joint is createdat thecornerof twostructuralmembersbybeveling themat anangleof45-degrees.Tocreateamiterjointbetweentwostructuralmembers,choosetheMiterCutMembertoolfromtheCuttingpanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthefirststructural member. Also, the Align edges and Gap options will be displayed at theCommand prompt. TheAlign edges option allows you to create amiter jointwith theedgesofboththemembersaligned,asshowninFigure3-22.TheGapoptionisusedtocreateamiterjointwithagapbetweentheedges,asshowninFigure3-23.Afterchoosingtherequiredoption,selectthetwointersectingmembers;themiterjointwillbecreated.

Figure3-22Miterjointwithalignededges

Figure3-23Miterjointwithagap

Trimming/ExtendingaMemberRibbon:Structure>Cutting>TrimMember/ExtendMember

You can trim or extend members upto a specified plane. To do so, choose theTrimMembertoolfromtheCuttingpanel;theTrimtoPlanedialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-24.Theoptionsinthisdialogboxarediscussednext.

IntersectionplaneAreaThe options in this area are used to specify the plane at which the member is to betrimmed.

Figure3-24TheTrimtoPlanedialogbox

XYWCS

This radio button is selected by default. As a result, the XY plane of the WorldCoordinateSystemisselectedasthecuttingplane.

XYUCS

Select this radio button to specify XY plane of the User Coordinate System as thecuttingplane.

NamesUCS

Select this radiobutton tospecifyXYplaneof thenamedUserCoordinateSystemasthecuttingplane.

3Points

Select this radio button to specify XY plane of new coordinate system created byspecifying3points.

2Points

Selectthisradiobuttontocreateacuttingplanebydrawingaline.Thecuttingplaneisavectorofthelinedrawn.

NamedUCSDisplayBox

ThisboxdisplaystheNamedUserCoordinateSystem.

ChoosetheOKbuttonafterselectingtherequiredoptionandselectamemberthatistobetrimmed;theselectedmemberwillbetrimmedusingthedefinedplane.

Youcanalsoextendastructuralmember.Todoso,choosetheExtendMembertoolfromtheCuttingpanelintheStructuretab;theExtendtoPlanedialogboxwillbedisplayed.Theoptions in this dialog box are same as in theTrim toPlane dialog box. Select anoption from the Intersection plane area to define the plane upto which the membershouldbeextended,andthenchoosetheOKbutton;thedialogboxwillbeclosedandyouwill be prompted to select a member to extend. Select a structural member from thedrawingarea;itwillextenduptothespecifiedplane.

ExplodingaStructureRibbon:Structure>Modify>StructureExplode

You can explode structural objects into individual elements. Note that you can onlyexplodestairs, railings,or ladders.Toexplodeanobject,choose theStructureExplodetool fromtheModify panel;youwillbeprompted to select a structuralobject.Select astair,railing,orladder;theselectedobjectwillbeexplodedintoindividualelementsthatcanbemodifiedindividually.

VISIBILITYOPTIONSWhenyoucreateaplantlayout,whetheritislargeorsmall,youmayneedtotogglethevisibilityofvariousobjectsinthelayout.Youcandosobyhidingthecomponentsatanystage.Themethodtotogglethevisibilityofanobjectisdiscussednext.

HidingandDisplayingComponentsTohideacomponentplacedinaplantlayout,selectthecomponentfromthegraphicsareaand choose theHide Selected tool from theVisibility panel in the Structure tab; thedisplay of the component will be turned off. To hide all other components except theselectedcomponent,choosetheHideOtherstoolfromtheVisibilitypanel.Ondoingso,theselectedcomponentwillbedisplayedwhileallothercomponentswillbehidden.

To show all the hidden components, choose the Show All button; all hidden thecomponentswillbedisplayedagaininthelayout.

EXCHANGINGDATAWITHOTHERAPPLICATIONSRibbon:Structure>Export>AdvanceSteelXMLExport

TheAdvanceSteelXMLExporttoolallowstheexchangeofsteelstructuredatabetweentwo applications. To create an Advance Steel XML report, choose theAdvance SteelXMLExport tool fromtheExportpanel; theAdvanceSteelXMLExportdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure3-25.SpecifythepathfortheoutputfilebyusingtheBrowsebuttonavailableattherightsideoftheOutputfileeditboxinthisdialogbox.

Figure3-25TheAdvanceSteelXMLExportdialogbox

The Select Objects button in the Objects area is used to select objects from theworkspace.TheselectionstatuswillbedisplayedintheObjectsarea.Afterselectingtheobjects,choosetheExportbuttontoexportthestructureto.smlxformat.

TUTORIALSTutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillopentheCADCIMprojectcreatedinChapter2andthencreateanewAutoCADPlant3Dfile.Inthisfile,youwillcreateapiperack,asshowninFigure3-26.YouneedtouseW10x12structuralmemberstocreatethispiperack.ThedimensionsforthemodelaregiveninFigure3-27.(Expectedtime:45min)

Note

YoucanalsodownloadtheCADCIMprojectfromwww.cadcim.combyfollowingthepath:Textbooks>CAD/CAM>

Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners.

Figure3-26ModelforTutorial1

Figure3-27Dimensionsforthemodel

FootingDimensions:

Length=24inch

Width=24inch

Depth=24inch

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpenanewPlant3Ddrawingfileinthecurrentproject.

b.Createagridbyspecifyingtheaxis,row,andplatformvalues.

c.Addfootingsatthebottomofthegrid.

d.Addcolumnsandbeamstothemodel.

e.Cutmembersatintersections.

OpeningaNewPlant3DFile1.Double-clickontheAutoCADPlant3D2016-EnglishiconfromthedesktopofyourcomputertostartAutoCADPlant3D2016.

Next,youneedtocreateanewAutoCADPlant3Dfile.

2.SelecttheCADCIMprojectthatyouhavecreatedinTutorial1ofChapter2fromtheCurrentProjectdrop-downlistinthePROJECTMANAGER.

3.SelectthePlant3DDrawingsnodeintheProjectareaandchoosetheNewDrawingbutton;theNewDWGdialogboxisdisplayed.

4.EnterPipe_rack.dwgintheFilenameeditboxandchooseOK;thenewfileiscreated.

5.Selectthe3DPipingoptionfromtheWorkspacedrop-downlistlocatedintheQuickAccessToolbar.

CreatingGrid1. Choose theGrid tool from theParts panel in the Structure tab; theCreate Griddialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,specifytheparametersasgivenbelowandretainthedefaultsettingsforotherparameters.

Axisvalue:0,25’,50’Rowvalue:0,10’

Platformvalue:0,10’,15’

3.Next,choose theCreatebutton fromthedialogbox; thegrid iscreated,asshown inFigure3-28.NotethatthevieworientationinthefigureissettoSWIsometric.Youcanset thevieworientation toSWIsometricbyselecting theSWIsometric option fromthe3DNavigationdrop-downlistintheViewpaneloftheStructuretab.

CreatingFootings1.ChoosetheFootingSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspanel;theFootingSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Enter24intheLength(1),Width(2),andDepth(3)editboxes.Next,acceptthedefaultvaluesintheMaterialareaandchooseOK;thesettingsofthefootingsarechangedandtheFootingSettingsdialogboxisclosed.

3.ChoosetheFootingtoolfromthePartspanel;youarepromptedtoselecttheinsertionpoint.Placeallthefootingsatthebottomgridpoints,asshowninFigure3-29.

Figure3-28Modelaftercreatingthegrid

Figure3-29Modelafteraddingfootings

CreatingColumnsandBeamsTocreatestructuralmembers,firstyouneedtosetthepropertiesofthemember.Also,youneedtoturnontheobjectsnapand3Dobjectsnapinordertomaketheselectionofgridpointeasier.

1.ChoosetheMemberSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspanel;theMemberSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.SelectWandW10x12 fromtheShapetypeandShapesize listboxes, respectively.Next,acceptthedefaultvaluesoftheotheroptionsandchooseOK;thesettingsofthestructuralmemberarechangedandtheMemberSettingsdialogboxisclosed.

3.Choose theMember tool from theParts panel; you are prompted to select the startpointofthemember.

Figure3-30Selectingthestartpointandtheendpointofthecolumn

MakesurethattheOrthoModeisturnedonintheStatusBar.

4.Selectthegridpoint,asshowninFigure3-30;youarepromptedtoselecttheendpoint.

5.Movethecursorverticallyupwardandsnaptothegridpoint,refertoFigure3-30.Next,clicktoselectit;thecolumniscreatedbetweenthetwoselectedpoints.Similarly,placecolumns on other footings, as shown in Figure 3-31. You can also use the Copycommandtocreaterestofthecolumns.

Next,youneedtoaddbeams.Butbeforethat,youneedtochangethejustificationofthemembertotop.

6.ChoosetheMemberSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspanel;theMemberSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

7. In theMember Settings dialog box, choose the top center justification point in theOrientationwindow.Next,chooseOKtoclosethedialogbox.

8. Invoke theMember tool; you are prompted to select the start point. Select the startpoint and theendpoint, as shown inFigure3-32;abeam iscreatedbetween the twoselectedpointsandarubber-bandlineisdisplayedbetweenthecursorandthespecifiedpoint.Also, you are prompted to select the end point of the newmember. Similarly,createrestofthebeams,asshowninFigure3-33.

Figure3-31Modelaftercreatingcolumns

Figure3-32Thestartpointandendpointofthebeam

NoteYoucanhidethecolumnssuchthatonlythegridpointsarevisiblewhilespecifyingthestartandendpointsofthebeam.

9.Similarly, create the second level.Themodelafterplacingall thebeams is shown inFigure3-34.

TipYou can select all the beamsat the first level and thenuse theCOPY command tocreatethesecondlevel.

Figure3-33Modelaftercreatingthelowerlevel

Figure3-34Modelafteraddingtwolevelsofbeams

Next,youneedtocutintersectionsbetweenmembers.

10. Choose theCutBackMember tool from theCutting panel; you are prompted toselectthelimitingmember.

11. Select the first column on the left side of the grid; you are prompted to select thestructuralmembertobecut.

12.Selectanyoneofthebeamthatisintersectingwiththecolumn;thebeamiscutattheintersection.Also,youarepromptedtoselectthelimitingmember.Similarly,cutbeamsattheintersectionsbyusingcolumnsasthelimitingmembers.

SavingtheModel1.ChoosetheSavetoolfromtheQuickAccessToolbar;thefileissaved.

2.ChooseApplicationButton>Closetoclosethefile.

Tutorial2Inthistutorial,youwillopentheCADCIMprojectcreatedinChapter2andthencreateanewAutoCADPlant3Dfile.Inthisfile,youwillcreateastructuralmodel,asshowninFigure3-35.ThelayoutusesW10x12structuralmembers.Thedimensionsof themodelareshowninFigure3-36.(Expectedtime:45min)

Note

YoucanalsodownloadtheCADCIMprojectfileoftutorialofChapter2fromwww.cadcim.combyfollowingthepath:Textbooks>CAD/CAM>Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners.

Figure3-35StructuralmodelforTutorial2

Figure3-36Dimensionsofthemodel

Theotherspecificationsofthemodeltobecreatedareasfollows:

GratingSpecifications

MaterialstandardASTM

MaterialcodeA242

Thickness1”

HatchpatternZIGZAG

Hatchscale10”

JustificationBottom

ShapeNewrectangular

FootingDimensions:

Length=12inch

Width=12inch

Depth=12inch

RailingSpecifications

HandrailHeight40inch

1stmidrailheight20inch

2ndmidrailheight0

Kickplateheight5inch

Firstpost10inch

Secondpost5feet

HandrailShapePIPE2STD

KickplateShapeFB1/4x4

PostShapePIPE2STD

StairSpecifications

Stairwidth60inch

Maximumtreaddistance10inch

Treadshape36x12x7

StairShapeC15x50

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpenanewPlant3Ddrawingfileinthecurrentproject.

b.Createagridbyspecifyingtheaxis,row,andplatformvalues.

c.Addfootingsatthebottomofthegrid.

d.Addcolumnsandbeamstothemodel.

e.Cutmembersatintersections.

f.Addstairstothemodel.

g.CreateplatformsbyusingthePlatetool.

h.Addrailingstostairsandplatforms.

OpeningaNewPlant3DFile1.Double-clickontheAutoCADPlant3D2016-EnglishiconfromthedesktopofyourcomputertostartAutoCADPlant3D2016.

Next,youneedtocreateanewAutoCADPlant3Dfile.

2.SelecttheCADCIMproject thatyoucreated inChapter2 fromtheCurrentProjectdrop-downlistinthePROJECTMANAGER.

3.SelectthePlant3DDrawingsnodeintheProjectareaandchoosetheNewDrawingbuttonavailable;theNewDWGdialogboxisdisplayed.

4.Enterc03tut02.dwgintheFilenameeditboxandchooseOK;thenewfileiscreated.

CreatingtheGrid

1. Choose theGrid tool from theParts panel in the Structure tab; theCreate Griddialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,specifythevalues,asshowninFigure3-37.

Figure3-37ValuesspecifiedintheCreateGriddialogbox

3.Next,acceptdefaultvaluesforotheroptionsandchoosetheCreatebutton;thegridiscreated.Next,changethevieworientationtoSWIsometric,refertoFigure3-38.

CreatingFootings1.ChoosetheFootingSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspanel;theFootingSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.IntheFootingSettingsdialogbox,specifythefollowingvalues:

Length(1):1’Width(2):1’Depth(3):1’

Next,accept thedefaultvalues in theMaterialareaandchooseOK toclose thedialogbox.

3.InvoketheFooting toolandplacethefootingsat thebottomgridpoints,asshowninFigure3-39.

Figure3-38Modelaftercreatingthegrid

Figure3-39Modelafteraddingfootings

CreatingColumnsandBeamsTocreatestructuralmembers,firstyouneedtosetthepropertiesofthememberandthenplaceamember.Also,youneedtoturnontheobjectsnapand3Dobjectsnapsothatyoucaneasilyselectthegridpoints.

1.ChoosetheMemberSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspanel;theMemberSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.IntheMemberSettingsdialogbox,selectWandW10x12fromtheShapetypeandShapesizeeditboxes,respectively.Next,choosethemiddlecenterjustificationpointintheOrientationwindowandacceptdefaultvaluesoftheotheroptions.ChooseOK;thesettingsofthestructuralmemberarechangedandtheMemberSettingsdialogbox isclosed.

3. Choose theMember tool from the Parts panel and then place columns on all the

footings, as shown in Figure 3-40. Use grid points for the precise placement of thecolumns.

Next,youneedtoaddbeams.Butbeforethat,youneedtochangethejustificationofthemembertotop.

4.InvoketheMemberSettingsdialogboxandchoosethetopcenterjustificationpointintheOrientationwindow.Next,chooseOKtoclosethedialogbox.

5.ChoosetheMembertoolandplacebeamsonbothlevelsofthegrid.ThemodelafterplacingallthebeamsisshowninFigure3-41.

Figure3-40Modelafteraddingcolumns

Figure3-41Modelafteraddingallbeams

6.Trimtheintersectionsbetweenthemembers.

CreatingStairs

Next,youneedtoaddstairstothemodel.Todoso,firstyouneedtosetthestairsettingsandthenplacestairs.

1.Choose theStairSettings tool from theSettings drop-down in theParts panel; theStairSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Enter5’intheStairwidth(1)editboxand10”intheMaximumtreaddistance(2)editbox.Next,specifytheStepdataandStairshapeasgivenintheStairSpecification.

3.ChoosethebrowsebuttonlocatednexttotheStepdataeditbox;theSelectStepdialogboxisdisplayed.Next,chooseUSStandardsand36x12x7 fromtheTreadstandardandTreadshapeareas,respectivelyandthenchoosetheOKbutton.

4. Choose the browse button given next to the Stair shape edit box; the Select StairShapedialogbox isdisplayed.Now, selectCandC15x50 from theShape type andShapesizelistboxes,respectivelyandthenchoosetheSelectbutton.Next,choosetheOKbuttontoclosetheStairSettingsdialogbox.

Next,youneedtocreatestairs.MakesurethattheObjectSnapandthe3DObjectSnapareturnedON.

5.ChoosetheStairstoolfromthePartspanel;youarepromptedtoselectthefirstpointofthestair.

6.ChangethevieworientationofthemodeltoNWIsometric,andselectthemidpointonthe topedgeof themember,as shown inFigure3-42;youareprompted to select thesecondpoint.

7.Select themidpointat thebottomgrid line,asshown inFigure3-43;a line isplacedbetweenthetwospecifiedpoints.PressENTERtocreatethestairsonthespecifiedline,asshowninFigure3-44.

Figure3-42Selectingmidpointonthetopedge

Figure3-43Selectingmidpointatthebottomgridline

AddingGratingsYouneedtocreateplatformsbyaddinggratings.

1. Choose the Plate tool from theParts panel; theCreate Plate/Grate dialog box isdisplayed.

2. Specify the parameters for the grating as given below and then choose theCreatebutton;youarepromptedtospecifythefirstcornerofthegrate.

TypeGrating

MaterialstandardASTM

MaterialcodeA242

Thickness1”

HatchpatternZIGZAG

Hatchscale10”

JustificationBottom

ShapeNewrectangular

Figure3-44Modelaftercreatingstairs

3.ChangethevieworientationofthemodeltoSWIsometricandselectthecornerpoints,asshowninFigure3-45;arectangulargratingiscreatedontheplatform,asshowninFigure3-46.

Figure3-45Selectingcornerpointstocreateagrating

Figure3-46Gratingcreatedonthemodel

AddingRailingNext,youneedtoaddrailingtothestairsandtheplatforms.

1. Choose the Railing Settings tool from the Settings drop-down list; the RailingSettings dialog box is displayed. Next, specify settings as given in the RailingSpecificationsatthestartofthistutorial.

2.ChoosetheRailingtoolfromthePartspanel;youarepromptedtoselectthestartpointof the railing. EnterObject at theCommand prompt; you are prompted to select anobjecttoaligntherailing.

3.Selectthestairs;arailingisaddedtothestairs,asshowninFigure3-47.NotethatthevieworientationinthefigureissettoNWIsometric.

Next,youneedtoaddrailingtothebeams.

4.InvoketheRailingtoolagainandselectthepoints,asshowninFigure3-48;arailingiscreatedbetweentheselectedpoints.Next,pressENTER.

Figure3-47Railingaddedtothestairs

Figure3-48Pointstobeselectedtocreatetherailing

5.InvoketheRailingtoolagainandselectthestartandendpoints,asshowninFigure3-49.ThemodelafteraddingtherailingisshownintheFigure3-50.

Figure3-49Pointstobeselectedtocreatetherailing

Figure3-50Modelafteraddingtherailing

SavingtheModel1.ChoosetheSavetoolfromtheQuickAccessToolbar;thefileissaved.

2.ChooseApplicationButton>Closetoclosethefile.

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.Inthe__________mode,themembersarerepresentedaslineswithashapesymbol.

2. The __________ mode gives a 3D look to the members with fillets added to thestructuraloutline.

3.You can add a railing to a structuralmember or a stair by invoking the __________optionandselectingthemdirectly.

4.The__________allowsyoutoexchangesteelstructuredatabetweentwoapplications.

5.Youneedtospecify__________toplacealadderatsomedistancefromthespecifiedlocation.

6.The__________optioncreatesamiterjointwithagapbetweentheedges.

7.Youneed to select the __________ checkbox in theLadderSettings dialog box tocreatealadderwithacage.

8. You can use the __________ button to match the properties of an already existingmemberwithanewmember.

9.Youcanmodifyindividualelementsofastair,railing,oraladderafterexplodingthem.(T/F)

10.You can convert a line into a structuralmemberby invoking theMember tool andthenselectingit.(T/F)

REVIEWQUESTIONS

Answerthefollowingquestions:

1.The__________checkboxintheRailingSettingsdialogboxisselectedtomakethemiddlerailcontinuous.

2.The__________areusedtoincreaseordecreasethewidthofthestairs.

3. You can hide all the components except the selected one by using the __________button.

4. You can select an existing polyline to convert it into a grating or a plate if the__________radiobuttonisselectedintheCreatePlate/Gratedialogbox.

5.The__________checkboxintheMemberSettingsdialogboxisusedtoorienttheYaxisintheoppositedirection.

Exercise

Exercise1SkidIn thisexercise,youwillcreate themodelshowninFigure3-51. Itsorthographicviewsare given in the drawing shown in Figure 3-52. The layout uses W10 x12 structuralmembers.(Expectedtime:30min)

Figure3-51ThemodelforExercise1

RailingSpecifications

HandrailHeight40inch

1stmidrailheight20inch

2ndmidrailheight0

Kickplateheight5inch

Firstpost10inch

Secondpost5inch

HandrailShapePIPE2STD

KickplateShapeFB1/4x4

PostShapePIPE2STD

LadderSpecifications

Width25inch

Exitwidth35inch

Projection45inch

RungDistance10inch

LaddershapePIPE2STD

RungShapePIPE3/4STD

Figure3-52OrthographicviewsforExercise1

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1. Line Model, 2. Shape Model, 3. Object, 4. Advance Steel XML Export, 5.Directionaldistance,6.Gap,7.Drawcage,8.MatchProperties,9.T,10.T

Chapter4

CreatingEquipment

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•Createequipment

•Createequipmentsupports

•Createcustomizedequipment

•Modifyequipment

•Convertsolidmodelsintoequipment

INTRODUCTION

In this chapter, you will learn how to create and place equipment in the 3D Pipingworkspace.Inaddition,youwilllearnhowtoconvertsolidmodelsintoequipment.

CREATINGEQUIPMENTYoucancreateanyequipmentinAutoCADPlant3DbyusingtheCreateEquipmenttoolfrom the Equipment panel in the Home tab. On choosing this tool, the CreateEquipment dialog box will be displayed, as shown in Figure 4-1. The options in thisdialogboxarediscussednext.

Figure4-1TheCreateEquipmentdialogbox

EquipmentDrop-downThisdrop-downdisplaysa listofequipmentclasses.Onselectinganequipmentclass,acascadingmenuwillbedisplayedwithalistofpredefinedequipmenttypesandoptionstocreateanewcustomequipment.Notethatthepredefinedequipmentmodelsareavailableonlyforheater,heatexchanger,pump,vessel,tank,andstrainerequipment.

EquipmentTabTheEquipmenttabdisplaysoptionstodeterminetheshapeandsizeoftheequipment.Inaddition,youcanalsospecifythegeneraldata.Theoptionsinthistabarediscussednext.

ShapesTheShapesareadisplaysa listofshapespiledup tocreateapieceequipment.Youcanadd shapes to an existing equipment and also remove shapes. Additionally, you canchangethestackingorderbyusingtheuparrowanddownarrowbuttons.Thiscanonlybedonewhileaddinganewshapetotheexistingequipment.

GeneralTherearethreefieldsavailableinthisarea:LongDescription(Size),Tag,andElevation.You can enter description and elevation of the equipment in their respective fields. Toassignatag,clickintheTagfield;theAssignTagdialogboxwillbedisplayed.Enterthedesired text in the edit boxes available in this dialog box, and then choose theAssignbutton;thetagwillbeassignedtotheequipment.

DimensionsThisareadisplaysdimensionsof theequipment.Youcanmodify themas required.Thepreviewwindowdisplaystheannotatedviewoftheequipment.

PropertiesTabThePropertiestabdisplayspropertiesofnozzlesandfieldstospecifythedataforthenewequipmentmodels.Therearetwoareasinthistab,whicharediscussednext.

NozzlesThisareadisplaysthepropertiesofthenozzlesuchasitssize,pressureclass,description,andsoon.Notethatyoucannotmodifythedataunderthisarea.

DataThis area displays the data related to the equipment such as itsmanufacturer,material,materialcode,andsoon.Youcanalsospecifyalongdescriptionoftheequipmentinthisarea.

TemplateOnchoosingthisbutton,adrop-downlistisdisplayed.Thisdrop-downlisthastheoptions

toloadtheexistingtemplatesandsavethenewsettingsasatemplate.

PLACINGEQUIPMENTINTHEDRAWINGToplaceanequipmentinthedrawingarea,selectitfromtheEquipmentdrop-downandthen choose the Create button from the Create Equipment dialog box; the selectedequipmentwillbeattachedtothecursorandyouwillbepromptedtospecifyaninsertionpointinthedrawingarea.Specifytheinsertionpoint;theequipmentwillbeplacedinthedrawing area and a compasswill be displayed at the bottomof the equipment.Use thecompass tool to specify the orientation angle of the equipment. The procedures to addvariousequipmentarediscussednext.

Note

The compass will be displayed at the bottom of the equipment after specifying theinsertionpointonlywhentheToggleCompassbuttonisactivated.Thisbuttonisavailablein theCompasspanel of theHome tab.Youwill learnmoreabout theToggle compassbuttoninthelaterchapters.

AddingaVesselTo add a vessel, choose Vessel > Horizontal Vessel/Vertical Vessel option from theEquipmentdrop-down;theoptionsrelatedtothevesselaredisplayedintheEquipmenttab.Youcan increaseordecrease the lengthor thediameterof thevesselbyspecifyingvaluesintheDimensionsarea.Youcanalsoaddmorecylinderstoincreasethelengthofthevessel.Next,clickintheTageditboxtoassignatagtothevessel.Afterassigningatag, you can specify the elevation in theElevation edit box. Next, choose theCreatebuttonandplacethevesselinthegeometryarea;thecompasswillbedisplayed,refertoFigure4-2,andyouwillbeprompted to specify the rotationangle.Specify the rotationangleattheCommandprompttoorientthevesselaccordingtotherequirement.

AddingaHeatExchangerHeatexchangersareanimportantpartofaprocessplant.Theymaintaintheheatbalanceintheplantthroughadditionorremovalofheat.Theyexchangeheateitherwithoutsidesources such as cooling towers or with streams of fluids operating at differenttemperatures. The heat exchanger can be classified into a cooler, exchanger, reboiler,condenser,heater,orachiller.TherearefivepredefinedheatexchangersavailableintheCreateEquipmentdialogbox.Tocreateaheatexchanger,choosetheHeatExchangeroption from the Equipment drop-down and then choose the desired predefined heatexchangertype.Next,clickontheshapesintheShapesarea;thedimensionsoftheshapes

willbedisplayedintheDimensionsarea.Youcanedittheirdimensions,ifrequired.Next,choosetheCreatebuttonandplacetheheatexchangerinthedrawingarea,refertoFigure4-3.You can also create a new heat exchanger. The procedure to create a user-definedequipmentisdiscussedlaterinthischapter.

Figure4-2Avesselplacedinthedrawingarea

Figure4-3Aheatexchangerplacedinthedrawingarea

AddingaPumpPump is amechanical device that is used to supply fluid to the desired point by usingmechanical force. There are eight types of predefined pumps available in the CreateEquipmentdialogbox.Chooseanyofthepumps;thepreviewoftheselectedpumpwillbedisplayedinthepreviewwindow,refertoFigure4-4.YoucanmodifythedimensionsofthepumpintheDimensionsareaasperyourrequirementandthenchoosetheCreatebutton;thepumpwillbeattachedtothecursorandyouwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpointinthedrawingarea.Placethepumpandorientitusingthecompass,refertoFigure4-5.

Figure4-4TheCreateEquipmentdialogboxdisplayingapump

Figure4-5Acentrifugalpumpplaced

AddingaHeaterHeatersareusedtoraisethetemperatureofafluidtomeetspecificprocessrequirements.There are two types of predefined heaters available, theBox Type Heater and theCylindricHeater.Toaddaheatertoaplantmodel,invoketheCreateEquipmentdialogbox.Next,choose theHeater option from theEquipmentdrop-down and then choose any of thepredefined heater types. Edit the dimensions, if required and then choose the Createbutton;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.Specifytheinsertionpointandthenorientitusingthecompass,refertoFigure4-6.

Figure4-6Aheaterplacedinthedrawingarea

CREATINGACUSTOMIZEDEQUIPMENTTocreateacustomizedequipment,invoketheCreateEquipmentdialogboxandfollowthestepsgivenbelow.

1.ChoosetherequiredequipmentfromtheEquipmentdrop-down;acascadingmenuwillbedisplayed.

2.ChoosetheNewHorizontalorNewVerticalequipmenttypefromthemenu.

3.Choose theAddbuttonavailable at the bottom of theShapes area; a flyoutwill bedisplayedwiththelistofshapes,asshowninFigure4-7.

Figure4-7Flyoutshowingthelistofshapes

4.Choose thedesiredshapefromtheavailableoptions in this flyout; theselectedshape

willbeaddedundertheShapesarea.

5.Similarly,addothershapesandarrangetheminasystematicmannerusingtheuparrowanddownarrowbuttons.Notethattheshapesshouldbeinadefiniteformandshouldbecompatiblewitheachother.

6.ModifythedimensionsoftheshapesbyusingoptionsfromtheDimensionsarea.Also,assignatagandadddescriptionandelevationintherespectivefieldsfromtheGeneralarea.

7.ChoosetheCreatebuttonandplacethemodelinthedrawingarea.

8. Set the orientation of the model using the Compass tool. Figure 4-8 shows acustomizedequipmentcreated.

Figure4-8Acustomizedequipment

MODIFYINGEQUIPMENTTomodifyanequipment,choosetheModifyEquipmenttoolfromtheEquipmentpaneloftheHometab;youwillbepromptedtoselectanequipment.Selecttheequipmenttobemodified;theModifyEquipmentdialogboxwillbedisplayed.TheoptionsinthisdialogboxaresameasthoseintheCreateEquipmentdialogbox.Modifytheparametersoftheequipmentandchoose theOK button; thedialogboxwillbeclosedand theequipmentwillbemodifiedaccordingly.Figures4-9and4-10showacylindricalheaterbeforeandaftermodification.

Figure4-9Thecylindricalheaterbeforemodifications

Figure4-10Thecylindricalheateraftermodifications

CONVERTING SOLID MODELS INTOEQUIPMENTToconvertasolidmodelintoanequipment,youneedtocreateasolidmodelbyusingthetoolsthatareavailableintheModelingtaboftheRibbon.Youcanalsoconvertsolidmodelsintoequipment fromotherAutoCADdrawing files.Todoso, right-clickon thePlant 3DDrawings folderinthePROJECTMANAGER treeandchoosetheCopyDrawing toProjectoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed.Next,select thedrawingfilewhichcontainsthesolidmodel;thefilewillbeaddedtothePlant3DDrawingfolder.Now,double-clickonthefileinthePROJECTMANAGERandchoosetheConvertEquipmenttoolfromtheEquipmentpaneloftheHometab;youwillbepromptedtoselectasolidmodel.SelectthesolidmodelandpressENTER; theConvert toEquipment dialog boxwill be displayed, as shown in Figure 4-11.SelectanequipmenttypefromtheEquipmenttreeandchoosetheSelectbutton;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionbasepoint.Selectapointonthemodelbyusingsnaps;

theModifyEquipmentdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure4-12. In theGeneralarea,enterthelongdescriptionandassignatagbyclickingintheTagfield.InthePropertiestab,enterdata in thefieldsrelatedtomanufacturer,material,materialcode,size,andsoon.YoucanalsosavetheequipmentasatemplatebychoosingtheTemplatebutton.ChoosetheOK button to close theModifyEquipment dialogbox.Figure4-13 shows anAutoCADobjectconvertedintoanequipment.

Figure4-11TheConverttoEquipmentdialogbox

Figure4-12TheModifyEquipmentdialogbox

Figure4-13AutoCADobjectafterconvertingintoanequipment

CONVERTING INVENTOR MODELS INTOEQUIPMENTToconvertanInventormodelintoanequipment,youneedtoimportInventorADSKfileinto Plant 3D. To do so, choose the Convert Inventor Equipment tool from theEquipmentpaneloftheHometab;theImportInventorComponentdialogboxwillbedisplayed. Select the Inventor file with .adsk format and then chooseOpen from thedialogbox;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.Clickinthedrawingareatospecifytheinsertionpoint;youwillbepromptedtoorientthemodel.Orientthemodelby using theCompass tool; theConvert to Equipment dialog box will be displayed.Selectanequipment typefromtheEquipment treeandchoose theSelectbutton; themodelwillbeinsertedinthedrawing.Now,youcanmodifytheequipmentbyusingtheModify

Equipmenttool.

ATTACHINGOBJECTSTOANEQUIPMENTYoucanattach solidobjects to anequipment.Todo so, choose theAttachEquipmenttoolfromtheEquipmentpanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectanequipment.Selecttherequiredequipment,refertoFigure4-14;youwillbepromptedtoselecttheobjectstobeattached. Select the objects from the graphics window, refer to Figure 4-14, and pressENTER;theselectedobjectswillbeattachedtotheequipment.

Figure4-14Equipmentandobjectstobeselected

DETACHINGOBJECTSFROMANEQUIPMENTTodetachtheaddedobjectsfromanequipment,choosetheDetachEquipmenttoolfromtheEquipmentpanel;youwillbepromptedtoselecttheequipmenttowhichtheobjectshave been attached. Select the object; you will be prompted to detach all the attachedobjects.ChooseYesfromtheCommandprompttodetachallthecomponents.

ADDINGNOZZLESTOACUSTOMIZEDEQUIPMENTYoucanaddanozzletoanequipmentaftercreatingormodifyingit.Todoso,firstselecttheequipmentandthenclickontheAddNozzlesgrip;anozzlepreviewwillbedisplayedontheequipment,refertoFigure4-15.Also,theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwillbedisplayedwiththeChangeLocation tabchosen,refertoFigure4-16.Theoptionsinthisdialogboxarediscussednext.

Figure4-15Thepreviewofthenozzledisplayedontheequipment

Figure4-16TheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwiththeChangeLocationtabchosen

NozzleThisdrop-downlistcontainsthetotalnumberofnozzlesinanequipment.Thecurrentlyselected nozzle is displayed in it by default.You can select any nozzle from this drop-downlistandmodifyit.

TagIconOnchoosingthisicon,theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwillexpand.Youcaneditthenozzletypeandnumberinthisdialogbox.

ChangeLocationTabThistabdisplaysoptionstodefinethelocationofthenozzle.Theoptionsinthistabarediscussednext.

PreviewWindowThepreviewwindowexplainstheusageofoptionsavailableintheChangelocationtab.

NozzleLocationThedifferenttypesofnozzlelocationsthatcanbespecifiedonanequipmentareavailableinthisdrop-downlist.YoucanspecifythelocationusingtheTop,Bottom,Radial,andLineoptions.OnselectingtheLineoption,youwillbepromptedtoselectalinefromtheequipment.Ondoingso,thenozzlewillbecreatedinlinewiththeselectedequipment.Onselecting different options from this drop-down list, various options are enabled. Theseoptionsarediscussednext.

Radius(R)

ThiseditboxisavailablewhenToporBottom locationoptionsareselected.Youcanspecifytheradialdistanceofthenozzlefromthecenterofthevesselinthiseditbox.

Angle(A)

Thiseditboxisusedtospecifytheradialanglebetweentheinitiallocationandthenewlocationofthenozzle.ThiseditboxisavailablewhentheTop,Bottom,orRadialoptionisselected.

Length(L)

Thiseditboxisusedtospecifythelengthofthenozzle.

Offset(O)

Thiseditboxisusedtospecifytheoffsetdistanceatwhichthenozzlewillbeplaced.

ThiseditboxisavailableonlywhentheRadialoptionisselected.

Perpendicular(P)

Onselectingthischeckbox,thenozzlewillbecreatedperpendiculartotheequipment.NotethatthischeckboxisavailableonlyifyouselecttheToporBottomoption.

Inclination(I)

Thiseditboxisusedtospecifytheangleofinclinationtothenozzleaxis.ThiseditboxisavailablewhentheTop,Bottom,orRadialoptionisselected.

Rotation(N)

Thiseditboxisusedtospecifytherotationangleofthenozzleonthehorizontalplane.ThiseditboxisavailablewhentheTop,Bottom,orRadialoptionisselected.

Twist(T)

Thiseditboxisusedtospecifythetwistanglealongtheverticalplane.ThiseditboxisavailableonlywhentheTop,Bottom,orRadialoptionisselected.

Height(H)

This editbox isused to specify theheightof thenozzle from thebaseof equipment.ThiseditboxisavailableonlywhentheRadialoptionisselected.

Note

The options in the Change Location Tab which have been discussed above are notavailableforconvertedequipment.

ChangeTypeTabThis tabcontainsanozzle list and theoptions to filter it, refer toFigure4-17.Youcanchoose therequirednozzlebyfilteringvariousparameterssuchas thenozzle type,size,unit,andpressureclass.Theoptionsinthistabarediscussednext.

Figure4-17TheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwiththeChangeTypetabchosen

NozzleTypeAreaTherearefourtypesofnozzlesavailableinthisarea,StraightNozzle,BentNozzle,VentNozzle,andManway.Chooseanozzletype;differentsizesoftheselectednozzletypearedisplayed.

SizeThisdrop-downlistisusedtospecifythesizeforthechosennozzletype.Onselectingasize,theSelectNozzlelistisfilteredtodisplaynozzlesoftheselectedsize.

UnitThisdrop-downlistisusedtoselectaunittypeforthenozzle.Whenyouselectaunittypefromthisdrop-downlist,theSelectNozzlelistdisplaysnozzlesavailableundertheselectedunit.

EndTypeThisdrop-down listdisplaysvariousend types.Whenyou select theFlanged(FL)endtype,theSelectNozzlelistwillbefilteredtodisplaynozzleswithflangedendtype.

PressureClassOnselectingapressureclassfromthePressureClassdrop-downlist, theSelectNozzlelistwillbefilteredtodisplaythenozzleswiththeselectedpressureclass.

SelectNozzleThenozzlesavailablefortheselectednozzletypewillbedisplayedintheSelectNozzlelist.Onspecifyingtheparameterssuchassize,endtype,unitandpressureclass,thislistgets filtered. Select the required nozzle from the list and choose theClose button; thenozzlewillbeaddedatthespecifiedlocation.

ADDINGNOZZLESTOACONVERTEDEQUIPMENTAfter converting a solidmodel into an equipment, you can addnozzles to it.Todo so,selecttheequipment;anozzlegripwillbedisplayedonit.Clickonthenozzlegrip;youarepromptedtospecifythecenterofthenozzle.Tospecifythecenterofthenozzle,snaptothelocationwhereyouwanttoaddthenozzleandthenselectapoint,refertoFigure4-18. On doing so, a rubber band line will be attached to the cursor. Also, you will beprompted to specify the direction by selecting the second point, refer to Figure 4-19.Specifythesecondpoint;theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwillbedisplayed.SpecifythenozzletypeusingtheoptionsavailableintheChangeTypetabofthisdialogboxandthenclosethedialogbox.

Figure4-18Selectingapointtoaddanozzle

Figure4-19Specifyingthedirectionofthenozzle

MODIFYINGNOZZLESTomodify the type and location of a nozzle, you need to click on itwhile holding theCTRLkey.Ondoingso,apencilgripwillbedisplayedon it,asshown inFigure4-20.ReleasetheCTRLkeyandclickonthepencilsymbol;theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwillbedisplayed.But incaseofconvertedequipment,pumps,andstrainer,youneed toselecttheequipmentfirst.Ondoingso,apencilsymbolwillbedisplayedonthenozzle.Clickonthepencilsymbol;theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxwillbedisplayed.Now,youcanchangethelocationaswellasthetypeofnozzle,refertoFigure4-21.

Figure4-20Pencilgripdisplayedonthenozzle

Figure4-21Nozzleaftermodifyingthelocationandtype

Note

1.You can remove thenozzle of a component.Todo so, press theCTRLkey, select thenozzle,andthenpresstheDELETEkey.

2.Youcanmodifythenozzlesofpumpandstrainer,butcannotaddorremovethem.

3.Incaseofparametricequipment,youcanprovideonlydimensionvaluesfornozzles.Inthiscase,thenumberandpositionofnozzlesarefixed.

TUTORIALSTutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillopentheCADCIMprojectcreatedinChapter2andthenstartanewAutoCADPlant3Dfile.Inthisfile,youwillcreateanequipment,asshowninFigure4-22.ThedimensionsandlocationoftheequipmentareshowninFigures4-23through4-26.(Expectedtime:1hr)

Figure4-22ThemodelforTutorial1

Figure4-23DimensionsoftheVerticalvessel

Figure4-24Dimensionsofthesupport

Figure4-25DimensionsoftheReboiler

Figure4-26Coordinatedimensionsofthemodel

GratingSpecifications

Materialstandard:ASTM

Materialcode:A242

Thickness:1”

Hatchpattern:ZIGZAG

Hatchscale:10”

Justification:Top

Shape:Newrectangular

Size:70”x70”

RailingSpecifications

HandrailHeight(1):40inch

1stmidrailheight(2):20inch

2ndmidrailheight(3):0inch

Kickplateheight(4):5inch

Firstpost(5):10inch

Secondpost(6):5’

HandrailShape:PIPE2STD

1stmidrailShape:PIPE2STD

KickplateShape:FB1/4x4

PostShape:PIPE2STD

LadderSpecifications

Width(1):25inch

Exitwidth(2):35inch

Projection(3):45inch

RungDistance(4):10inch

Laddershape:PIPE2STD

RungShape:PIPE3/4STD

CageSpecifications

StartHeight:7’-6”

Maximumdistance:5’

DistanceFromtop:1inch

Radius:14inch

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpenanewPlant3Ddrawingfileinthecurrentproject.

b.Createaverticalvesselandplaceitinthemodelspace.

c.Createagratingatthetopoftheverticalvessel.Also,addaladderandarailing.

d.Placethereboiler.

e.Createsupportsandattachthemtothereboiler.

f.Placecentrifugalpumps.

g.Savethemodel.

CreatingaNewAutoCADPlant3DFile1. Double-click on theAutoCAD Plant 3D 2016 - English icon; AutoCAD Plant 3Dstarts.

Next,youneedtostartanewPlant3Dfile.

2. Select CADCIM from the Current Project drop-down list in the PROJECTMANAGER.

3.SelectthePlant3DDrawingsnodeintheProjectareaandchoosetheNewDrawingbuttonavailable;theNewDWGdialogboxisdisplayed.

4. EnterPipingModel.dwg in theFile name edit box and chooseOK; a new file iscreated.

CreatingaSupportfortheVesselInthissectionyouwillcreateasupportbeforeaddingthevessels.

1.Createasupportforthevesselusingthemodelingtools,asshowninFigure4-27.ThedimensionsofthesupportaregiveninFigure4-24.Youcanalsodownloadthismodelfromwww.cadcim.combyvisitingthefollowinglink:Textbooks>CAD/CAM>Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners>InputFiles.

Figure4-27Supportfortheverticalvessel

2.Placethesupportat360,0consideringthebasepointatthecenterofbottomface.

3.ChangethevieworientationtoSWIsometric.

CreatingaVerticalVessel1.ChoosetheCreateEquipment tool fromtheEquipmentpanel in theHome tab; theCreateEquipmentdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.ChooseVessel > Vertical Vessel option from the drop-down located at the top left of thedialogbox;alistofshapesstackedtogethertoformthevesselisdisplayedintheShapesarea.

3.ArrangetheshapesintheShapesareaaccordingtothegivensequence.TorisphericHead

Cylinder

TorisphericHead

4.Select theTorisphericHead from the Shapes area; the diameter of the torispheric head isdisplayedintheDimensionsarea.Changethediameterto60inch.

5.Similarly,changethediameteroftheothertorisphericheadto60inch.

6.SelectCylinderfromtheShapesareaandchangeitsdimensionsasgivennext.D60”

H240”

Next,youneedtoassignatagtothevessel.

7.ClickinthefieldnexttotheTagboxintheGeneralarea;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

8.EnterTKintheTypeeditboxand101intheNumbereditboxandchoosetheAssignbutton;atagisassignedtothevessel.

9.Enter84asthevalueofelevationinthefieldnexttotheElevationboxandchoosetheCreate button; thevessel is attached to the cursor andyou are prompted to select aninsertionpoint.

10.Specifytheinsertionpointofthevesselas360,0attheCommandprompt;thecompasstoolisdisplayedatthebottomofthevessel.Settheorientationofthevesselto0degree;thevesselisplacedatthespecifiedpoint.

AddingaPlatformandaLaddertotheVesselNext,youneedtoaddaplatformandaladdertothevessel.

1.Choose thePlate tool from thePartspanel in theStructure tab of theRibbon; theCreatePlate/Gratedialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,selecttheGratingoptionfromtheTypedrop-downlist.Next,selecttheNewrectangularradiobuttonfromtheShapearea.

3.SelecttheTopradiobuttonfromtheJustificationarea.

4.SpecifythesettingsgivenatthestartofthetutorialandchoosetheCreatebutton;youarepromptedtospecifythefirstcorneroftherectangulargrating.

5.Enter325,-35,340attheCommandprompttospecifythefirstcorner;youarepromptedtospecifythesecondcorner.

6.Enter395,35,340attheCommandprompt;therectangulargratingiscreated,asshowninFigure4-28.

Figure4-28Rectangulargratingcreated

7.ChoosetheLadderSettingstoolfromtheSettingsdrop-downinthePartspaneloftheStructure tab and specify the settings as given in the Ladder specification at thebeginning of the tutorial. Now, invoke theLadder tool from theParts panel in theStructuretabandthenselectthefirstpoint,refertoFigure4-29.

8.Now,snapthesecondpoint,asshowninFigure4-30.MakesuretheObjectSnapandObjectSnapTrackingbuttonsarechosenintheStatusBarandmovethecursorinthe-Ydirection.Enter5”atthecommandpromptandthenpressENTER.Againsnaptothesamepointanddirection,enter6’’atthecommandprompt,andthenpressENTER;theladderisplaced,asshowninFigure4-31.

Figure4-29Selectingthefirstpointoftheladder

Figure4-30Selectingthesecondpointoftheladder

9. Invoke theRailing tool from thePartspanel and create the railing on the edges of thegrating,asshowninFigure4-32.Fordimensions,refertothespecificationsgiveninthetutorialdescription.

PlacingtheReboiler1.InvoketheCreateEquipmentdialogboxandchooseHeatExchanger>Reboileroptionfromthedrop-downlocatedatthetopleftofthedialogbox;alistofshapesisdisplayedintheShapesarea.

Figure4-31Verticalvesselafterplacingtheladder

Figure4-32Verticalvesselafteraddingrailingtothegrating

2. Select theCylinder located at the top in the Shapes area; theDimensions area isdisplayedintheCreateEquipmentdialogbox.

3.EnterthefollowingvaluesintheDimensionsarea:

Cylinder1D:46”H:8”

4.Similarly,specifythevaluesfortheothershapes,asgivennext.

Cylinder2D:40”H:30”

Cylinder3D:46”H:8”

ConeOrientation:UpwardsD1:60”D2:40”

H:40”E:10”A:0

Cylinder4D:60”H:96”

TorisphericHeadD:60”

Next,youneedtoassignatagtothereboiler.

5.Click in theTag field in theGeneral areaof theCreateEquipment dialogbox; theAssignTagdialogbox is invoked.Enter101 in theNumbereditboxandchoose theAssignbutton; theAssignTag dialog box is closed.Next, enter48 in theElevationfieldintheCreateEquipmentdialogbox.

6. Choose theCreate button and insert the reboiler at the point 180, 40. Next, set theorientation to 270 degrees using the compass tool. Figure 4-33 shows themodel afterplacingthereboiler.

Next,youneedtocreatesupportsandattachthemtothereboiler.

7.InvoketheBoxtoolfromtheModelingpanelintheModelingtaboftheRibbon;youarepromptedtospecifythefirstcorner.YouneedtomakesurethattheDynamicInput isturnedoff.

8.Enter165,36attheCommandprompt;youarepromptedtospecifythesecondcornerofthebox.Enter195,40attheCommandprompt;youarepromptedtospecifytheheightofthebox.

9.Enter50attheCommandprompt;arectangularboxiscreated,asshowninFigure4-34.

Figure4-33Themodelafterplacingtheheatexchanger

Figure4-34Supportcreatedforthereboiler

10.Copytheboxandselectabasepoint,refertoFigure4-35.MovethecursoralongtheY-directionandenter -10’at theCommandprompt; thebox iscopiedat thespecifiedlocation.NotethattheOrthoModeshouldbeturnedon.

11.InvoketheAttachEquipmenttoolfromtheEquipmentpanelintheHometab;youarepromptedtoselectasingleequipmentitem.

12. Select the reboiler from themodel space; you are prompted to select objects to beattachedtotheselectedequipment.

13.Selecttheboxesbelowthereboiler.Next,pressENTER;theboxesareattachedtothereboiler.Figure4-36showsthereboilerafterattachingsupports.

Figure4-35Selectingabasepoint

Figure4-36Reboilerafterattachingsupports

PlacingCentrifugalPumps

Next,youneedtoaddcentrifugalpumpstothemodel.

1.InvoketheCreateEquipmentdialogboxandchoosePump>CentrifugalPumpoptionfromthedrop-down located at the top left of the dialog box; theEquipment tab alongwith thepreviewimageofthecentrifugalpumpisdisplayedintheCreateEquipmentdialogbox.

2.ClickintheTagfieldandenter101AintheNumbereditboxintheAssignTagdialogbox.Choose theAssign button to close the dialog box. Next, enter the long description asCentrifugalPump.

3.Choose theCreate button; theCreateEquipment dialog box is closed and you arepromptedtoselectan insertionpoint.Enter the insertionpointas25’,15’andorient thepumpto90degrees,asshowninFigure4-37.

Figure4-37Settingtheorientationofthecentrifugalpump

4.Similarly,placeanotherpumpwiththesameorientationattheinsertionpoint35’,15’andassignitthetagP-101B.

ThemodelafterplacingpumpsisshowninFigure4-38.

Figure4-38Themodelafterplacingpumps

SavingtheModel1.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheQuickAccessToolbar;thefileissaved.

2.ChooseClose>CurrentDrawingontheApplicationMenu;thefileisclosed.

Tutorial2In this tutorial, youwill addnozzles to the equipment created inTutorial 1.The list ofnozzlestobecreatedisgivennext.(Expectedtime:45min)

a.OpenthePipingModel.dwgfilecreatedintheprevioustutorial.

b.Addnozzlestoallverticalvessels.

c.Modifynozzlesofthereboiler.

d.Modifynozzlesofthepumps.

e.Savethemodel.

OpeningtheFile1. Double-click on theAutoCAD Plant 3D 2016 - English icon; AutoCAD Plant 3Dstarts.

2. Choose CADCIM> Plant 3D Drawings > Piping Model from the PROJECTMANAGER;thePlant3Dmodelwillbeopened.

AddingNozzlestotheVerticalVessel1.Clickontheverticalvessel;theAddNozzlegripisdisplayedonit.

2. Click on theAddNozzle grip; the preview of the nozzle and theAdd or ModifyNozzlesdialogboxisdisplayed.

3.Choose theChangeLocation tab from the dialog box displayed, if it is not alreadychosen;theoptiontochangethelocationofthenozzleisdisplayed.

4. Select theRadial option from theNozzle Location drop-down list. Next, enter thefollowingvaluesintheeditboxesdisplayedinthistab:

H:120”A:180L:6”

5.ChoosetheChangeTypetabandfiltertheSelectNozzle listbysettingthefollowingoptions:

Size:6”Unit:inEndType:FL

PressureClass:150

6. SelectNozzle, flanged 6”ND,RF, 150, ASMEB16.5 from theSelectNozzle list.Next, choose theClose button to close theAdd orModify Nozzles dialog box; thenozzleisadded.

7.InvoketheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxagainandselecttheRadialoptionfromthe Nozzle Location drop-down list in the Change Location tab. Next, enter thefollowingvaluesintherespectiveeditboxes:

H:60”A:180L:6”

8.ChoosetheChangeTypetabandfiltertheSelectNozzle listbysettingthefollowingoptions:

Size:8”Unit:inEndType:FL

PressureClass:150

9. SelectNozzle, flanged 8”ND,RF, 150, ASMEB16.5 from theSelectNozzle list.Next, choose theClose button to close theAdd orModify Nozzles dialog box; thenozzleisadded.

Next,youneedtomodifythenozzleatthebottomofthevessel.Todoso,firstyouneedtohidethesupportatthebottom.

10.Choose theHideSelectedbutton from theVisibility panel in theHome tab of theRibbon;youarepromptedtoselecttheobjecttobehidden.

11.SelectthesupportoftheverticalvesselandpressENTER;itgetshidden.

12.PresstheCTRLkeyandclickonthenozzlelocatedatthebottom;apencilsymbolisdisplayedonit.

13.Release theCTRLkeyandclickon thepencilsymbol; theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxisdisplayed.ChoosetheChangeLocationtabfromthisdialogbox.

14.SelecttheBottomoptionfromtheNozzleLocationdrop-downlistandenter180 intheTeditboxand6”intheLeditbox.

15. Choose theChangeType tab and then filter the Select Nozzle list by setting thefollowingoptions:

Size10”

Unitin

EndTypeFL

PressureClass150

16.SelectNozzle,flanged,10”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5fromtheSelectNozzlelist.Next,choosetheClosebuttonfromtheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogbox;thebottomnozzleismodified.

17.Next,choosetheShowAllbuttonfromtheVisibilitypanelintheHometabtoshowthesupportatthebottom.

DeletingtheNozzleontheReboiler1.PressCTRLandclickonthenozzlelocatedatthebottomofthereboiler,refertoFigure4-39.

2.PressDELETEtodeletetheselectednozzle.

Figure4-39Nozzlestobedeleted

ModifyingtheNozzlesoftheReboiler1.PressCTRLandclickonNozzle1locatedatthetopofthereboiler,refertoFigure4-40;apencil grip is displayed on it, as shown in Figure 4-41. Note that the nozzles arenumberedinthefigureforreferenceonly.

2.Clickonthepencilsymboldisplayedonthenozzle;theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxisdisplayed.

Figure4-40Nozzlesdisplayedonthereboiler

Figure4-41Pencilsymboldisplayedonthenozzle

3.ChoosetheChangeType tabfromthedialogboxandfilter theSelectNozzle listbyspecifyingthefollowingparameters:

Size8”

Unitin

EndTypeFL

PressureClass150

4.SelectNozzle,flanged8”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5fromtheSelectNozzlelistandclosethedialogbox.

5.Similarly,modifytheothernozzlesofthereboilerasgivennext.Fornozzlesequence,refertoFigure4-40.

Nozzle2

Type:Nozzle,flanged6”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5

Location

H:15”A:270L:6”

Nozzle3

Type:Nozzle,flanged6”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5

Location

H:160”A:90L:6”

Nozzle4

Type:Nozzle,flanged3”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5

Location

H:160”A:270L:6”

ModifyingthePumpNozzlesNext,youneedtomodifythepumpnozzles.

1.Selectacentrifugalpumpfromthedrawingarea;pencilsymbolsaredisplayedontheinletandoutletnozzlesofthepump.

2.Clickonthepencilsymboldisplayedontheinletnozzle;theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxisdisplayed.

3.ChoosetheChangeType tabfromthedialogboxandfilter theSelectNozzle listbyspecifyingthefollowingparameters:

Size:10”Unit:inEndType:FL

PressureClass:150

4.SelectNozzle,flanged10”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5fromtheSelectNozzlelistandclosethedialogbox.

Next,youneedtomodifytheoutletnozzle.

5.Selectthepumpandthenclickonthepencilsymboldisplayedontheoutlet;theAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxisdisplayed.

6.ChoosetheChangeType tabfromthedialogboxandfilter theSelectNozzle listbyspecifyingthefollowingparameters.

Size:8”Unit:inEndType:FL

PressureClass:150

7.SelectNozzle,flanged8”ND,RF,150,ASMEB16.5fromtheSelectNozzlelistandclosethedialogbox.

Similarly,modifytheinletandoutletnozzlesoftheothercentrifugalpump.

SavingtheModel1.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheQuickAccessToolbar;thefileissaved.

2.ChooseClose>CurrentDrawingontheApplicationMenu;thefileisclosed.

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.Onchoosingthe__________buttonintheCreateEquipmentdialogbox,aflyoutwillbedisplayedwithalistofshapes.

2.The__________ area in theCreateEquipment dialog box displays a list of shapespileduptocreateapieceequipment.

3.The__________editboxintheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxisusedtospecifythevaluetocreateanozzleataninclinationtothenozzleaxis.

4.The__________editboxintheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogboxisusedtoapplyatwistangletothenozzle.

5.Onselectingthe__________checkboxintheAddorModifyNozzlesdialogbox,thenozzlewillbecreatedperpendiculartotheequipment.

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.Youcanattachobjectstoanequipmentusingthe__________tool.

2.The__________gripisdisplayedonselectinganequipmentfromthemodelspace.

3.Youcancreateanewequipmentandsaveitasatemplate.(T/F)

4.Youcanaddshapestoapump.(T/F)

5.TheConvertEquipmenttoolisusedtoconvertasolidmodelintoanequipment.(T/F)

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.Add,2.Shapes,3.I(Inclination),4.T(Twist),5.P(Perpendicular)

Chapter5

EditingSpecificationsandCatalogs

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•Createanewspecfile

•Addpartstoaspec

•Editpartsaddedtoaspec

•Modifyspec

•Createanewcatalog

•Addanewparttoacatalog

•Modifyandassignabranchtable

INTRODUCTIONInthischapter,youwilllearntocreateandeditthespecificationsandthecatalogfiles.Acatalogisalistofpartsthatcanbeusedwhilecreatingapipingmodel.Thespecificationfilecontainsspecificationsofthepartspresentinthecatalog.Whenyouarecreatinga3Dpipingmodel,thespecificationfileprovidestherequiredspecificationsforpipes,fittings,fasteners,andsoon.

GETTINGSTARTEDWITHAUTOCADPLANT3DSPECEDITORYoucanstartAutodeskAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor2016bydouble-clickingon itsshortcut icon on the desktop of your computer.On doing so, theAutodesk AutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor2016willbedisplayedalongwiththeWelcomescreen,asshowninFigure5-1.YoucanclosetheWelcomescreenbyusingtheClosebuttonat its toprightcorner.

Figure5-1WelcomescreenofAutodeskAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor2016

TheAutodeskAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditorcontainsthreetabs:SpecEditor,BranchTableEditor,andCatalogEditor.YoucanusetheSpecEditortabtocreateandeditthespecsheetoftheparts.TheBranchTableEditorisusedtoassignafittingforabranchsize.Theassignedfittingwillbeusedwhilecreatingabranch.TheCatalogEditorisusedtoaddorremovepartsfromacatalog.Also,youcaneditthegeneralpropertiesandsizeparametersofapart.

WORKINGWITHSPECFILESInAutoCADPlant3D,youcanstartanewspecfile.Todoso,chooseNew>CreateSpecfromtheFilemenu;theCreateSpecdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure5-2.Next,enterthespecnameintheNewSpecnameeditbox,andsetthepathofthefilebyusingtheBrowsebuttonnexttotheeditbox.EnteradescriptionofthespecintheSpecdescriptiontextbox.Next,specifythepartcatalogthatyouwanttouseforcreatingthespecfromtheLoadcatalogdrop-downlist.Then,choosetheCreatebutton;anewspecfilewillbecreated.ThenewlycreatedspecfilewillbedisplayedintheSpecsheetarea.The parts of the selected catalog are loaded in theCatalogBrowser.You can also loadadditional catalogs in theCatalogBrowserbyusing theOpenCatalog option from theCatalogdrop-downlistintheCatalogBrowserarea.

Figure5-2TheCreateSpecdialogbox

CreatingaNewSpecFilefromanExistingSpecYoucancreateanewspecfilefromanexistingone.Ondoingso,thepartsoftheexistingspecfilewillbeloadedtothenewspecfileandyoucanaddmorepartstoit.Tocreateanewspecfilefromtheexistingfile,chooseNew>CreateSpecFromExistingfromtheFilemenu;theCreateSpecFromExistingSpecdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshownin Figure 5-3. Choose the Browse button next to the Source Spec name edit box;theOpendialogboxwillbedisplayed.Browsetothelocationoftheexistingspecfileandchoose theOpenbutton; the filepathwillbedisplayed in the Source Spec name and theNew Spec

nameboxes.

Figure5-3TheCreateSpecFromExistingSpecdialogbox

YoucanmodifythenameandpathofthenewspecintheNewSpecnameeditbox.ItisoptionaltoenterthedescriptionintheSpecdescriptiontextbox.Next,choosetheCreatebutton;theCreateSpecFromExistingSpecdialogboxwillbeclosedandthenewspecfilewillbecreatedanddisplayedintheSpecEditortab.ThepathofthenewspecfileisdisplayedintheSpecSheetarea,refertoFigure5-4.TheoptionsintheSpecEditor tabarediscussednext.

SpecSheetTheSpecSheetareadisplayspropertiesofthepartswhichareaddedtoaspecfile,refertoFigure5-4. Itdisplays thepropertiessuchasMinsize,Maxsize,LongDescription,PartUsePriority,andBranchInUse.

Figure5-4TheSpecSheetarea

CatalogBrowserThe Catalog Browser consists of two areas namely Common filters and Propertyoverrides,andatablewhichdisplaysthedatarelatedtothecatalog,refertoFigure5-5.TheCommonfiltersareacontainsoptionstofilterthedisplayofthecatalogdataandtheoptionsinthePropertyoverridesareaareusedtooverridethepropertyvaluesofthepartcopiedfromthecatalogtothespecsheet.InAutoCADPlant3D,youcanonlyoverrideMaterial,MaterialCode,andSchedule.

Figure5-5TheCatalogBrowser

AddingPartstotheSpecSheetYoucanaddpartsfromacatalogtoanewlycreatedspecoranexistingspec.Forexample,toaddapipeofsizerangingfrom3”to10”,selectPipefromthePartcategorydrop-downlistofthe Common filters area in the Catalog Browser, refer to Figure 5-6. Set the sizerange using the From and To drop-down lists in the Size range group; the pipes under thespecifiedrangewillbedisplayed in the table.Selectapipefromthe tableandenter the

propertyvalues(Material,MaterialCode,andSchedule)intheProperty overridesarea, refer toFigure5-7.Next, select theApply property overrides to parts added to spec checkboxand thenchoose theAdd toSpecbutton;thepipegroupwillbeaddedtothespecsheet.Similarly,youcanaddfittingsthat you want to use while routing a pipe. Also, you can add multiple parts byloadingmultiplecatalogsusingtheCatalogdrop-downlist.

Figure5-6SelectinganoptionfromthePartcategorydrop-downlist

Toremoveapartfromaspec,selectitfromtheSpecSheetareaandchoosetheRemovefromSpecbutton;thepartwillberemovedfromthespecsheet.

Figure5-7ThePropertyoverridesarea

EditingthePartsAddedtoaSpecToedit a part added to a spec, select it from the spec sheet and choose theEdit Partsbutton;theEditPartsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure5-8.ThisdialogboxcontainsthePartsListtabandtheEditPropertiestab.Theoptionsinthesetabsarediscussednext.

Figure5-8TheEditPartsdialogbox

PartListTabThis tabconsistsofa table thatdisplays thepropertiesof theparts.Youcanmodify thedisplay of part properties by using the options in the Display drop-down list. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableinthisdropdownlist:CatalogPropertiesOnly,AddedPropertiesOnly,andAllProperties.

TheRemoveFromSpeccolumnin the tableconsistsofcheckboxeswhichareused toremovethepartsfromthespec.

TheHidepartsmarked“RemoveFromSpec”checkboxisselectedbydefault.Whenyouclear thischeckbox, thepartswhicharenot included in the selectedgroupwillbedisplayed.Thepropertiesof thesepartsare read-only.Youcanclear thecheckboxes toincludethemintothespecfile.

EditPropertiesTabYoucanaddpropertiestotheselectedpartusingtheoptionsinthistab.Figure5-9showstheoptionsintheEditPropertiestab.ThePropertydefinitionareacontainstheoptions

whichareusedtodefineanewproperty.TheAddPropertytodrop-downlistinthisareaisusedtospecifywhethertoaddthepropertytothecurrentpartortoallparts.

Figure5-9TheEditPropertiestabintheEditPartsdialogbox

TheAdded properties list box displays the newly added properties. TheAdd buttonbelowthislistboxisusedtoaddthepropertiesdefinedinthePropertydefinitionarea.Note that theAdd button will become active only after entering values in all the editboxes of thePropertydefinition area.You can remove the newly added properties byselectingthemfromtheAddedpropertieslistboxandthenchoosingtheRemovebutton.ChoosetheApplybuttontoacceptthechangesandclosetheEditPartsdialogbox.

SettingthePartUsePriorityAfterassigningsizestothepartsinthespecsheet,theremaybeacaseinwhichtherearemorethanonepartofthesamesizeinaspecfile.Insuchacase,thesystemisunabletodecideupontheparttobeusedfirstanditdisplaysanerrorsymbol inthespecsheetwillbedisplayed.Therefore,youneedtomanuallysetthepriorityoftheparts.Todoso,click on the error symbol in the spec sheet; thePartUse Priority dialog box will bedisplayed,asshowninFigure5-10.Followthestepsgivennexttosetthepriorityinthisdialogbox.

Figure5-10ThePartUsePrioritydialogbox

1.SelectasizefromtheSizeConflictslistintheAssignpartusepriorityarea;thepartsundertheselectedsizewillbedisplayedintheSpecPartUsePrioritylistbox.

2.SelectapartfromtheSpecPartUsePrioritylistandmoveitupanddowninthelistusingtheupanddownarrows,respectively.

3.SelecttheMarkasresolvedcheckboxandchoosetheOKbuttontoclosethedialogbox.

AddingNotestoaGroupYoucanaddnotestoapartgroupthatyouhaveaddedtoaspecsheet.Todoso,selectapartfromthespecsheetandchoosetheAddNotestoGroupbuttonfromtheSpecSheetarea; theAddNotesToGroupdialog boxwill be displayed, as shown inFigure 5-11.Thisdialogboxconsistsofatextboxinwhichyoucanenternotes.Theenterednotewillbedisplayedwhenthespecsheetisprinted.Youcaneditthenotesbyagainchoosingthe

AddNotestoGroupbuttonfromtheSpecSheetareaandcanalsocheckthespellingsbyright-clickinginthetextbox.

Figure5-11TheAddNotesToGroupdialogbox

EditingtheLongDescriptionStylesInAutoCADPlant 3D SpecEditor, you can customize the long description styles ofpartsaspertherequirementoftheproject.Forexample,thedefaultlongdescriptionstyleof aY-TypeStrainer is shown in Figure 5-12.You canmodify the long description, asshowninFigure5-13.

Figure5-12AdefaultlongdescriptionstyleofaY-TypeStrainer

Figure5-13Modifiedlongdescriptionstyle

To modify the long description style of a piping component, choose the Layout andSettingsbuttonintheSpecEditor;theSpecEditorLayoutandSettingsdialogboxwillbe displayed, as shown in Figure 5-14. In this dialog box, choose the Edit longdescriptionstylesbutton;theEditLongDescriptionStyledialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure5-15.

Figure5-14TheSpecEditorLayoutandSettingsdialogbox

Figure5-15TheEditLongDescriptionStyledialogbox

Followthestepsgivennexttoeditthelongdescription.

1. Select a component from the Part list available on the left side of theEdit LongDescriptionStyledialogbox;thedefaultlongdescriptionsettingswillbedisplayed.

2.Select theDefaultPartFamilyStyle option from theLong description style drop-down list; the editor table in theLongdescription formula editor area displays thepropertynamesarranged.

3.Youcanedittheformulaeditortablebymodifyingthenamesofthepropertiesandbyaddingnewprefixesandsuffixestothetable.Also,youcanaddanewrowtothistablebychoosingtheAddRowbutton.TheresultantlongdescriptionstylewillbedisplayedintheLongdescriptionformulabox.

4.ChoosetheSaveasbuttonlocatedbelowtheLongdescriptionstylesdrop-downlist;theSaveAsNewStyledialogboxwillbedisplayed.

5.EnterthenameintheStylenameeditboxandchoosetheCreatebutton;anewlongdescriptionstylewillbecreated.

6.ChoosetheOKbutton;theEditLongDescriptionStyledialogboxwillbeclosedandtheSpecEditorLayoutandSettingsdialogboxwillbeactivated.

7. Select the newly created long description style from theLong description (family)styleortheLongdescription(size)styledrop-downlistandchoosetheOKbutton;theselectedlongdescriptionstylewillbeassignedtothepart.

AssigningaLongDescriptionStyletoMultipleSpecsYoucanassignalongdescriptionstyletomultiplespecsatatime.Todoso,chooseSpec>BatchAssignLongDescriptionStyles from themenu bar; theBatchAssignLongDescription Styles dialog box will be displayed, refer to Figure 5-16. Select a longdescription style from theLongdescription (family) style orLong description (size)styledrop-downlist,orfromboth.Next,choosetheAddbuttonfromtheSelectspecfilearea;theOpendialogboxwillbedisplayed.Browsetothespecfilelocationanddouble-clickonit;thespecfilewillbeaddedtotheApplylongdescriptionstylestothesepipespecificationstable,refertoFigure5-16.

Similarly,youcanaddmorespecfilestothetable.YoucanremoveanyspecfilefromthetablebyselectingitandchoosingtheRemovebutton.ChoosetheOKbuttonafteraddingallthespecfilestowhichyouwanttoassignalongdescriptionstyle;thelongdescriptionstyle will be assigned and a message box will be displayed with the messageBatchassignmentofLongDescriptionStyleshassuccessfullycompleted.

Figure5-16TheBatchAssignLongDescriptionStylesdialogbox

AssigningOperators(Actuators)toValvesActuators are assigned to the valves by default but they are not displayed in theSpecSheetarea.Toassign an actuator to avalve, right-clickon thevalve in theSpecSheetareaandchoosetheEditValveOperatoroptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed,referto Figure 5-17; theEdit Valve Operators dialog box will be displayed, as shown inFigure5-18.

Figure5-17ChoosingtheEditValveOperatoroption

In this dialog box, select the required valve from theValves in current spec tree; thedefaultoperatorsoftheselectedvalvewillbedisplayedintheDefaultValveOperatorstable.Select the required size from theDefaultValveOperators table and choose the

ValveOperatorShapeBrowserbutton;theValveOperatorShapeBrowserdialogboxwill bedisplayed, as shown inFigure5-19.Select the required valve operator from theSelectOperator Shape area of this dialog box and choose theOK button; theValveOperatorShapeBrowserdialogboxwillbeclosed.Next,choose theOKbuttonfromtheEditValveOperatorsdialogbox; thenewoperatorwillbeassigned to theselectedvalve.

Figure5-18TheEditValveOperatorsdialogbox

Figure5-19TheValveOperatorShapeBrowserdialogbox

WORKINGWITHTHECATALOGEDITORThe Catalog Editor is used to modify a catalog and customize it according to therequirement.Youcanaddorremovepartsaswellaschangethesizeandpropertiesoftheexisting parts in the catalog. The Catalog Editor has two windows -PipingComponentEditorandCatalogBrowser.TheoptionsintheCatalogEditorarediscussednext.

PipingComponentEditorThe Piping Component Editor has options to edit properties of the component. Itcontainstwotabs:GeneralPropertiesandSizes.

GeneralPropertiesTabTheGeneral Properties tab, refer to Figure 5-20, consists of two areas -ConnectionPort Properties and Piping Component Properties. A preview of the selectedcomponentisalsoavailableontheleftofthistab.Thetwoareasinthistabarediscussednext.

Figure5-20TheGeneralPropertiestabinthePipingComponentEditor

ConnectionPortPropertiesArea

This area contains options to specify port properties. These port properties includenominalunit, end type, flange standard, and soon.Youcanapply theseproperties tomultipleportsbyselectingtheAllPortshavethesamepropertiescheckbox.

PipingComponentPropertiesArea

Thisareaisusedtosetthepropertyvaluesofthecomponentssuchasmaterial,material

code,designstandards,andsoon.

SizesTabThistabdisplaysthesizedataofthecomponent,asshowninFigure5-21.Theoptionsinthistabarediscussednext.

SizeArea

This area consists of a list box which displays the range of sizes available for theselectedcomponent.Youcanselect therequiredsize for theselectedcomponent fromthelistbox.Also,youcanaddorremoveasizefromthelistboxusingtheAddSizeandRemove Size buttons. Also, you can duplicate a size using theDuplicate sizebutton.

Figure5-21TheSizestabinthePipingComponentEditor

SizeParametersArea

Thisareadisplaysdimensionalparametersoftheselectedcomponent.ThepreviewareashowstheparametersintheSizeParametersarea.

The Show Advanced Editing Table button is used to display the component sizepropertiesintheformofatable.

CatalogBrowserThisissimilartotheCatalogBrowserintheSpecEditortab.Butinthisbrowser,thereare some additional options to filter the display of the parts in this browser. You candisplay an individual part size or all part sizes using theShowAll Part Sizes and the

ShowAllPartFamiliesbuttonsrespectively.

CREATING A NEW CATALOG FROM ANEXISTINGCATALOGYoucancreateanewcatalogfromanexistingoneandmodifythecatalogcontentasperyourrequirement.Todoso,chooseNew>CreateCatalog fromExisting fromtheFilemenu; theCreateCatalog FromExisting Catalog dialog box will be displayed, as shown in Figure 5-22. Select anexistingcatalogfilebyusingtheBrowsebuttonnexttotheSourcecatalognameeditboxandthenchoosetheCreatebutton;thecopyoftheselectedcatalogwillbecreated.

Figure5-22TheCreateCatalogFromExistingCatalogdialogbox

ADDINGANEWPARTTOACATALOGTo add a new part to a catalog, choose theCreate New Component button from thePipingComponentEditor;theCreateNewComponentdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshown in Figure 5-23. Using the options in this dialog box, you can create a newcomponentusingtwodifferentmethods,whicharediscussednext.

Figure5-23TheCreateNewComponentdialogbox

CreatingaNewComponentUsingParametricGraphicsTocreateacomponentusingparametricgraphics,followthestepsgivennext.

1.SelectthePlant3DParametricGraphicsradiobuttonfromtheGraphicsarea.

2.Selectacomponentcategory(Forexample:Fittings)fromtheComponentCategorydrop-down list; thePipingComponent drop-down list displays a list of componenttypesavailablefortheselectedcomponenttype.

3.SelectthedesiredpipingcomponenttypefromthePipingComponentdrop-downlist.

4.Selecttheprimaryendtype(Forexample:FLforflangedend)fromthePrimaryEndTypedrop-downlist.

5.EnterashortdescriptionaboutthecomponentintheShortDescriptioneditbox.

6.SelecttherequiredcomponentfromtheGraphicsarea.

7.Specifyunits(Forexample:Imperial)byselectingtherespectiveradiobuttons.

8.Select thesize rangebyusing theSizeFromandTodrop-downlistavailablebelowtheUnitsradiobuttons.

9.ChoosetheCreatebutton;thecomponentwillbeaddedtotheCatalogEditor.

10. Choose the Sizes tab from Piping Component Editor. Now, choose the ShowAdvancedEditingTablebutton.

11.EntertheouterdiametervalueintheMatchingPipeODeditboxintheConnectionPortPropertiesarea.Next,selecttheAllPortshavethesamepropertiescheckboxfromtheConnectionPortPropertiesarea,iftheconnectionportpropertiesofallportsaresame.Ifnot,selecttherightarrowandentervaluesofthematchingpipeODforalltheotherports.

12.EnterthelongdescriptionofthecomponentintheLongDescription(Size)editboxfromthePipingComponentPropertiesarea.

13.ChoosetheSavetoCatalogbutton;thecomponentwillbeaddedtothecatalog.

CreatingaNewComponentUsingBlockBasedGraphicsTocreateanewcomponentusingblocks, firstyouneed tocreateablockandconvert itinto an AutoCAD Plant 3D component. Create a valve, elbow, flange, or anyotherpipingcomponentbyusingAutoCADmodeling tools andconvert it into ablock.Next, invoke the PLANTPARTCONVERT command and select the block; the prompt Select a portoperation[Add/Delete/Move/eXit]willbedisplayedattheCommandprompt.EntertheAddoptionattheCommandprompt;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheportlocation.Specifyapointandcreateaport,asshowninFigure5-24andchoosetheeXitoptionafteraddingtheport.Similarly,addportstotheothersideoftheblockandchoosetheeXitoption.NotethatwheneveryouusetheeXitoption,thefileinwhichtheblockiscreatedistobesaved.

Figure5-24CreatingaportonanAutoCADblock

SwitchtotheCatalogEditorandchoosetheCreateNewComponentbutton;theCreateNewComponent dialogboxwill bedisplayed. In this dialogbox, select theCustom -AutoCADDWGBlockbasedgraphicsradiobuttonandfollowthestepsgivennext.

1. Select a component category (For example:Valves) from theComponentCategorydrop-downlist.

2.SelectthedesiredpipingcomponenttypefromtheComponentdrop-downlist.

3.EnterashortdescriptionaboutthecomponentintheShortDescriptioneditbox.

4.SelecttheprimaryendtypefromthePrimaryEndTypedrop-downlist.

5.SpecifythenumberofportsavailableontheblockintheNumberofConnectionPortsdrop-downlistintheGraphicsarea,refertoFigure5-25.

6.Specifyunits(Forexample:Imperial)byselectingtherespectiveradiobutton.

7. Select the size range by using the Size From and To drop-down lists available belowtheUnitsradiobuttons.

Figure5-25Specifyingthenumberofports

8.ChoosetheCreatebutton;thedialogboxwillbeclosed.

9.ChoosetheSizestabinthePipingComponentEditor.

10.IntheSizearea,selectsizesthatarenotneededandchoosetheRemovesizebutton.YoucanalsoaddsizestothelistbyusingtheAddsizebutton.

11. Choose the Select Model button from the Size area; the Open dialog box willbe displayed.Open the file containing the block; the Select Block Definition dialog box willbedisplayed,asshowninFigure5-26.

Figure5-26TheSelectBlockDefinitiondialogbox

12. Select the block that has ports specified using the PLANTPARTCONVERTcommandandchoosetheOKbutton;theselectedblockwillbedisplayedinthePipingComponentEditor,asshowninFigure5-27.

13.EntertheouterdiametervalueintheMatchingPipeODeditboxintheConnectionPortPropertiesarea.Next,selecttheAllPortshavethesamepropertiescheckboxfromtheConnectionPortPropertiesarea if theconnectionportpropertiesofall theportsaresame.Ifnot,selecttherightarrowandenterthevaluesofthematchingpipeODforalltheotherports.

Note

ThevaluesenteredintheNominalDiametereditboxandMatchingPipeODeditboxintheConnectionPortpropertiesareafollowaparticularpattern.Forexample,ifthevalueof nominal diameter entered in theNominalDiameter edit box is 1 then the standardoutsidediametervaluewillbe1.315fortheMatchingPipeODeditbox.

Figure5-27TheselectedblockdisplayedinthePipingComponentEditor

14.EnterthelongdescriptionofthecomponentintheLongDescriptioneditbox.

15.ChoosetheSavetoCatalogbutton;thecomponentwillbeaddedtothecatalog.

MODIFYINGTHEBRANCHTABLEThebranchtabledeterminesthetypeoffittingtobeusedwhilejoiningaheaderpipewithabranchpipe.Thebranchtableispreparedbyarrangingtheheadersizesinthecolumnsandthebranchsizesintherows,asshowninFigure5-28.WhileroutingapipeinAutoCAD Plant 3D, you can use the branch table information to match the header size with the branch size and insert

anappropriatefittingconnectingthem.Inthebranchtable,thecellwheretheheadersizecolumnandthebranchsizerowmeet,alegendsymbolisdisplayedthatrepresentsthetypeoffitting,refertothehighlightedcellshowninFigure5-28,wheretheheadersize24”andthebranchsize2’’meet.Itdisplaystwolegendsymbolsrepresentingthefittings(S001,O001)tobeusedwhileconnectingtheheaderpipeof24”withthebranchpipeof2”.Youcanalsoassignmoresymbolstothebranchcell.

Figure5-28Cellsdisplayingfittingstobeusedfordifferentbranches

CreatingBranchTableLegendsTocreatea legend (symbol) forabranch table, firstyouneed to identifyall the branchfittingsavailableinaspec.Next,youneedtodecidethetypeoffittingstobeusedforeachtypeofbranchandthencreatetheirlegends.Followthestepsgivennexttocreateandaddanewlegendtoabranchtable.

1.ChoosetheEditLegendbuttonfromtheLegendspane in theBranchTableEditor;theBranchTableSetupdialogboxwillbedisplayed,refertoFigure5-29.

2.ChoosetheAddBranchbuttonfromtheBranchconnectionpartsetuparea;anewbranchrowwillbeaddedtothepartsetuptable.

3.SelectthedesiredfittingfromthePartTypedrop-downlistinthenewlycreatedrow.

4.SelectapartfromtheSpecPartdrop-downlist.IfyouselecttheUsepreferredpartfrompipespecoption, thepartwillbe selectedbasedon thepriority set in theSpecSheetarea.

5. Double-click in theLegend Symbol field and enter a symbol (for example: T001).Next,chooseOK.

Youcanalsoadda reduceralongwith the fitting toconnect thebranchpipe.Todo so,selectthecheckboxinthecorrespondingfieldintheAddReducercolumnoftheBranchconnectionpartsetuptable;anewrowwillbeadded.Youfirstneedtoselectareducertypeandthenthereducerpart.

Figure5-29TheBranchTableSetupdialogbox

AssigningLegendstoaBranchTableYoucanassignmorethanonebranchfittingtoabranch.Also,youcanchangethedefaultbranchfittingandassignanewone.Todoso,opentheBranchTableEditorandfollowthestepsgivennext.

1.Selectacellthatisintersectingwiththeheadersizeandbranchsize.

2.Right-clickontheselectedcellandchoosetheMultiBranchSelectionoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;theSelectBranchListdialogboxwillbedisplayed,refertoFigure5-30.

3.Thetableinthisdialogboxdisplaystheavailablebranchsymbols.Inthetable,selectthecheckboxadjacenttotheBranchSymbolundertheUseBranchcolumn;thefittingwillbeadded to theselectedcell in theBranchTableEditorandwillbeusedwhilerouting.

4.Use the up and down arrows to set the priority of the fitting.Next, choose theOKbuttontoclosethedialogbox.

Figure5-30TheSelectBranchListdialogbox

Note

1. Fittings can be assigned tomultiple branches simultaneously. To do so, you need toselectmultiplecells.Toselectmultiplecellswhichareinasequentialorder,clickonthefirst cell and then press and hold the SHIFT key and keep clicking on the cells to beselected.

2.To selectmultiplecells thatarenot ina sequence,pressandhold theCTRLkeyandthenclickonmultiplecells.

TUTORIALSTutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillcreateaspecfileandaddpartstoit,asshowninFigure5-31.Youwillalsomodifythepartproperties.(Expectedtime:30min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpentheAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditorandcreateanewspecfile.

b.AddpartstotheSpecSheetandeditthepartproperties

c.Setpartusepriorities.

d.Editlongdescriptionstyles.

e.Savethespecfile.

Figure5-31TheSpecSheetafteraddingpartstoit

OpeningtheAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditorandCreatinganewspecFile1.Double-clickontheshortcuticonofAutodeskAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor2016- English; Autodesk AutoCAD Plant 3D Spec Editor 2016 starts and the Welcomescreenisdisplayed.

2. Click on theCreate option under theSpec category from theWelcome screen; theCreateSpecdialogboxisdisplayed.

3. Enter CADCIM in the New Spec name edit box and Sample Spec in the SpecDescriptioneditor.

4.SelectASMEPipesandFittingsCatalogfromtheLoadcatalogdrop-downlistandthenchoosetheCreatebutton;thenewspecfileiscreated.

AddingPartstotheSpecSheetandEditingtheirPartPropertiesInthissection,youwilladdpartstotheSpecSheet.Todoso,youneedtofilterthepartsintheCatalogBrowserundertheSpecEditortabbyusingthefilteroptionsavailableinit.

1.SelectthePipeoptionfromthePartCategorydrop-downlistintheCommonfiltersareaandapplythefollowingfilters:

Sizerange:0.75to1.5

Unit:in

2.SelectthePIPE,SEAMLESSoptionfromtheShortDescriptiondrop-downlistintheCatalogBrowsertoshowseamlesspipesinit.

3.SelectPIPE,SEAMLESS, 10S,PE,ASTMA312parts from theCatalogBrowserandchoosetheAddtoSpecbuttonfromtheSpecSheetarea;thepartisaddedtothespecsheet.

Next,youneedtoaddalargerpipetothespecsheet.

4.SelectthePipeoption,ifitisnotalreadyselected,andapplythefollowingfilters:

Sizerange:2to8

Unit:in

ShortDescription:PIPE,SEAMLESS

5. Select theApply property overrides to parts added to spec check box from thePropertyoverridesareaandenterthefollowingvalues:

Material:CS

MaterialCode:A106

Schedule:100

6.Press theCTRLkeyonthekeyboardandselectPIPE,SEAMLESS,80,PE,ASTMA106andPIPE,SEAMLESS,5S,PE,ASTMA312fromtheCatalogBrowser.Next,choosetheAddtoSpecbutton;thepartsgetaddedtotheSpecSheetarea.

7. Select the Fittings option from the Part Category drop-down list and apply thefollowingfilters:

Sizerange:2to8

Mainendconnection:FL

ShortDescription:REDUCER(ECC)

8.SelectREDUCER(ECC),125LB,FF,ASMEB16.1fromtheCatalogBrowserandchoosetheAddtoSpecbuttonfromtheSpecSheetarea;thereducergetsaddedtotheSpecSheet.

Similarly,addotherpartstotheSpecSheetareabyfilteringtheCatalogBrowserusingthefollowingfilteroptions:

PartCategory:Fittings

Mainendconnection:FL

Sizerange:2to8

SelectthefollowingpartsfromtheCatalogBrowser:

TEE,125LB,FF,ASMEB16.1

CROSS,125LB,FF,ASMEB16.1

Next,youneedtoaddanolettotheSpecSheetarea.

9.SelecttheOletoptionfromthePartcategorydrop-downlistandapplythefollowingfilters:

Mainendconnection:All

Sizerange:2to8

ShortDescription:SOCKOLET

10.SelectSOCKOLET,3000LB,BWXSW,3/8”LG,ASMEB16.11fromtheCatalogBrowserandchoosetheAddtoSpecbutton;thepartisaddedtotheSpecSheetarea.

11.AddanotherTeeandCrosstothespecsheet.UsethefollowingfilteroptionstofiltertheCatalogBrowser:

PartCategory:Fittings

Mainendconnection:BV

Sizerange:0.75to1.5

SelectthefollowingpartsfromtheCatalogBrowser:

TEE,BW,ASMEB16.9

CROSS,BW,ASMEB16.9

Figure5-32showstheSpecSheetareaafteraddingpartstoit

Figure5-32TheSpecSheetareaafteraddingpartstoit

SettingthePartUsePriorityInthissection,youwillsetthepartpriorityforpartswithconflicts.Youwillnoticethatanerror symbol is displayed next to the partswith conflicts, refer to Figure 5-32. This isbecausethesystemisnotabletoassignpartusageprioritytopartshavingthesamesize.

1.Clickon anyof the error symbolsdisplayed in thePartUsePriority column in theSpecSheet;thePartUsePrioritydialogboxisdisplayed.

2. Select the 2” size from the Size Conflicts list in the dialog box; the parts for theselectedsizearedisplayedintheSpecPartUsePrioritylist.

3.MovePIPE, SEAMLESS, 80, PE,ASTMA106Pipe to top in theSpec PartUsePriority list and select theMark as resolved check box. Similarly, move PIPE,SEAMLESS,80,PE,ASTMA106Pipe to the topforall thesizesgiven in theSizeConflictsareaandthenchoosetheOKbutton;thedialogboxisclosedandagreendotisdisplayedinthePartUsePrioritycolumn.Thegreendotindicatesthattheconflictisresolved.

EditingLongDescriptionStylesInthissection,youwilleditthelongdescriptionstyleofthepipe.

1.SelectPIPE,SEAMLESS,80,PE,ASTMA106fromtheSpecSheetareaandright-click on it; a shortcutmenu is displayed. ChooseEdit LongDescriptions > AssignLongDescription Styles to Spec option from the shortcut menu; the Spec EditorLayoutandSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Choose theEdit longdescription stylesbutton from the dialog box; theEdit LongDescriptionStyledialogboxisdisplayed.

3. Select Pipe from the Component list available on the left side in the Edit LongDescriptionStyledialogbox;thedefaultlongdescriptionsettingsisdisplayed.

4.SelecttheDefaultPartSizeStyleoptionfromtheLongdescriptionstyledrop-downlist;theeditortableintheLongdescriptionformulaeditorareadisplaysthepropertynamesarrangedbydefault,refertoFigure5-33.

5.ModifytheformulaeditortablebydeletingsomerowsandmodifyingthevaluesintheProperty Name column. You can also add new prefixes and suffixes to this table.Figure5-34showstheformulaeditortableaftermodification.

6.Choose theSaveasbutton locatedbelowtheLongdescriptionstyledrop-downlist;theSaveAsNewStyledialogboxisdisplayed.

7.EnterLongdescription1intheStylenameeditboxandchoosetheCreatebutton;anewlongdescriptionstyleiscreated.

8.ChoosetheOKbutton;theEditLongDescriptionStyledialogboxisclosedandtheSpecEditorLayoutandSettingsdialogboxisdisplayedagain.

Figure5-33Theformulaeditortable

Figure5-34Theformulaeditortableaftermodification

9.SelectthenewlycreatedlongdescriptionstylefromtheLongdescription(size)styledrop-downlistandchoosetheOKbutton;theselectedlongdescriptionstyleisassignedtothepipecomponent.

SavingtheSpecFile1. Choose the Save As tool from the menu bar and specify the location asC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM\SpecSheetstosavethefile.

2.ChooseFile>Exitfromthemenubartoclosethespecfile.

___________________________________________________________________________________

Tutorial2In this tutorial,youwillcreateanewcatalogfromanexistingone,addapart to it,andmodifythepartproperties.Figure5-35showstheparttobeaddedtothecatalog.Figure5-36and5-37showtheparametersofthepart.(Expectedtime:30min)

Figure5-35Parttobeaddedtothecatalog

Figure5-36Sizeparametersfor2”nominaldiameter

Figure5-37Sizeparametersfor8”nominaldiameter

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.Createanewcatalogfilefromtheexistingcatalog.

b.Addpartstothecatalog

c.Savethecatalogfile.

CreatingaNewCatalogfromtheExistingCatalog1.Double-clickontheshortcuticonofAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor2016-English;theAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditor2016startsandtheWelcomescreenisdisplayed.

2.ClosethewelcomescreenandchooseFile>New>CreateCatalogFromExistinginthemenubar;theCreateCatalogFromExistingCatalogdialogboxisdisplayed.

3.ChoosetheBrowsebuttonnexttotheSourceCatalognameeditbox;theOpendialogbox is displayed. Browse to:C:\ AutoCADPlant 3D 2016 Content\CPak ASME anddouble-clickonASMEValvesCatalog.pcat;theselectedcatalogfileisdisplayedinthe

SourceCatalognameeditbox.

4. Choose the Browse button next to the New Catalog name edit box, browse to:C:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM.Now,enterc05tut02intheFilenameeditboxandchoosetheSavebuttonfromthedialogbox.

5. Now, choose theCreate button from theCreate Catalog From Existing Catalogdialogbox;thedialogboxisclosedandanewcatalogfileiscreated.

AddingaNewParttotheCatalogInthissection,youwillcreateanewpartandaddittothecatalog.Thepartwillbecreatedusingtheparametricgraphics.

1.ChoosetheCatalogEditortabfromthetoprightcornerofthewindow.

2. Choose the Create New Component button from the Piping Component Editorwindow;theCreateNewComponentdialogboxisdisplayed.

3.SelectthePlant3DParametricGraphicsradiobuttonfromtheGraphicsarea,ifitisnotselected.

4. Select theValves option from theComponentCategory drop-down list; thePipingComponentdrop-downlistdisplaystheValveandValveBodyoptions.

5.SelectValvefromthePipingComponentdrop-downlist.

6.SelectFLfromthePrimaryEndTypedrop-downlist.

7.BrowsetothevalveimagesintheGraphicsareaandselectInlineValve,CheckValveStyle(FLG/BW/PE)fromit.

8.EnterCheckValveintheShortDescriptioneditbox.

Figure5-38TheConnectionPortPropertiesdisplayed

9.SelecttheImperialradiobuttonandspecifythesizerangeas2”to8”.

10. Choose theCreate button; the component is displayed in the PipingComponentEditorwindow.

11.ChoosetheGeneralPropertiestab,ifnotchosen.

12.Specifytheconnectionportproperties,asshowninFigure5-38.

Next,youneedtospecifythepipingcomponentproperties.

13.EnterCheckValve,Lift, 150LB,RTJ,ASMEB16.10 andASMEB16.10 in theLongdescription(Family)andCompatibleStandardeditboxes, respectively in thePipingComponentProperties area.Also, specify other property values in this area,refertoFigure5-39.

Figure5-39PartialviewofthePipingComponentProperties(Family)

14.ChoosetheSizestabandremovesizesbetween2”and8”fromtheSizelist.

15.Select2”fromtheSizelistandenter2.375intheMatchingPipeODeditboxintheConnectionPortPropertiesarea.MakesurethatAllPortshavethesamepropertiescheckboxisselected.

16.EnterCHECKVALVE,LIFT,2”ND,150LB,RTJ,ASMEB16.10,8”LGintheLong Description (Size) edit box and 8 in the Length edit box in the PipingComponentPropertiesarea.

Nextyouneedtospecifythesizeparametersforthecheckvalvefornominaldiameter2”.Figure5-40displaysthesizeparametersofthecheckvalve.

17. Specify values for nominal diameter 2” in theSizeParameters area, as shown inFigure5-41.

18.Select8”fromtheSizelistandenter8.625intheMatchingPipeODeditboxintheConnectionPortPropertiesarea.

19.EnterCHECKVALVE,LIFT,8”ND,150LB,RTJ,ASMEB16.10,18”LGintheLong Description (Size) edit box and 18 in the Length edit box in the PipingComponentPropertiesarea.

20.Now,specifyvaluesintheSizeParametersarea,asshowninFigure5-42.

Figure5-40Thesizeparametersofacheckvalve

Figure5-41Sizeparametersfor2”nominaldiameter

Figure5-42Sizeparametersfor8”nominaldiameter

21.ChoosetheSavetoCatalogbuttonlocatedbelowtheSizeParametersarea;thepartissavedtothecatalog.

SavingtheCatalogFile1.ChooseFile>Savefromthemenubartosavethecatalog.

Tutorial3Inthistutorial,youneedtodownloadthec05tut03.dwgfilefromhttp://www.cadcim.com.Thepathof thefile isas follows:Textbooks>CAD/CAM>Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016 forDesigners>Input Files. The file contains the 3D model of a valve body andactuators, as shown in Figure 5-43. You will add these blocks to the catalog. Theparametersofthepartsaregivennext.(Expectedtime:45min)

HandWheelActuatorParameters

LongDescription(Family):HandWheel

LongDescription:CUSTOMHANDWHEEL,H=36”,W=24”

ShortDescription:CustomHandWheel

OperatorType:Manual

ActuatorType:Wheel

ActuatorHeight:36

ActuatorWidth:24

DiaphragmActuatorParameters

LongDescription(Family):Diaphragm

LongDescription(Size):CUSTOMDIAPHRAGM,H=30”,W=16”

ShortDescription:CustomDiaphragm

OperatorType:Pneumatic

ActuatorType:Diaphragm

ActuatorHeight:30

ActuatorWidth:16

ValveParameters

LongDescription(Family):GlobeValve,150LB,ASMEB16.10

OperatorSize:Diaphragm,H=30”,W=16”

MatchingPipeOuterDiameter:4.5

ValvePortProperties

PortDiameter:4”

NominalUnit:Inch

EndType:BV

FlangeStandard:ASMEB16.10

GasketStandard:ASMEB16.10

Facing:RF

PressureClass:150

Figure5-43AutoCADblocksofvalvebody,diaphragmactuator,andhandwheelactuator

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.ConverttheAutoCADblocksintoapipingcomponent.

b.OpenthecatalogcreatedinTutorial2andaddactuator.

c.Addavalvetothecatalog.

d.Assignoperatorstothevalve.

e.Savethefile.

ConvertingAutoCADBlockstoPlant3DComponentsInthissection,youwillconvertblocksofavalvebodyandactuatorsintoAutoCADPlant3Dcomponents,refertoFigure5-43.

1.Downloadthec05tut03.dwgfilefromhttp://www.cadcim.com.

2.Openthec05tut03.dwgfileinAutoCADPlant3D2016.

3.Choose theCreateBlock tool fromtheBlockDefinitionpanel in theInsert tabandcreate three separate blocks and name them asValveBody,Diaphragm, andHandWheel.TheinsertionpointsoftheseblocksareshowninFigure5-44.

4. Invoke thePLANTPARTCONVERTcommandandselect thevalvebodyblock; thepromptSelectaportoperation[Add/Delete/Move/eXit]isdisplayedattheCommandprompt.MakesurethattheOrthoModeandDynamicInputbuttonsarechosenintheStatusBar.

5.ChoosetheAddoptionfromthecontextualmenu;youarepromptedtospecifytheportlocation.

Figure5-44Insertionpointsoftheblocks

6.Specify theport locationontheblock,asshowninFigure5-45;youarepromptedtospecify the port direction. Move the cursor in the -x-direction and left-click; acontextualmenuisdisplayed.ChoosetheAcceptoptionfromthecontextualmenu;theport is created, refer to Figure 5-45. Also, the Select a port operation prompt isdisplayed.

7. Choose theAdd option from the contextual menu and create another port, refer toFigure5-46.Next,choosetheeXitoptiontogetoutofthecommand.

Note

ChoosetheSavetoolwheneveryouusetheeXitoption.

Figure5-45Specifyingthefirstportlocation

Figure5-46Specifyingthesecondportlocation

8.To convert actuators into a piping component, invoke thePLANTPARTCONVERTcommand. Now, select the hand wheel actuator block and then choose the eXitcommand from the contextual menu. Now, choose the Save tool. Similarly, convertdiaphragmactuatorblockintopipingcomponent.Notethatyoushouldnotaddportstotheactuators.

9. Save this file with the name c05tut03 at the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM.

OpeningtheCatalogandAddingActuatorstoIt1.StartAutodeskAutoCADPlant3DSpecEditorandopenthec05tut02.pcatfilefromtheWelcomescreen.Alternatively,chooseFile>OpenCatalogfromthemenubar;theOpen dialog box is displayed. Browse to the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIMandopenthec05tut02.pcatfile.

2.ChoosetheCatalogEditor tabandthenchoosetheCreateNewComponentbutton;theCreateNewComponentdialogboxisdisplayed.

3. Select theCustom -AutoCADDWGBlock based graphics radio button from theGraphicsarea.

4. SelectActuators from theComponent Category drop-down list and specify otheroptions,asshowninFigure5-47.

Figure5-47TheoptionstobespecifiedintheBasicPartFamilyInformationarea

5.ChoosetheCreatebuttonfromthedialogbox;thenewentryiscreatedinthecatalog.Now,youneedtoenterthelongdescription(family)andsizedescription.

6.EnterHandWheel in theLongDescription (Family) edit box and then choose theSizestab;variousoptionstospecifythesizeparametersaredisplayed.

7.ChoosetheSelectModelbuttonfromthepreviewwindowlocatedbesidethesizelist;theOpendialogboxisdisplayed.

8. Browse to the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM and open the filec05tut03.dwg;theSelectBlockDefinitiondialogboxisdisplayed.

9.SelectHandWheelfromtheSelectBlockDefinitiondialogboxandchoosetheOKbutton;theblockisdisplayedinthepreviewwindow.

10.EnterthevaluesinthePipingComponentPropertiesarea,asshowninFigure5-48.Next,choosetheSavetoCatalogbutton;theactuatorissavedtothecatalog.

Figure5-48ValuestobeenteredinthePipingComponentPropertiesarea

Next,youneedtoaddthediaphragmactuatortothecatalog.

11.InvoketheCreateNewComponentdialogboxandselect theCustom-AutoCADDWGBlockbasedgraphicsradiobuttonintheGraphicsarea.

12. SelectActuators from theComponentCategory drop-down list and then specifyotheroptionsintheBasicPartFamilyInformationarea,asshowninFigure5-49.

Figure5-49TheoptionstobespecifiedintheBasicPartFamilyInformationarea

13.ChoosetheCreatebuttonfromthedialogbox;thenewentryiscreatedinthecatalog.

Now,youneedtoenterthelongdescription(family)andsizedescription.

14. Enter Diaphragm in the Long Description (Family) edit box of the GeneralPropertiesareaandchoosetheSizestab;variousoptionstospecifythesizeparametersaredisplayed.

15.ChoosetheSelectModelbuttonfromthepreviewwindowlocatedbesidethesizelist;theOpendialogboxisdisplayed.

16.Browse to the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM and open the filec05tut03.dwg;theSelectBlockDefinitiondialogboxisdisplayed.

17.SelectDiaphragmactuator fromthe list in theSelectBlockDefinitiondialogboxandthenchoosetheOKbutton;theblockisdisplayedinthepreviewwindow.

18. Enter values in thePipingComponent Properties area, as shown in Figure 5-50.Next,choosetheSavetoCatalogbutton;theactuatorissavedtothecatalog.

Figure5-50ValuestobeenteredinthePipingComponentPropertiesarea

AddingaValvetotheCatalog1. Choose the Catalog Editor tab, if not chosen and then choose the Create NewComponentbutton;theCreateNewComponentdialogboxisdisplayed.

2. Select theCustom -AutoCADDWGBlock based graphics radio button from theGraphicsarea.

3.SelectValvesfromtheComponentCategorydrop-downlist.

4.SelectValveBodyfromtheComponentdrop-downlist.

5.EnterGlobeValveintheShortDescriptioneditboxandselectBVfromthePrimaryEndTypedrop-downlist.

6.Select2 in theNumberofConnectionPortsdrop-downlistandselect theImperialradiobuttonfromtheUnitsarea.

7.Select4”intheSizeFromandTodrop-downlists.

8.ChoosetheCreatebutton;theCreateComponentdialogboxisclosedandthePipingComponentEditorwindowisdisplayed.

9. Specify the port properties in theConnection Port Properties area of theGeneralPropertiestab,asshowninFigure5-51.

10. Enter Globe Valve, 150 LB, ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.10 in the Longdescription(Family)andCompatibleStandardeditboxes,respectively,inthePipingComponentPropertiesarea.

11.ChoosetheSizestabandremoveallsizesexceptsize4”ifpresentfromtheSizelist.

12.ChoosetheSelectModelbuttonfromthepreviewwindowlocatedbesidethesizelist;theOpendialogboxisdisplayed.

Figure5-51TheConnectionPortPropertiesarea

13.Browse to the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM and open the filec05tut03.dwg;theSelectBlockDefinitiondialogboxisdisplayed.

14.SelectValvebodyfromthelistintheSelectBlockDefinitiondialogboxandchoosetheOKbutton;theblockisdisplayedinthepreviewwindow.

15.Enter4.5intheMatchingPipeODeditboxandselecttheAllPortshavethesamepropertiescheckboxfromtheComponentPortPropertiesarea;thePortPropertiesDifferencesmessageboxisdisplayed.ChooseYesfromthemessagebox.

16.EnterGlobeValve,150LB,ASMEB16.10intheLongDescription(Size)editboxand24intheLengtheditboxinthePipingComponentPropertiesarea.

17.ChoosetheSavetoCatalogbutton;thecomponentissavedtothecatalog.

AssigningOperatorstotheValve1.ChoosetheGeneralPropertiestabandthenchoosetheEditOperatorAssignmentsbutton which is located below the Piping Component Properties area; the ValveOperatorMappingdialogboxisdisplayed.

2. In thisdialogbox, choose theAdd button locatedbelow theOperatorAssignmentstable;anewrowisaddedtothetable.

3.SelectDiaphragm,H=30”,W=16” from the drop-down list in theOperator (Size)column,refertoFigure5-52.

Figure5-52Selectinganoperatorfromthedrop-downlistintheOperator(Size)column

4.Choose theAdd button to add a new row to the table.Next, selectWheel,H=36”,W=24” from theOperator (Size) column; the diaphragm actuator is assigned to thegatevalve.

5.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromtheValveOperatorMappingdialogbox;thedialogboxisclosed.

6.ChoosetheSavetoCatalogbuttonfromthePipingComponentEditor; thevalve issavedinthecatalog.

SavingtheSpecFile1.ChooseFile>Savefromthemenubar;thecatalogissaved.

2.ChooseFile>Exitfromthemenubartoclosetheapplication.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.The__________displaysthepartswhichareaddedtoaspecfile.

2.The__________isusedtomodifythecatalogcontentandcustomizeitaccordingtotherequirement.

3.Youcanapply thespecifiedproperties tomultipleportsbyselecting the__________checkbox.

4.The__________buttondisplaysthecomponentsizepropertiesintheformofatable.

5.The__________determinesthetypeoffittingtobeusedwhilejoiningaheaderpipewithabranchpipe.

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.Tocreateanewcomponentusingblocks,firstyouneedtocreateablockandconvertitintoaAutoCADPlant3Dcomponentusingthe__________command.

2. To create a __________ for a branch table, first you need to identify all the branchfittingsavailableinaspec.

3.Youneed to set thepartusepriority if therearemore thanonepartsavailable in thesamegroup.(T/F)

4.Actuatorsaredisplayedinthespecsheet.(T/F)

5.Youcanassignmorethanonebranchfittingtoabranch.(T/F)

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1. Spec Sheet, 2.Catalog Editor, 3.All Ports have the same properties, 4. ShowAdvancedTable,5.Branchtable

EditingSpecificationsandCatalogs5-

Chapter6

RoutingPipes

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•SelectaSpec

•Routeapipeline

•RouteapipeusingaP&ID

•Workwiththecompass

•Connecttwopipes

•Routeapipeatanoffset

•Routeapipeataslope

•Createbranches

•CreateAutodeskconnectionpoints

INTRODUCTIONInthepreviouschapter,youhavelearnedtocreateequipmentforaplant3Dmodel.Inthischapter,youwilllearnvariousmethodstoroutepipes.

SELECTINGASPECBeforeyoustartroutingapipe,youneedtoselectapipingspec.Itdefinesspecificationsof the pipes, valves, fittings, and other piping components to be used in the 3D pipingmodel.Youcanselectpipeswithspecificmaterialstandard,pressureclass,pipeschedule,and so on using the spec file. In addition to pipe specifications, the piping spec alsoprovidesyou the informationabout the typeof joints, fittings, and fasteners tobeused.Youcanalsoselectvalvesandvalveactuatorsfromaspec.

TheSpecSelectordrop-downlistavailableinthePartInsertionpaneloftheHometabcontains various specs, refer to Figure 6-1. Select a spec from theSpecSelector drop-downlist;variouscomponentsavailableintheselectedspecaredisplayedintheTOOLPALETTEwhichislocatedatrightsideofthedrawingwindow.YoucanselectapipeorpipingcomponentfromthisTOOLPALETTE.

Afterselectingthespec,youneedtoselectthepipesizefromthePipeSizeSelectordrop-downlistavailableinthePartInsertionpanel,refertoFigure6-2.

Figure6-1SelectingaspecfromtheSpecSelectordrop-downlist

Figure6-2SelectingthepipesizefromthePipeSizeSelectordrop-downlist

WORKINGWITHTHESPECVIEWERInAutoCADPlant3D,youcanusetheSpecViewer toviewthecomponentspresent intheselectedspec.Todoso,choosetheSpecViewerbuttonavailableinthePartInsertionpanel; thePIPESPECVIEWERpalettewill be displayed, as shown in Figure 6-3. ItcontainstheSpecSheet rolloutand thePartSizes rollout.Whenyouselectapart fromtheSpec Sheet, thePart Sizes rollout displays various sizes available for the selectedpart.Also, thedetailsof thecomponentsuchasPartType,EndConnection,MaterialGradeandRating are displayed in thePart details area. TheSpecViewer hasmanyotheroptions.Theusageoftheseoptionsisdiscussednext.

Figure6-3ThePIPESPECVIEWERpalette

AddingaParttotheToolPaletteToaddapart to theTOOLPALETTE,selectapartfromtheSpecSheet rollout in thePIPE SPEC VIEWER; the Part Sizes pane displays various sizes available for theselectedpart.Selectapartsizeandchoose theAddtoToolPalettebutton; theselectedpartwillbeaddedtotheTOOLPALETTE.

CreatingaNewToolPaletteYoucanalsocreateanewTOOLPALETTE.Todoso,selectaspecfromtheSpecdrop-downlistandthenchooseapartfromtheSpecSheetinthePIPESPECVIEWER.Next,choosetheCreateToolPalettebutton;anewtoolpaletteiscreatedanditwillbeloadedwiththepartsavailableintheselectedspec.

InsertingaPartfromtheSpecViewerYoucaninsertapartfromthePIPESPECVIEWERintoamodelbyusingtheInsertinModelbuttonfromthePIPESPECVIEWER.However,thisoptionwillbeusefultoyouwhileplacingcomponentsafterroutingapipe.

ROUTINGAPIPEPiping is an important part of a plant 3Dmodel. InAutoCADPlant 3D, you can routepipes between various equipment and add inline components to them. Themethods torouteapipearediscussednext.

RoutingaPipewithaNewLineNumberYoucan route apipeandassign it anew linenumber.Todo so, select theRouteNewLineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlistinthePartInsertionpanelof theHome tab; theAssignTagdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure6-4.Next,followthestepsgivenbelow:

1.SpecifyalinenumberintheNumbereditbox.

2.SelectalinesizefromtheSizedrop-downlist.

3. Select a new spec from theSpec drop-down list, if youwant to change the alreadyselectedspec.

4.ChoosetheAssignbutton; theAssignTagdialogboxwillbeclosedandyouwillbepromptedtospecifythestartpointofthepipe.

5.Selectapointinthedrawingarea;thepipewillbeattachedtothecursorandacompasswill be displayed, refer to Figure 6-5. You can rotate the pipe at incremental anglesusingthecompass.

6.Movethecursorandselecttheendpointofthepipe;thepipewillbecreatedandyouwillbepromptedtospecifythenextpoint.PressENTERtofinishtheline.

Figure6-4TheAssignTagdialogbox

Figure6-5Creatingapipe

Note

IftheDynamicInputmodeison,dynamiceditboxesaredisplayedalongwiththepipe.Youcanentervaluesforthepipelengthandtheorientationangleintheseeditboxes.

SettingtheRouteLineWhileroutingapipe,youareactuallydrawingaline.Thepipeiscreatedwithreferencetothisline.Thisreferencelineisknownastherouteline.Bydefault,thedrawnroutelineisthecenterlineofthepipe.However,youcanchangethepositionoftherouteline.Todoso, select an option from the Set Routing Line drop-down list in the Elevation &RoutingpanelintheHometab;thepositionoftheroutelinechangeswithrespecttotheselectedoption.TheoptionsintheSetRoutingLinedrop-downlistarediscussednext.

TopofPipe(TOP)Onselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetatthetopofcenterpointofthepipe.

CenterofPipe(COP)Onselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetatthecenterpointofthepipe.

BottomofPipe(BOP)Onselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetatthebottomofthecenterpointofthepipe.

TopLeftOnselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetatthetopleftpointofthepipe.

TopRightOnselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetatthetoprightpointofthepipe.

CenterLeftOnselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetattheleftofcenterpointofthepipe.

CenterRightOnselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetattherightofcenterpointofthepipe.

BottomLeftOnselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillbesetatthebottomleftpointofthepipe.

BottomRightOnselectingthisoption,theroutelinewillsetatthebottomrightpointofthepipe.

RoutingaPipefromaLineInAutoCADPlant3D,youcanalsorouteapipebyconvertingalineintoapipe.Todoso,firstyouneedtodrawaline,polyline,arc,or3Dpolyline.Next,choosetheLinetoPipetool fromthePartInsertionpanelof theHome tab;youareprompted to select a line,polyline,or arc.Select a lineentityandpressENTER; itwillbeconverted into a pipe.Figure6-6showsa3DpolylineandFigure6-7showsapipingcreatedfromit.Noticethattheelbowsandteesareautomaticallyplacedwhilecreatingapipe.Youcanalsocreateapipefromanarc.Figure6-8showsanarcandFigure6-9showsapipingcreatedfromthatarc.

Figure6-6A3Dpolyline

Figure6-7Pipingcreatedfrom3Dpolyline

Figure6-8AnarccreatedusingtheArctool

Figure6-9Pipingcreatedfromanarc

Thelineentitygetsdeletedafterbeingconvertedintoapipe.Ifyouwanttoretainthelineentity,pressEandENTERafterselectingtheentity;apromptwillbedisplayedpromptingyoutoerase theselectedentityornot.Choose theNooptiontoretain it,andthenpressENTER.

RoutingaPipeusingaP&IDYoucanrouteapipeinaPlant3DmodelusingaP&ID.NotethattheP&IDandthePlant3Dfilesshouldbelocatedinthesameproject.TorouteapipeusingaP&ID,choosetheP&IDLineList button from thePartInsertion panel, refer toFigure6-10; theP&IDLINELISTpalettewill be displayed, as shown in Figure 6-11.Next, select the P&IDfrom thedrop-down list available in thiswindow; thePipeLineGroupsof the selectedP&IDwill be displayed in the tree view in theP&IDLINELISTpalette. Expand thePipeLineGroupfromthetreeandthenselectalinesegment,refertoFigure6-11.Next,choosethePlacebutton;youwillbepromptedtospecifythestartpointoftheline.Selectapointinthedrawingarea;youarepromptedtospecifytheendpointofthepipe.Movethecursoruptoadesiredlengthandspecifytheendpoint.Next,pressENTERtoexitthecommand.

Figure6-10ChoosingtheP&IDLineListbutton

Figure6-11TheP&IDLINELISTpalette

RoutingaPipefromanEquipmentInearlierchapters,youlearnedhowtocreateequipmentandaddnozzles to them.Now,you will learn how to route a pipe directly from an equipment. To do so, click on anequipmentinthemodelspace;theequipmentwillbehighlightedandacontinuationgrip(+symbol)willbedisplayedonthenozzleslocatedonit,refertoFigure6-12.Clickonthecontinuation grip andmove the cursor away from the nozzle; a pipe is attached to thecursorandacompassisdisplayedonit,refertoFigure6-13.Also,thesizeofthepipeisautomatically set to match the nozzle size. Next, specify the end point of the pipe byclickinginthedrawingarea.PressENTERtoendtheroutingofthepipe.

Figure6-12Thecontinuationgripdisplayedonthenozzle

Figure6-13Routingapipefromanequipment

WorkingwiththeCompassCompass is an on-screen tool whichmakes it easy to route a pipe. Compass which isdisplayedautomaticallywhileroutingapipehelpsyoutorotatethepipeatapreciseangle.Youcanchangethedefaultcompasssettingssuchassize,color,angleincrements,andsoonbyusing theoptions in theCompasspanelof theRibbon in theHome tab, refer toFigure6-14.

Figure6-14TheCompasspanel

TheoptionsintheCompasspanelarediscussednext.

ToggleCompassThistogglebuttonisusedtoturnthedisplayofcompassonoroffwhileroutingapipe.

ToggleTickMarksThis toggle button controls the display of tickmarks on the compass. By default, thistogglebuttonischosenintheCompasspanel.Asaresult,tickmarksaredisplayedonthecompass.Figure6-15showsacompasswithtickmarksandFigure6-16showsacompasswithouttickmarks.ThisbuttonwillbeactivatedonlywhentheToggleCompassbuttonischosen.

TickMarkIncrementsThiseditboxisusedtospecifytheanglebetweentickmarksdisplayedontheCompass.ThiseditboxwillbeactivatedwhentheToggleTickMarkbuttonischosen.

Figure6-15Compasswithtickmarks

Figure6-16Compasswithouttickmarks

ToggleSnapsThistogglebuttoncontrolswhether theanglesnapis turnedonoroff.Onchoosingthisbutton, the cursor will snap through the angle specified in the Snap Increments edit box.Figure6-17showsthecompasswhentheanglesnapisturnedonandFigure6-18showsthecompasswhentheanglesnapisturnedoff.ThisbuttonwillbeactivatedonlywhentheToggleCompassbuttonischosen.

SnapIncrementsThiseditbox isused to specify theangular increments throughwhichcursorwill snap.Forexample,whenyouspecifythesnapincrementas60-degree,thecursorsnapsthrough0, 60, 120, and 180 degrees. Figure 6-17 shows a compass with 45-degree snapincrements.ThiseditboxwillbeactivatedwhentheToggleSnapbuttonischosen.

Figure6-17Compasswhentheanglesnapisturnedon

Figure6-18Compasswhentheanglesnapisturnedoff

ToggleTolerancesThis toggle button is used to turn the fitting tolerance on or off. This button will beactivatedonlywhentheToggleCompassbuttonischosen.

ToleranceSnapIncrementsThiseditboxisusedtosetthetoleranceanglewhenapipeisconnectedtoanotherpipeorfitting.

Note

When a new pipe is created, theToggle TickMarksandToggle Snaps buttons in theCompasspanelworksasdescribedabove.Tomakethemworkthesameafterthesecondpointisspecifiedforthepipe,youneedtochoosetheTogglePipeBendsbuttonfromthePartInsertionpaneloftheHometab.

CompassColorThisdrop-downlistisusedtospecifythecolorofthecompass.

CompassDiameterThiseditboxisusedtospecifythediameterofthecompass.

ConnectingTwoOpenPortsofPipesYoucanconnectportsoftwodifferentpipes.Beforeconnectingtheseports,youneedto

specifytheObjectSnapsettings.Todoso,right-clickontheObjectSnapbuttonintheStatusBarandchoosetheObjectSnapSettingsoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;theDraftingSettingsdialogboxwillbedisplayed.SelecttheNodecheckboxfromthisdialogboxandchoosetheOKbutton;thecursorwillsnaptothecenterpointofthepipe.

After specifying the Object Snap settings, choose the Route Pipe tool from the PartInsertion panel; youwill be prompted to select the start point of the pipe. Snap to thecenterpointofthefirstpipeandclicktoselectthefirstport,asshowninFigure6-19;youwillbepromptedtoselectthenextpoint.PressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandright-clicktodisplay the shortcutmenu.Choose theNode option from themenu and then select thecenterpointof thesecondpipe,as shown inFigure6-20; the systemgeneratesmultiplesolutionsforconnectingthetwoopenports.ChoosetheNextoptionfromtheCommandpromptuntil thedesiredsolutionisdisplayed.Toacceptthedesiredsolution,choosetheAcceptoption; the twoportsareconnectedby the selected solution.Figure6-21 showstwoopenportsconnected.

Figure6-19Selectingthefirstport

Figure6-20Selectingthesecondpipe

Youcanalsoconnecttwoequipmentbyusingthesameprocedure.Figure6-22through6-24 show examples of two equipment connected using the automatically generatedsolutions.

Figure6-21Twopipesconnectedbyusingsystemgeneratedsolutions

Figure6-22Solution1forconnectingtwoequipment

Figure6-23Solution2forconnectingtwoequipment

Figure6-24Solution3forconnectingtwoequipment

ChangingthePipeSizewhileRoutingYoucanchangethepipesizewhilerouting.Todoso,invoketheRoutePipetoolandthenchoosetheSizeoptionfromtheCommandprompt;youwillbeprompted tospecify thenominalsizeofthepipe.Also,thepromptdisplaysasymbol“?”attheCommandprompt.If you enter “?”, the sizes available in the selected specwill be listed in theCommandprompt.Next,enterthedesiredsizefromthe listdisplayed; thepipesizechanges to thesize specified. Figure 6-25 shows an example when a different pipe size is set for thecontinuation pipe. As a result, a reducer is automatically added between the pipes.Similarly,ifyousetapipesizedifferentfromthenozzlesize,areducerisplacedbetweenthepipeandthenozzle,asshowninFigure6-26.

Figure6-25Differentpipesizesconnectedautomaticallybyareducer

Figure6-26Areducerplacedbetweenthenozzleandthepipe

ChangingtheOrientationPlanewhileRoutingaPipeWhileroutingapipe,youcanchangetheplaneorientationbychoosingthePlaneoptionfromtheCommandprompt.Todoso, invoke theRoutePipe tooland thenchooseanypipenodeof equipment.ThenenterP at theCommandprompt; the plane inwhich thepipehasbeenroutedchanges.Figures6-27through6-29showapiperoutedondifferentplanes.

Figure6-27RoutingapipeonXYplane

Figure6-28RoutingapipeonXZplane

Figure6-29RoutingapipeonYZplane

CreatingaCutbackElbowWhenyoubendapipe, youwill notice that an elbow is automaticallyplaced.Youwillalsonoticethattheelbowiscreatedonlyat45degreeand90degree.Thisisbecause,by

default,thecutbackmodeisturnedoff.Asaresult,youcanonlyplaceelbowsavailableinthe spec (45 or 90 degree elbows). To turn the cutback mode on, choose the ToggleCutbackElbowsbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanel,refertoFigure6-30;thecutbackmodegetsturnedonandyoucannowcreateanelbowwhoseangleisdifferentfromtheangle of elbow available in the spec. Figures 6-31 and 6-32 show a pipe being rotatedwhenthecutbackmodeisoffandon,respectively.

Figure6-30ChoosingtheToggleCutbackElbowsbutton

Figure6-31Creatinganelbowwiththecutbackmodeturnedoff

Figure6-32Creatinganelbowwiththecutbackmodeturnedon

CreatingaRollElbowYoucancreatearolledelbow(twistedelbow)byspecifyingrotationanglesintwoplanes

whichareperpendiculartoeachother.Todoso,invoketheRoutePipe toolandspecifythe point at the end of the existing pipe. Next, choose theRollelbow option from theCommandprompt; youwill beprompted to specify thenext point for the elbowangle.Bendthepipetotherequiredangleandclicktospecifytheangleonthefirstplane,refertoFigure6-33;youwillbepromptedtospecifythenextpointfortherollanglewhichisperpendicular to the first plane. Rotate the pipe and click to specify the angle on thesecondplane,refertoFigure6-34.PressENTERtoexit theCommandprompt;a rolledelbowiscreatedafterspecifyinganglesonboththeplanes,refertoFigure6-35.

Figure6-33Specifyinganangleinthefirstplane

Figure6-34Specifyinganangleinthesecondplane(perpendicularplane)

Figure6-35Rollelbowcreated

CreatingBendsYoucancreateapipebenduptoanangleof180degrees.Todoso,firstyouneedtosetthemaximum bend angle to 180 degrees by entering the PLANTMAXBENDANGLEcommandattheCommandprompt.Next,startroutingapipeandchoosetheTogglePipeBendsbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanel,refertoFigure6-36.Now,youcancreateapipe bend upto an angle of 180 degrees. Figure 6-37 shows bends created at differentangles.

Figure6-36ChoosingtheTogglePipeBendsbutton

Figure6-37Pipebendscreatedatdifferentangles

ChangingtheElevationwhileRoutingaPipeTochangetheelevationwhileroutingapipe,enterthedesiredvalueintheSetElevationeditbox located in theElevation&Routing panel; the cursor elevates to the specifiedheight. Next, you can route the pipe at the specified elevation. You can also enter anelevation value relative to the current elevation. To do so, invoke theElevation optionfromtheCommandpromptandthenenterRattheCommandprompt;therelativeoptionwill be invoked. Next, enter an elevation value at the Command prompt. Figure 6-38showsapipebeforespecifyingtheelevationandFigure6-39showsapipeafterspecifyingtheelevation.

Figure6-38Routingapipebeforespecifyingtheelevation

Figure6-39Routingapipeafterspecifyingtheelevation

RoutingaPipeatanOffsetYou can route a pipe at an offset distance to the routing line. To do so, first select thejustificationpointofthepipe.Bydefault,thejustificationpointisatthecenterofthepipe.To change it, select the required justification point option from the Set Routing Linedrop-downlist intheElevation&Routingpanel.Next,clickonthedownarrowin theElevation&Routing panel; it gets expanded and displays theHorizontalOffset and

VerticalOffseteditboxes,asshowninFigure6-40.EnterarequiredvalueintheHorizontalOffseteditboxandthenchoosetheRoutePipe tool.Next,specify thestartpointandtheendpointofthepipe;youwillnoticethatthepipeisbeingcreatedatanoffsetdistancefromthespecifiedline,asshowninFigure6-41.Continueroutingthepipe.Figure6-42showsapipecreatedatanoffset.Similarly,youcanalsorouteapipeatanelevationbyenteringarequiredvalueintheVerticalOffseteditbox.

Figure6-40ExpandedportionoftheElevation&Routingpanel

Figure6-41Routingapipeatanoffset

Figure6-42Pipecreatedatanoffset

OffsetConnectThis option is very useful while routing an offset pipe. TheOffsetConnect button ischosen by default in the expandedElevation & Routing panel. As a result, you canconnectanoffsetpipetoapipingcomponent.Figure6-43showsanoffsetpipesnappedtoapiping component andFigure6-44 shows theoffset pipe connected to it.Figure6-45showsacasewhentheoffsetconnectmodeisturnedoff.

Figure6-43Anoffsetpipesnappedtoapipingcomponent

Figure6-44Offsetpipeconnectedtothesnappedcomponent

Figure6-45Offsetpipenotconnectedtothesnappedcomponent

RoutingaPipeataSlopeIn a piping layout, there are many cases where you need to create a sloped pipe. Forexample,youneedaslopedpipeforliftingafluidtoahighergradient.Tocreatesuchapipe,firstyouneedtoenteravalueintheSlopeRiseeditboxandthenintheSlopeRuneditbox.ThesetwoeditboxesarelocatedintheSlopepaneloftheHometab.Ondoingso,thesystemautomaticallycalculatestheslopeangleanddisplaysitintheSlopeeditbox.The slope angle is calculatedby the specifiedvertical distance (rise) and thehorizontaldistance(run).Next,choose theToggleSlopebutton, ifnotchosenalready.TheToggleSlopebuttoncontrolswhetherthepipeistobecreatedataslopeornot.Next,choosetheRoutepipetoolandstartroutingthepipe;youwillnoticethatthepipehasbeencreatedataslope,asshowninFigure6-46.AnexampleofaslopedpipeisshowninFigure6-47.

Figure6-46Pipecreatedataslope

Figure6-47Anexampleofslopedpipe

ConvertingaStraightPipetoaSlopedPipeYoucanconvertastraightpipetoaslopedpipe.Todoso,selectahorizontalstraightpipefromthedrawingareaandright-clickonit;ashortcutmenuwillbedisplayed.ChoosethePipe SlopeEditing option from the shortcutmenu; theEdit Slope dialog boxwill bedisplayed,asshowninFigure6-48.ChoosetheStartpointbuttonlocatedontheleftofthe dialog box; you will be prompted to select the start point on the highlightedcomponent.

Figure6-48TheEditSlopedialogbox

Clickonthepipetospecifythestartpointoftheslope.Next,choosetheEndpointbuttonlocatedontherightinthedialogboxandthen,specifytheendpointonthepipe,refertoFigure 6-49. Next, you need to specify the slope calculation method. There are threeoptions available in the Calculation drop-down list to calculate the slope, StartElevation,EndElevation,andSlope.

Select theSlope option from theCalculation drop-down list and specify values in theStart Elevation and End Elevation edit boxes; the slope angle is automaticallycalculated.Next,choosetheOKbutton;thepipewillbesloped,asshowninFigure6-50.

Figure6-49Specifyingthestartpointandendpoint

Figure6-50Slopeappliedtoastraightpipe

Note

Itisrecommendedthatyoucreateaslopedpipeinsteadofconvertingastraightpipeintoaslopedpipe.

CREATINGBRANCHESYoucancreateandconnectbranchestoaheaderpipe.Themethodstocreatebranchesarediscussednext.

CreatingaTeeBranchYoucancreateateebranchusingthecontinuationgripdisplayedatthecenterofthepipe.

Todoso,firstselectthepipefromthedrawingarea;acontinuationgripisdisplayedatthemidpointof thepipe,asshowninFigure6-51.Clickon thecontinuationgrip locatedatthemidpointof thepipe.Youwillnotice thata tee fitting isplacedat themidpointandalsoabranchpipeisconnectedtoit.Youcanrotatethisbranchpipetoarequiredangleusing the compass. Next, drag the branch pipe upto some required distance and pressENTER;thebranchwillbecreated,asshowninFigure6-52.

Figure6-51Continuationgripdisplayedonselectingapipe

Figure6-52Creatingateebranch

Youcanalsocreateateebranchbymanuallyplacingateefromthetoolpalette.Todoso,scrolltotheTeeareaintheDynamicPipeSpectoolpaletteandselectateefitting;theteewillbeattachedtothecursor.Bydefault,theleftportoftheteeisattachedtothecursor.YoucanchangethecursorportattachmentbypressingtheCTRLkey,refertoFigure6-53.Next,selectapointonthepipeinthedrawingarea;theteewillbeplacedatthatpoint,asshowninFigure6-54.Youcanrotatetheteeusingthecompass.Afterplacingthetee,press ESC and click on the tee; a continuation grip is displayed on it. Click on thecontinuationgrip;abranchpipeiscreated,asshowninFigure6-55.

Figure6-53Changingthecursorportattachment

Figure6-54Teeplacedonthepipe

Figure6-55Branchpipecreatedfromthetee

CreatinganO-letBranchTocreateanO-letbranch,firstchoose theSpecViewerbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanel; thePIPESPECVIEWER will be displayed. Next, select a part from theOletcategoryintheSpecSheetrollout;thesizesavailablefortheselectedoletaredisplayedinthePartSizes rollout.Next, select the size from thePartSizes rollout and choose theInsertInModelbutton;theoletwillbeattachedtothecursor.Selectapointonthepipeandplace theolet, as shown inFigure6-56.Next,pressESCandclickon theolet; the

continuationgripisdisplayed.Selectitandcreateabranch,asshowninFigure6-57.

Figure6-56Teeplacedonthepipe

Figure6-57Creatinganoletbranch

CreatingaStub-InBranchAStub-Inisatypeofbranchdirectlyweldedintothesideofaheaderpipe.Inthistypeofbranch,youdonotuseanyfitting.Thisisthemostcommonandleastexpensivemethodofweldingafullsizepipeorreducingbranchtoaheaderpipe.Tocreateabranchonanexistingpipeusingstub-in,firstyouneedtoinvoketheRoutePipetool.Next,choosetheToggleStub-In button from thePartInsertion panel and specify the start point of thestub-inbranchonthepipe,refertoFigure6-58.Next,specifytheendpointofthebranchpipe;thestub-inbranchwillbecreated,asshowninFigure6-59.

Figure6-58SpecifyingthestartpointoftheStub-inbranchpipe

Figure6-59SpecifytheendpointoftheStub-inbranchpipe

CreatingaStub-InBranchatanOffsetfromtheCenteroftheHeaderPipeYoucancreateastub-inbranchatanoffsetfromthecenteroftheheaderpipe.Todoso,firstinvoketheRoutePipetoolandthenchoosetheToggleStub-InbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanel.Next,selectthepipesizefromthePipeSizeSelectordrop-downlistandspecifythestartpointontheheaderpipe.Next,choosetheconnectionoffseToptionfromtheCommandprompt; theOffsetconnectionto[Toptangent/Bottomtangent/Distance]promptwillbedisplayed.ChoosetheappropriateoptionfromtheCommandprompt.Forexample,choosetheToptangentoptionifyouwanttocreateastub-inbranchatthetopofthe pipe; the stub-in branchwill be created at the top of the header pipe, as shown inFigure6-60.

Figure6-60Astub-inbranchcreatedonthetopoftheheaderpipe

Tocreateastub-inbranchataspecificoffsetdistancefromthecenterofthepipe,choosetheDistance option and specify the offset distance value at theCommand prompt; thestub-inbranchwillbecreatedatthespecifiedoffsetdistancefromthecenterofthepipe.

CreatingaBranchfromanElbowYoucancreateabranchfromanelbow.Todoso,clickonanelbowconnectedtoapipeinthedrawingarea.Ondoingso,twocontinuationgripswillbedisplayedontheelbow,asshown inFigure 6-61.Click on one of the grips and create a pipe. PressENTER afterroutingthepipe;abranchwillbecreated,asshowninFigure6-62.

Figure6-61Continuationgripsdisplayedonanelbow

Figure6-62Branchcreatedfromanelbow

CreatingaStub-inBranchataPreciseLocationYoucancreateabranchatapreciselocationontheheaderpipe.Todoso,firstinvoketheRoutepipe tool from thePartInsertion panel andmake sure that theToggleStub-Inbutton is chosen. Next, press and hold the SHIFT key and right-click to invoke theshortcut menu. Choose the From option from the shortcut menu displayed; you areprompted tospecifyapoint fromwhich thedistancewillbecalculated.Next,move thecursorovertheheaderpipe;theOsnapglyphwillbedisplayedonthepipe.Next,clicktoselectthepointfromwhichthedistancewillbecalculated,asshowninFigure6-63.Next,enterthevalueofdistancefromthebasepointoftheheaderpipeattheCommandprompt;thestartpointofthepipewillbespecifiedandapipeisconnectedtothecursor.Movethecursorandspecify theendpointof thebranchpipe,and thenpressENTER; thebranchwillbecreatedatapreciselocation,asshowninFigure6-64.

Figure6-63Osnapglyphdisplayedonthepipe

Figure6-64Branchcreatedatapreciselocation

AddingaReinforcedPadtoaStub-InBranchYou can add a reinforced pad to a stub-in branch. To do so, right-click on the stub-inbranchandchoosetheAddReinforcingPadoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;areinforcingpadwillbeaddedtothestub-inbranch,asshowninFigure6-65.

Figure6-65Areinforcingpadaddedtoastub-inbranch

CREATINGAWELDCONNECTIONWeldconnectionsareautomaticallycreatedwhentwopipingcomponentsareconnectedtoeachother.Youcanalsocreateweldconnectionsmanuallyatpreciselocations.Youcanbreakalongpipeintosmallpipesofaspecificlengthbycreatingaweldconnection.Tocreate a welding connection, right-click on the pipe to display a shortcut menu. Next,choosetheAddWeldtoPipeoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;youarepromptedtospecifythepointlocationonthepipe.SpecifyapointonthepipeandpressENTER;theweldconnectionwillbecreated,asshowninFigure6-66.

Youcanalsocreateaweldconnectionataprecisedistancefromtheendpointofthepipe.First,makesurethattheDynamicInputmodeisturnedon.Next,enteradistancevalueinthedynamiceditbox,asshowninFigure6-67;theweldwillbecreatedatthespecifieddistancefromtheendpoint.

Figure6-66Weldconnectioncreatedonapipe

Figure6-67Specifyingdistanceinthedynamiceditbox

CREATINGAUTODESKCONNECTIONPOINTTheAutodeskConnectionpointcontainstheport informationofthepipingcomponents.Using theAutodesk connection point, you can connect an AutoCAD Plant 3D pipe topipingcomponentscreatedinotherAutodeskapplicationssuchasAutoCADMEP,Civil3D,andsoon.Youcanalsoconnectapipe toXrefobjectsusing theAutodeskconnectpoints. To create an AutodeskConnection point, choose the Insert button fromthe Autodesk Connection Point panel in the Insert tab; you will be prompted to pick an object.Choose the piping component; you will be prompted to pick an open point. Select aninsertion point on the pipe and place the Autodesk connection point on it, as showninFigure6-68.

Figure6-68TheAutodeskConnectionpointcreatedonanopenport

EditinganAutodeskConnectionPointYoucanedit thepropertiesofanAutodeskconnectionpoint.Todoso,choose theEditbutton from theAutodeskConnectionPoint panel; youwill be prompted to select anAutodesk connection point. Select a point from the drawing area; the AutodeskConnectionPointEditordialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure6-69.EditthepropertyvaluesasperyourrequirementinthedialogboxandchoosetheOKbutton;thedialog boxwill be closed and the properties of theAutodeskConnection pointwill bechanged.

Figure6-69TheAutodeskConnectionPointEditordialogbox

RoutingaPipefromanAutodeskConnectionPointYoucanalsorouteapipefromtheAutodeskconnectionpoint.Todoso,choosetheRoutePipe FromPoint button from theAutodesk Connection Point panel. Next, select anAutodeskconnectionpointandstartroutingapipe.

TUTORIALTutorial1In this tutorial,youwillopen the filecreated inTutorial2ofChapter4.Next,youwillconnecttheequipmentbyroutingpipes,asshowninFigure6-70.Figure6-71showsthelistofpipesused in themodel.Thedimensionsof themodel aregiven inFigures6-72through6-74.(Expectedtime:45min)

Figure6-70ModelforTutorial1

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpenthePipingModelfilefromthePROJECTMANAGER.

b.Selecttherequiredspecandselectthepipesize.

c.InsertthePipe_rackfileintothemodelspace.

d.Connectcentrifugalpumpsandverticalvessel.

e.Routepipesfromoutletnozzlesofthepump.

f.Connectthereboilertotheverticalvessel.

g.Routepipesfromtheothernozzlesofthereboiler.

Figure6-71ThePipelist

Figure6-72Topviewofthemodel

Figure6-73Frontviewofthemodel

Figure6-74Leftviewofthemodel

OpeningaFile

1.Double-clickontheAutoCADPlant3D2016-Englishicon;AutoCADPlant3Dgetsstarted.

2. Select CADCIM from the Current Project drop-down list in the PROJECTMANAGER.

3.ExpandthePlant3DDrawingsnodeinthePROJECTMANAGERanddouble-clickonPipingModel;theselecteddrawingfileisopened.

SelectingtheSpecandPipeSizeInthissection,youwillselectaspecandpipesize.

1.SelectCS150fromtheSpecSelectordrop-downlist in thePartInsertionpanel; theDynamicPipeSpecintheToolPaletteisloadedwithCS150pipingcomponents.

InsertingthePipeRackintotheModelNext,youneedtoinsertthepiperackcreatedinTutorial1ofChapter3.

1.WhenyouclickontheInserttoolfromtheBlockpanelintheInserttab,adrop-downlistisdisplayed.SelecttheMoreOptions;theInsertdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Choose theBrowsebuttonnext to theNamedisplaybox in the Insert dialogboxandthenbrowse to the locationC:\>Documents>CADCIM>Plant3DModels. Next,double-clickonthePipe_rack.dwgfile;thefilenameisdisplayedintheNameeditboxoftheInsertdialogbox.

3.CleartheSpecifyOn-ScreencheckboxintheInsertionpointarea,ifselected.Next,enter0,25’,0intheX,Y,Zeditboxes,respectively.

4. Choose theOK button from the Insert dialog box; the pipe rack is placed in thedrawingareaatthespecifiedlocation,asshowninFigure6-75.

Note

Forbettervisualization,youmayhidethelinediagramofstructuregridofPipe_rack.

ConnectingtheCentrifugalPumpsandVerticalVesselInthissection,youwillconnectthepumpsandtheverticalvessel.First,youneedtohidethesupportatthebottomoftheverticalvessel.

1.SelectthesupportoftheverticalvesselfromthedrawingareaandthenchoosetheHideSelectedbuttonfromtheVisibilitypanelintheHometab;thesupportgetshidden.

2.SelecttheRouteNewLineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlistinthePartInsertionpanel;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

3.Enter1004intheNumbereditboxinthedialogbox.

Figure6-75Modelafterplacingthepiperack

4.Selectthelinesizeas10”intheSizedrop-downlist.

5. Choose theAssign button; theAssign Tag dialog box will be closed and you arepromptedtospecifythestartpointofthepipe.

6.Pressandhold theSHIFTkeyandright-click todisplayashortcutmenu.Choose theNodeoption from theshortcutmenudisplayedand thenselect thecenterpointof theinletnozzleoftheleft-sidepump,asshowninFigure6-76;youarepromptedtospecifythenextpoint.

Figure6-76Selectingthecenterpointofthenozzle

Note

YoucanswitchtotheWireframeviewforeasyselectionoftheendpoint.Todoso,clickonthedownarrowoftheVisualStylesdrop-downlistintheViewpanelandthenselectthe3dWireframeoption.

7.Movethecursorinthedirectionwhichisin-linewiththenozzle.Next,enter4’attheCommandprompttospecifytheendpoint;youarepromptedtospecifythenextpointofthepipe.

8.Pressandhold theSHIFTkeyandright-click todisplayashortcutmenu.Choose theNodeoptionfromtheshortcutmenuandthenselectthecenterpointoftheinletnozzleoftheright-sidepump;theinletnozzlesareconnectedtothepump,asshowninFigure6-77.

Figure6-77Theinletnozzlesconnectedtothepump

9.RotatethemodelusingtheOrbittoolsuchthatthebottomnozzleoftheverticalvesselisvisible.

10. Choose the Toggle Cutback Elbow button from the Part Insertion panel. Thiscreatesanelbowwhoseangleisdifferentfromtheangleofelbowavailableinthespec.

11.Clickontheverticalvesseltodisplaytheplus(+)symbolonthebottomnozzle.

12.Clickon theplus (+)symboldisplayedand thenpressandhold theSHIFTkeyandright-click todisplayashortcutmenu.Choose theMidpointoption from the shortcutmenu and then select themid point of the pipe joining the two pumps, as shown inFigure6-78;solutionsaregeneratedtoconnectthevessel.

13.ChoosetheNextoptionfromtheCommandprompttodisplaytherequiredsolution,asshowninFigure6-79.

14.Next, choose theAccept option from theCommand prompt to accept the solution.Also,choosetheShowAllbuttonfromtheVisibilitypaneloftheHometabtounhidethesupportoftheverticalvessel.

Note

MakesurethattheTogglePipeBendsbuttonisdeactivated.Ifthisbuttonisactivatedtheninplaceofanelbowapipebendwillbecreated.

Next,youneedtoconnecttheoutletnozzlesofthecentrifugalpumps.

Figure6-78Selectthecenterpointofthepipe

Figure6-79Requiredsolutionforconnectingthepipes

RoutingPipesfromtheOutletNozzlesofthePumps1.Select theRouteNewlineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlist inthePartInsertionpanel;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Enter1012intheNumbereditbox.

3.Selectthelinesize8”fromtheSizedrop-downlist.

4. Choose theAssign button; theAssign Tag dialog box will be closed and you arepromptedtospecifythestartpointofthepipe.

5.PressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandright-clicktodisplayashortcutmenu.Then,choosetheNodeoptionfromit.

6.Next,selectthecenterpointofthenozzleontheleftpump,asshowninFigure6-80;thepipegetsconnectedtoitandyouarepromptedtospecifythenextpoint.

7.Move the cursor upward and enter100” at theCommand prompt; a vertical pipe iscreated.

8.Next,pressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandright-clicktodisplayashortcutmenu.Then,choose theNodeoptionfromit.Next,select theoutletnozzleof theright-sidepump;theoutletnozzlesgetsconnected,asshowninFigure6-81.

9.Clickonthehorizontalpipeofthenewlycreatedpipeconnection;aplus(+)symbolisdisplayedonit.

10.Selecttheplus(+)symbolandthenmovethecursortowardpiperack.

11.Changetheorientationplane,asshowninFigure6-82,byenteringthePlaneoptionattheCommandprompt.

Figure6-80Selectingthecenterpointoutletnozzleoftheleftpump

Figure6-81Pumpsafterconnectingtheoutletnozzles

12.Next,movethepipetowardthepiperack,type14’attheCommandprompt,andthenpressENTERtocreateapipepassingtowardthepiperack,asshownFigure6-82.

Figure6-82Pipeextendingfromtherightelbow

13. Next, change the orientation plane andmove the cursor toward right, as shown inFigure6-83.

Figure6-83Pipepassingtowardthepiperack

14.Type20’at theCommandpromptandthenpressENTER;apipeiscreateduptotherightendofthepiperack.Next,pressESCtoexittheRoutePipetool.

ConnectingtheVerticalVesselandtheReboilerInthissection,youwillconnecttheverticalvesselandthereboilerusingtheRoutePipetool.

1.Select theRouteNewlineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlist inthePartInsertionpanel;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Enter1007intheNumbereditbox.

3.Specifythelinesizeas8”fromtheSizedrop-downlist.

4.ChoosetheAssignbutton;theAssignTagdialogboxisclosedandyouarepromptedtospecifythestartpointofthepipe.

5.PressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandright-clicktodisplayashortcutmenu.Then,choosetheNode option and specify the start point of the pipe on the nozzle of the verticalvessel,asshowninFigure6-84;youarepromptedtospecifytheendpoint.

6.PressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandright-clicktodisplayashortcutmenu.Then,choosetheNodeoption.

7.Selectthecenterpointofthenozzleonthereboiler,asshowninFigure6-85;thepipeconnectioniscreatedbetweenthetwoselectednozzles,asshowninFigure6-86.

Figure6-84Pointtobeselectedtospecifythestartpointofthepipe

Figure6-85Pointtobeselectedtospecifytheendpointofthepipe

Note

MakesurethattheTogglePipeBendsbuttonavailableinthePartInsertionpanelisnotchosen.

8.Next,choosetheAcceptoptionfromtheCommandprompttoacceptthesolution.

Next,youneedtoconnectthenozzlelocatedatthebottomofthereboilertothenozzleontheverticalvessel.

9.RotatethemodelusingtheOrbittoolsuchthatthenozzleatthebottomofthereboilerisvisible.

Figure6-86Pipeconnectioncreatedbetweentheselectednozzles

10.SelecttheRouteNewlineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlistinthePartInsertionpanel;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

11.Enter1006intheNumbereditbox.

12.Specifythelinesizeas6”fromtheSizedrop-downlist.

13.ChoosetheAssignbutton;theAssignTagdialogboxisclosedandyouareprompted

tospecifythestartpointofthepipe.

14. Select the center point of the nozzle located at the bottom of the reboiler, refer toFigure6-87.

NotethattoselectthenozzlecenterpointyoumayneedtochoosetheNodeoptionfromtheObjectSnapshortcutmenu.

15.Next,movethecursortowardtheverticalvessel,type3’attheCommandprompt,andthenpressENTER.

16.Next,invoketheObjectSnapshortcutmenuandchoosetheNodeoptionfromit.

17.Selectthecenterpointofthenozzle,asshowninFigure6-88;solutionsaregeneratedtocreateaconnectionbetweenthetwoselectednozzles.

Note

MakesurethattheTogglePipeBendsbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanelisnotchosen.

18. Choose theNext option from the Command prompt until the required solution isdisplayed,asshowninFigure6-89.

19.ChoosetheAcceptoptiontoaccepttherequiredsolution.

Figure6-87Pointtobeselected

Figure6-88Pointtobeselected

Figure6-89Thesolutiontobeselectedtocreatethepipeconnection

RoutingPipesfromtheOtherNozzlesoftheReboilerNext,youneedtorouteapipefromthebottomnozzleofthereboiler.

1.Select theRouteNewlineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlist inthePartInsertionpanel;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Enter2002intheNumbereditbox.

3.Selectthelinesizeas3”fromtheSizedrop-downlist.

4.ChoosetheAssignbutton;theAssignTagdialogboxisclosedandyouarepromptedto

specifythestartpointofthepipe.

5.Selectthebottomnozzleofthereboiler,asshowninFigure6-90.Next,movethecursordownward.

6.Type1’attheCommandpromptandthenpressENTER.

7.Movethecursortowardleft,enter3’attheCommandprompt,andthenpressENTER.

8.Changetheorientationplaneandmovethecursortowardthepiperack.Enter34’attheCommandpromptandthenpressENTER.

9.Changetheorientationplane,ifrequired,byusingthePlaneoptionfromtheCommandprompt andmove the cursor upward. Next, enter 110” at the Command prompt andpressENTER.

10.Movethecursortowardthepiperack,enter8’attheCommandprompt,andthenpressENTER.

11.Change theorientationplane, if required,and thenmove thecursor toward leftuptotheendofthepiperack.

12. Next, click to specify the end point. Figure 6-91 shows the pipe routed from thebottomnozzleofthereboiler.

Figure6-90Nozzletobeselected

Figure6-91Piperoutedfromthebottomnozzleofthereboiler

RoutingPipefromAnotherNozzleoftheReboilerNext,youneedtocreateotherpipesconnectingthereboiler.

1.Select theRouteNewlineoptionfromtheLineNumberSelectordrop-downlist inthePartInsertionpanel;theAssignTagdialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Enter2000intheNumbereditbox.

3.Selectthelinesize6”fromtheSizedrop-downlist.

4.ChoosetheAssignbutton;theAssignTagdialogboxisclosedandyouarepromptedtospecifythestartpointofthepipe.

5.Specifythestartpointonthenozzleofthereboiler,asshowninFigure6-92.

6.Next,movethecursortowardleft,type5’atCommandprompt,andpressENTER.

7.Next,movethecursordownward,type6’attheCommandprompt,andpressENTER.

8.Next, choose thePlane option from theCommand prompt to change the orientation

plane,asshowninFigure6-93.

Figure6-92Pointtoselected

Figure6-93Orientationplanetobeset

9.Move the cursor toward the pipe rack, enter34’ at theCommand prompt, and pressENTER.

10.Change the orientation plane, if required, andmove the cursor upward.Next, enter108”attheCommandpromptandpressENTER.

11.Movethecursortowardthepiperack,enter6’attheCommandprompt,andthenpressENTER.

12.Changetheorientationplane,ifrequired,andmovethecursortowardleftuptotheendofthepiperack.Next,clicktospecifytheendpoint.

Next,youneedtocreateateebranchonthepreviouslycreatedpipe.

13.SelectTee,BV,,(CS150)fromtheTOOLPALETTES, refer toFigure6-94; theteegetsattachedtothecursorandyouarepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.

Theinsertionpointistobespecifiedataprecisedistancefromtheendpointofthepipe.

14.InvoketheObjectSnapshortcutmenuandchoosetheFromoption.Next,selecttheendpointofthepreviouslycreatedpipe,asshowninFigure6-95.

Figure6-94SelectingTee,BV,,(CS150)fromtheToolPalette

Figure6-95Selectingtheendpointofthepipe

15.Next,movethecursoroverthepipeandenter4’attheCommandprompt.Next,pressENTER;theteeisplacedatthespecifiedpoint,asshowninFigure6-96.Also,youarepromptedtospecifytherotationangle.

Figure6-96Teeplacedatthespecifiedpoint

16.PressENTERtoacceptthedefaultvalue.PressESCtoexitthetool.

17.Clickontheteetodisplayaplus(+)symbolonit.

18.Clickontheplus(+)symbolandmovethecursorupward.

19.Enter4’attheCommandpromptandpressENTER.

20.Changetheorientationplaneandmovethecursortowardthepiperack.

21.Enter10’attheCommandpromptandpressENTER.

22.MovethecursordownwardandselecttheSTub-inoptionfromtheCommandprompt.

23. Select the center point of the horizontal pipe, as shown in Figure 6-97; pipe getscreated,asshowninFigure6-98.

Figure6-97Pointtobeselectedonthehorizontalpipe

Figure6-98Requiredsolution

AddingtheReinforcingPad1.Selecttheverticalpipe,asshowninFigure6-99.

2.Right-clickontheselectedpipeandchoosetheAddReinforcingPadoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed; thereinforcingpadisaddedtothestub-inpipe,asshowninFigure6-100.

Figure6-99Pipetobeselected

Figure6-100Reinforcingpadcreated

Thepipingsystemafteraddingallthepipesisdisplayed,asshowninFigure6-101.

Figure6-101ModelforTutorial1

3.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheApplicationmenuandthentheClosebuttontoclosethefile.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1. The __________ edit box is used to specify the angular increments through whichcursorwillsnap.

2.TheSpecViewercontainsthe__________rolloutandthe__________rollout.

3.YoucaninsertapartfromtheSpecViewerbyusingthe__________button.

4. You can route a pipe with a new line number assigned to it using the __________option.

5.Youcanchangethepositionoftheroutelineusingthe__________drop-downlist.

6.The__________toolisusedtoconvertalineintoapipe.

7.The__________buttonisusedtocontrolthedisplayoftickmarksonthecompass.

8.Beforecreatinga3Dpipingmodel,youneedtoselectapipingspec.(T/F)

9.Solutionsaregeneratedforconnectingthetwoopenports.(T/F)

10.Compasshelpsyoutorotatethepipeatapreciseangle.(T/F)

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.You can select the pipe size from the __________ drop-down list in thePart Insertionpanel.

2.Usingthe__________button,youcancreateanewtoolpalettewithpartsavailableintheselectedspec.

3.Youcanchangethecompasssettingsbyusingtheoptionsinthe__________panel.

4.Youcanturnon/offthedisplayoftickmarksonthecompassbyusingthe__________button.

5.Withthe__________modeturnedon,youcancreateelbowattheanglesotherthan90or45degrees.

6. You can create a rolled elbow (twisted elbow) by specifying rotation angles in twoplaneswhichare__________toeachother.

7.Youcanconvertastraightpipeintoaslopedpipebyinvokingthe__________dialogbox.

8.Onselectingapipe,the__________isdisplayedatthemidpointofthepipe.

9. Using the __________, you can connect an AutoCAD Plant 3D pipe to pipingcomponentscreated inotherAutodeskapplicationssuchasAutoCADMEP,Civil3D,andsoon.

10.Youcanchangethesizeofthepipewhilerouting.(T/F)

`

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.SnapIncrements,2.SpecSheet,PartSizes,3.InsertinModel,4.RouteNewline,5.SetRoutingLine,6.LinetoPipe,7.Toggletickmarks,8.T,9.T,10.T

Chapter7

AddingValves,Fittings,andPipeSupports

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•Placevalvesandfittings

•MapP&IDobjectstoPlant3Dobjects

•Addsupportstopipes

•Insulateapipe

•Modifypipecomponents

•Validatea3Dmodel

INTRODUCTION

Inthischapter,youwilllearnhowtoaddvalves,fittings,andpipesupportsina3Dmodel.Inaddition,youwilllearnhowtomodifyapipecomponentandvalidatea3Dmodel.

ADDINGVALVESANDFITTINGSIn AutoCAD Plant 3D, you can add valves and fittings to a pipe by using differentmethods.Allthesemethodsarediscussednext.

AddingValvesandFittingstoaPipeUsingtheSpecSheetToaddavalveorafittingtoapipefromaspecsheet, invokethePIPESPECVIEWERbychoosingtheSpecViewerbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanelintheHometab.Next,double-clickontherequiredvalveintheSpecSheetpresentinPIPESPECVIEWER;thevalvewillbeattached to the cursor.You can press theCTRL key to change the port attached to thecursor.Next,youneedtospecifytheinsertionpointofthevalve,refertoFigure7-1.Makesure that theObject Snap is turned on for easy selection of the point. Next, you need tospecifytherotationofthevalvebyusingthecompassorenter0-degreeattheCommandprompttospecifythezerodegreerotation,refertoFigure7-2.

Figure7-1Specifyingtheinsertionpointofthevalve

Figure7-2Specifyingtherotationofthevalve

Youcanalsoplacethevalvesataprecisedistancefromapoint.Todoso,pressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandthenright-clickinthedrawingareatodisplayashortcutmenu.Next,choose theFrom option from the shortcutmenudisplayed, refer toFigure7-3;youarepromptedtospecifyapointfromwhichthedistancewillbecalculated.PressandholdtheSHIFTkeyandright-clicktoinvoketheshortcutmenu.ChoosetheNodeoptionfromtheshortcutmenuand thenselect theendpointof thepipe.Next,move thecursorover thepipe,refertoFigure7-4andenteradistanceattheCommandprompt;theinsertionpointofthevalvewillbespecified.Next,youneedtospecifytherotationangleofthevalve.

YoucanalsoplaceavalveorafittingfromtheToolPalettelocatedattheright-sideofthedrawingarea.Todoso,choosetheDynamicPipeSpectabfromtheTOOLPALETTESandselectthe requiredvalve or fitting; the selectedvalve or fittingwill be attached to the cursor.Next,placethevalveorfittinginthemodel.

Figure7-3ChoosingtheFromoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed

Figure7-4Placingthevalveataprecisedistancefromtheendpointofthepipe

AddingValvesandFittingsUsingaP&IDToplaceavalveusingaP&ID,choosetheP&IDLineListbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanel;the P&ID LINE LIST palette will be displayed, refer to Figure 7-5. In this palette, selectP&ID from the drop-down list located at the top; all the line numbers present in theselectedP&IDaredisplayed.ThecomponentspresentintheP&IDaregroupedunderthedisplayedlinenumbers.Next,expandtherespectivepipelinenumberfromthetreeview

andselectthevalveavailableunderthepipelinenumber.Next,choosethePlacebuttonfromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette;theselectedcomponentwillbeattachedtothecursorandyouwillbepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.Specifytheinsertionpointonthepipe.

Figure7-5TheP&IDLINELISTpalette

NotethatthecomponenttobeplacedfromaP&IDtoplant3Dmodelshouldbemappedwith thecorrespondingPlant3Dcomponent.Youwill learnmoreaboutmappingP&IDcomponentswitha3Dmodellaterinthischapter.

IftheselectedcomponentisavailableinthetreeoftheP&IDLINELISTpalettewithoutthespec,thenonchoosingthePlacebutton,theSelectSizeandSpecdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-6.Inthisdialogbox,selectthespecandsizefromtheSpecandSizelistboxes,respectively.Next,choosetheSelectbuttontoplacethevalve.

Figure7-6TheSelectSizeandSpecdialogbox

PlacingValvesandFittingswhileRoutingaPipeYoucanalsoplaceavalveorafittingwhileroutingapipe.Todoso,invoketheRoutePipetool and specify the start point. Next, choose the pipeFitting option from the Commandprompt;thePartPlacementdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-7.

Figure7-7ThePartPlacementdialogbox

Toplaceavalve,choosetheValvebuttonfromthePartPlacementdialogbox.Next,selectanoptionfromtheClassTypesdrop-downlist;theavailablevalveswillbedisplayed.SelecttherequiredvalvefromtheAvailablePipingComponentsareaandchoosethePlacebutton; theselectedvalvewillbeattachedtotheendofthepipe,asshowninFigure7-8.Next,clicktoplacethevalve;thecompasswillbedisplayedandyouwillbepromptedtospecifythevalverotationangle.SpecifytherotationangleandthenpressENTER.Similarly,youcanplaceotherpipecomponentssuchasfittings,flanges,caps,andsoon.

Figure7-8Valveattachedtotheendofthepipe

PlacingCustomPartsYoucanplaceacustompartorinstrumentintoa3Dmodel.Todoso,choosetheCustomPartbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanel;theCUSTOMPARTSBUILDERpalettewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-9.Inthispalette,choosethePlant3DShapebuttonfromtheGraphicsareaandselecttheparttypefromthePartTypedrop-downlist.Next,choosetheShapeBrowserbuttonfromtheGraphicsarea;thePlant3DShapeBrowserdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-10.SelecttherequiredshapefromtheGraphics area and choose theOK button; the preview of the selected shape will bedisplayed in theCUSTOM PARTS BUILDER palette. Select the Permanent optionfromtheCustomParttypedrop-downlistinthePartPropertiesrollout.Also,specifythesizeandotherpropertiesintheCUSTOMPARTSBUILDERpalette.Next,choosetheInsertinModelbuttonfromtheCUSTOMPARTSBUILDERpaletteandplacethepartinthemodel.

Figure7-9PartialviewoftheCUSTOMPARTSBUILDERpalette

Figure7-10ThePlant3DShapeBrowserdialogbox

MappingaP&IDObjecttoaPlant3DObjectBeforeplacinganobjectfromaP&IDintoaPlant3Dmodel,ithastobemappedtothecorrespondingPlant3Dobject.ThisisaprerequisitetoplaceaP&IDobject.MostoftheP&IDobjectsaremappedtothePlant3Dobjectbydefault.However,youneedtomapanewlycreatedP&IDobjecttothePlant3Dobject.Forexample,whenyouplaceacontrolvalveinP&ID,youneedtoselecttherequiredvalvebodyandactuator.AnewobjecttypeinP&IDwillbecreated.Now,youneedtomapittoaPlant3Dobject.Todoso,followthestepsgivennext.

1.ChoosetheProjectSetuptoolfromtheProjectdrop-downintheProjectpaneloftheHometabfromtheRibbon;theProjectSetupdialogboxwillbedisplayed.

2. In this dialog box, expand thePlant 3DDWGSettings node and select theP&IDObjectMapping option; theP&IDObjectMapping panewill be displayed on therightsideinthedialogbox,refertoFigure7-11.

3.IntheP&IDObjectMappingpane,expandtheP&IDClassestreeandthenselecttherequiredclass;thepropertiesofthecorrespondingPlant3DobjectwillbedisplayedinthePlant3DClassesarea.

4.Choose theAdd button from thePlant3DClasses area; theSelect Plant 3DClassMappingdialogboxwillbedisplayed.

5.Inthisdialogbox,expandthePlant3DClassestreeandthenselectthePlant3Dclass.NotethattheclassshouldbesameasthatyouhaveselectedfromtheP&IDClassestree.For example, if you have selected Control Valve from Engineering Items >Instrumentation>InlineInstrumentsnodeintheP&IDClassestree,youneedtoselecttheValveclassfromPipeandEquipment>PipeRunComponentinthePlant3DClassestree.

Figure7-11TheProjectSetupdialogbox

6.Next,selecttherequiredcheckboxesfromtheMaptooneormorespecificsubtypesofthisclasslistboxinthePropertiesarea,refertoFigure7-12.Ifyouwanttoselectallthesubtypes,thenselecttheMaptoallsubtypesofthisclasscheckbox.

7.ChoosetheOKbutton;theSelectPlant3DClassMappingdialogboxwillbeclosedandtheProjectSetupdialogboxwillbedisplayed.

Next,youneedtosetthepropertiesthataretobemapped.

8. In theProject Setup dialog box, select appropriate values from the drop-down listslocatednexttothepropertiesinthePropertyMappingtableofthePlant3DClassesarea.Forexample,youneedtoselecttheActuatorTypeoptionfromthedrop-downlistnexttotheActuatorTypeproperty.

9.Next,selecttherequiredcheckboxesintheValidatecolumninthePropertyMappingtable.Thecorrespondingpropertieswillbecheckedwhilerunningthevalidation.

10.ChoosetheOKbuttontoclosetheProjectSetupdialogbox.

Figure7-12TheSelectPlant3DClassMappingdialogbox

ADDINGPIPESUPPORTSToaddapipingsupport,choosetheCreatebuttonfromthePipeSupportspanel in theHometab;theAddPipeSupportdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-13.

Next, select a pipe support from theGraphics area. You can filter the display of pipesupportsbyusingthefilterbuttonspresentatthetopleftofthedialogbox.Forexample,todisplayonlythebasesupports,choosetheBaseSupportsbutton.Youcanfurtherfilterbasesupportsbyusingthesearchbarpresentatthetoprightofthedialogbox.Todoso,clickonthedownarrowpresentinthesearchbar;adrop-downlistwillbedisplayedwithfour options: Bolted Supports, Clamped Supports, Roller Supports, Spring Supports. Select therequired option from the drop-down list; the pipe supports will filter as per the optionselectedfromthedrop-downlist.Afterselectingtherequiredpipesupport,choosetheOKbutton;theselectedpipesupportwillgetattachedtothecursorandyouwillbepromptedtoselectaninsertionpoint.Selectapointonthepipewhereyouwanttoplacethesupport.Make sure that theObject Snap is turned on for easy selection of the point. Next, press

ENTER toexit the tool.Figure7-14 showsaSideClampedStanchionplacedas apipesupport.

You can also add a pipe from thePipeSupportsSpec tab. To do so, choose thePipeSupportsSpectabfromtheTOOLPALETTESpresentattheright-sideofthedrawingwindow;thepipesupportswillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-15.ScrollthroughtheTOOLPALETTESandselecttherequiredpipesupportfromit.

Figure7-13TheAddPipeSupportdialogbox

Figure7-14ASideClampedStanchionplacedasapipesupport

Figure7-15PipesupportsdisplayedintheTOOLPALETTES

AddingaDummyLegTo add a dummy leg to a pipe, invoke theAdd Pipe Supportdialog box and then choosetheDummylegsandGeneralSupportsbuttonfromthetopleftofthedialogbox.Next,scrollthroughtheGraphicsareaandselecttheDummyLegsfromit.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromthedialogbox;the dummy leg will be attached to the cursor and you will be prompted to specifythe insertion point. Select an elbow connection point from the drawing area, referto Figure 7-16. For easy selection, press the SHIFT key and right-click. Now, choosetheNodeoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed.

Figure7-16ADummyLegplacedattheelbow

AddingaHangerandConnectingittoaStructuralMember

To add a hanger to a pipe, invoke the Add Pipe Support dialog box and then choose theHangersbuttonfromittodisplayhangers.Next,selectahangerandchooseOK.Placethehanger at the required location and press ENTER. After placing the hanger, you canconnectittoanexistingstructuralmemberlocatedatthetopofthepipe.Todoso,selectthe hanger that you have placed on the pipe; the Change Support Elevation grip will bedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-17.Clickonthisgrip,dragandthensnaptothepointonthestructuralmemberlocatedabovethepipe,asshowninFigure7-18;thehangerwillbeconnected to the structuralmember.You can also specify an elevation value.Todo so,presstheTABkeyandenterarequiredvalueinthedynamicinput.Next,pressENTER.

Figure7-17TheChangeSupportElevationgrip

Figure7-18DraggingtheChangeSupportElevationgrip

ModifyingthePipeSupportsTomodifyapipesupport,right-clickonit;ashortcutmenuwillbedisplayed.ChoosethePropertiesoptionfromtheshortcutmenu;thePROPERTIESpalettewillbedisplayed.Inthe

PROPERTIESpalette,scrolldowntotheDimensionssub-rolloutandeditthedimensions.Thedimension detailswill be shown in thePreviewwindowof thePartGeometry rollout, asshowninFigure7-19.YoucanclickinthePreviewwindowinordertoexpandtheview.Aftermodifyingthedimensions,pressENTER;thepipesupportwillbemodifiedin thedrawingarea.Figure7-20showsaspringhangerwithdefaultdimensionsandFigure7-21showsthehangeraftermodifyingthedimensions.

Figure7-19ThePartGeometryrolloutofthePROPERTIESpalette

Figure7-20Aspringhangerwithdefaultdimensionsvalues

Figure7-21Thespringhangeraftermodifyingdimensionvalues

CopyingandMovingaPipeSupportInAutoCADPlant3D,youcancopyandmoveanexistingpipesupportfromonelocationtoanotherandalsomaintain thecontactwith thepointofsupport.Todoso,choose theToggleLockPointofSupportmodebuttonfromthePipeSupportspanelintheHome tab; thepipesupportwillbelockedtothepointofsupport.Next,selectthepipesupporttobecopiedormoved;theMovePartgripwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-22.SelecttheMovePartgrip and move the pipe support. If you want to copy the pipe support, enterP at theCommandpromptandthencopyittothedesiredlocation;thepipesupportwillbecopied.Figure7-23showstheoriginalpartandcopiedpart.

Figure7-22TheMovePartgripdisplayedonthepipesupport

Figure7-23Theoriginalpipesupportandthecopiedone

TheToggle Lock Point of Support mode button is much more useful when you areplacingapipesupportforaslopedpipe.IfyoumoveapipesupportwiththeToggleLockPoint of Support mode button chosen, height of the pipe support gets updatedautomatically,refertoFigure7-24.

Figure7-24Theoriginalpipesupportandthecopiedone

ConnectingTwoPipeSupportsToconnect twopipesupports,choosetheSupports onSupportsbuttonfromthePipeSupportspanel in the Home tab; you will be prompted to select pipe supports to connect themtogether.Select twoormorepipe supports tobe connected and thenpressENTER; theselectedpipesupportswillconnecttoeachother.

ConvertingSolidsintoPipeSupportsToconvertasolidmodel intoapipesupport,youneedtocreateasolidmodelbyusing

toolsthatareavailableintheModelingtab.Todoso,createasolidmodelsupportingapipe.Next,choosetheConvertSupportstoolfromthePipeSupportspanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectthesolidmodel.SelectthesolidmodelandpressENTER;youwillbepromptedtospecifyaninsertionpointonthepipeorpipecomponent.Useobjectsnapoptionstoselectapointon the pipe or pipe component. After selecting a point on the pipe, the solid willbeconvertedintoapipesupport,asshownintheFigure7-25.

Figure7-25Asolidconvertedintoapipesupport

AttachingObjectstoaPipeSupportTo attach objects to a pipe support, choose theAttach Supports tool from the PipeSupportspanel;youwillbepromptedtoselectapipesupport.Selectthepipesupporttowhich theobjectwill be attached;youwill beprompted to select objects that are tobeadded to the pipe support. Select the objects from the drawing area, and then pressENTER; the selected object will be attached to the pipe support and will become anintegralpartofit.

DetachingObjectsFromaSupportTodetachpreviouslyaddedobjectsfromasupport,choosetheDetachSupportstool;youwillbepromptedtoselect thesupportfromwhichtheobjectswillbedetached.Selectapipe supportwith attached objects; the attachedobjectswill be detached from the pipesupport.

INSULATINGAPIPEYou can insulate a pipe using the PROPERTIES palette. To do so, invokethe PROPERTIES palette for the pipe by double-clicking on the pipe. Next, scroll to

the Process Line sub-rollout in the Plant 3D rollout in thePROPERTIES palette and selectanoptionfromtheInsulationTypedrop-downlist,refertoFigure7-26.Selecttheinsulationthickness from the Insulation thicknessdrop-down list which is located abovethe Insulation Type drop-down list. After applying the insulation, you need to choosetheToggleInsulationDisplaybuttonfromtheVisibilitypaneltoturnontheinsulationdisplay.

Figure7-26SelectingtheoptionfromtheInsulationTypedrop-downlist

MODIFYINGTHEPIPECOMPONENTSUSINGGRIPSYou can modify pipes and its components by using the grips which are displayed onselecting the pipe components. The various methods to modify pipes using grips arediscussednext.

SubstitutingaPipeComponent

Tosubstituteapipecomponentwithanewpipecomponent,selectitfromthedrawingarea;theSubstitutePartgripwillbedisplayed,refertoFigure7-27.ClickontheSubstitutePartgrip;aflyoutwillbedisplayedwithalistofsubstitutecomponents.Choosetherequiredsubstitutecomponentfromtheflyout;theexistingcomponentwillbereplacedwiththenewlyselectedcomponent.

Figure7-27ThedifferentPartgripsdisplayedontheselectedcomponent

RotatingaPipeComponentTochangetheangularorientationofthepipecomponent,selectthepipecomponentfromthedrawingarea;theRotatePartgripwillbedisplayed,refertoFigure7-27.Clickonthisgrip;thecompasswillbeinvoked.MakesuretheToggleCompassbuttonavailableintheCompass panel of theHome tab is chosen. Next, use the compass to rotate the pipecomponentandthenpressENTER;thecomponentwillbereoriented.

FlippingaPipeComponentToflipapipecomponent,selectitfromthedrawingareatodisplaytheFlipPartgrip,refertoFigure7-27.ClickontheFlipPartgrip;thepipecomponentwillbeflipped.

FlippingaComponentInlinewiththePipeTo flip a pipe component inlinewith the pipe, select the Inline Flip Part grip, refer toFigure7-27.Clickonthisgriptoflipthecomponentinlinewiththepipe,refertoFigure7-28and7-29.

Figure7-28TheInlineFlipPartgripdisplayedonthepipecomponent

Figure7-29Thecomponentafterflippingitintheinlinedirection

ChangingtheElevationofthePipeTochangetheelevationofapipe,select it fromthedrawingareatodisplaytheChangePipeElevationgrip,asshowninFigure7-30.Clickonthisgripandmovethecursortotherequiredelevation.Youcanalsoenteranelevationvalueinthedynamicinputbox.Figure7-31showsthepipewiththechangedelevation.

Figure7-30TheChangePipeElevationgripdisplayedonthepipe

Figure7-31Thepipewiththechangedelevation

ChangingtheValveOperatorAfter placing a valve in a pipe, youmay need to change the valve operator. To do so,select thevalve from thedrawingarea.Next, right-clickandchoose thePropertiesoptionfrom the shortcut menu displayed; thePROPERTIES palette will be displayed. In

the PROPERTIES palette, expand the Part Properties rollout and then expandtheValveOperatorsub-rollout.Next,selecttherequiredoperatortypefromtheOperatordrop-down list, as shown in Figure 7-32; the selected valve operator will replacetheexistingone.

Figure7-32SelectinganoptionfromtheOperatordrop-downlist

YoucanalsoselectanoperatorbyinvokingtheOverrideValveOperatordialogbox.Todoso,choosethebuttonnexttotheOperatordrop-downlist;theOverrideValveOperatordialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure7-33.

Figure7-33TheOverrideValveOperatordialogbox

SelectanoperatorfromtheSelectOperatorShapeareaandthenspecifythedimensionsintheDimensionsarea.Next,choosetheOKbutton;thenewoperatorwillreplacetheoldone.Youcanalsouseablocktooverrideanexistingoperator.Todoso,selecttheUseAutoCADblockcheckboxlocatedbelowtheSelectOperatorShapearea.Next,choosetheImportblockfromDWGorChooseblockfrommodelbuttontoimportablockorselectitfromanexistingmodel.Figure7-34showsagatevalvewith thehandwheeloperatorandFigure7-35 shows thevalveafterchangingtheoperatortoT-Crank.

Figure7-34GatevalvewithaHandWheeloperator

Figure7-35ValvewithaT-Crankoperator

VALIDATINGA3DMODELInChapter2,youlearnedtovalidateaP&ID.Similarly,youneedtovalidatea3Dmodelandcorrecttheerrorsinit.Inaddition,youalsoneedtovalidatea3DmodelagainsttheP&ID. Itmeans that you need tomake sure that the parts in 3Dmodelmatchwith thecorrespondingcomponentsintheP&ID.

Beforestartingthevalidation,youneedtospecifytheerrortypestobevalidated.Todoso,enterVALIDATECONFIG command at the Command prompt; the P&IDValidationSettingsdialogboxisdisplayed,asshowninFigure7-36.Inthisdialogbox,expandthe3DPipingnodeandspecify theerror types tobevalidated in the3Dmodel.Next,youneed to specify the types ofmismatches to be checked between the 3Dmodel and theP&ID.Todoso,expandthe3DModeltoP&IDchecksnodeandselectthecheckboxes

ofthemismatchestobechecked.Next,choosetheOKbuttonfromtheP&IDValidationSettingsdialogbox.

Figure7-36TheP&IDValidationSettingsdialogbox

After specifying the validation settings, expand the Plant 3D Drawings node in thePROJECTMANAGER.Next,right-clickonthedrawingfiletobevalidatedandchoosetheValidateoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;theValidationProgressmessagebox will be displayed and the drawing will be validated. Also the VALIDATIONSUMMARYpalettewillbedisplayedafter thevalidationprocessiscomplete.SelectanerrorfromVALIDATIONSUMMARYpalette;theerrortypeandtheactiontobetakenaredisplayedintheDetailsarea.Ignoreorcorrecttheerror.Toignoretheerror,selecttheDon’tdisplayerrorsmarkedasignoredcheckbox.

TUTORIALTutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillopenthePipingModelfilefromtheCADCIMprojectlocatedinthePROJECTMANAGER andplace valves and fittings in themodel space.You canalsodownloadthismodelfromtheCADCIMwebsitebyfollowingthepath:Textbooks>

CAD/CAM>Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners>InputFiles.Figures7-37through7-40showthelocationsofthevalvesandvalvelist.(Expectedtime:45min)

Figure7-37Topviewofthemodel

Figure7-38ValvesinRegion1

Figure7-39ValvesinRegion2

Figure7-40Thevalveslist

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpenthePipingModelfromthePROJECTMANAGER.

b.Selecttherequiredspecandselectthepipesize.

c.Placevalvesattherequiredlocations.

d.Savethefile.

OpeningtheFile1.Double-clickontheAutoCADPlant3D2016-Englishicon;AutoCADPlant3Dgetsstarted.

2. Select CADCIM from the Current Project drop-down list in the PROJECTMANAGER.

3.ExpandthePlant3DDrawingsnode in theProjectareaanddouble-clickonPipingModel;theselecteddrawingfileisopened.

SelectingtheSpecandthePipeSizeInthissection,youwillselectaspecandthepipesize.

1.SelectCS150fromtheSpecSelectordrop-downlist in thePartInsertionpanel; theDynamicPipeSpectabintheTOOLPALETTElocatedontheleftsideofthewindowisloadedwithCS150pipingcomponents.

PlacingValvesUsingtheP&IDLineListInthissection,youwillplacevalvesinthePlant3DmodelwithreferencetotheP&ID1filesoftheCADCIMproject.Butbeforedoingso,youneedtomapthenewP&IDobjectsthatyouhaveplacedinP&ID.

1.Choose theProjectSetup tool fromtheProjectdrop-downin theProjectpanel; theProjectSetupdialogboxisdisplayed.

2. In this dialog box, expand thePlant 3DDWGSettings node and select theP&IDobjectMappingoption;theP&IDObjectMappingpaneisdisplayedontherightsideinthedialogbox.

3.IntheP&IDObjectMappingpane,selectEngineeringItems>Instrumentation>InlineInstruments>ControlValvenodefromtheP&IDClassestree;thepropertiesofthecorrespondingPlant3DobjectaredisplayedinthePlant3DClassesarea.

4.Choose theAdd button from thePlant3DClasses area; theSelect Plant 3DClassMappingdialogboxisdisplayed.

5.Inthisdialogbox,selecttheValveclassfromPipeandEquipment>PipeRunComponents inthePlant3DClassestree.

6.SelecttheMaptoallsubtypesofthisclasscheckboxandchoosetheOKbuttontoclosetheSelectPlant3DClassMappingdialogbox.

7.IntheProjectSetupdialogbox,selectthe*ActuatorTypeoptionfromthedrop-downlist next to theActuator Type property in the Property Mapping table. Similarly,selectthe*ValveBodyTypeoptionfortheBodyTypeproperty.

8. Select theBodyType and Actuator Type check boxes in theValidate column of thePropertyMapping table.Make sure that theCheck this item during 3Dmodel toP&IDvalidationcheckboxisselected.

9.ChoosetheOKbuttontoclosetheProjectSetupdialogbox.

Next,youneedtoplaceavalveusingaP&ID.

10.ChoosetheP&IDLineListbuttonfromthePartInsertionpanelof theHome tab;theP&IDLINELISTpaletteisdisplayed.

11.SelectP&ID1 fromthedrop-downlist locatedat the topof thewindow;all the linenumbersinthisP&IDarelistedinthetreeview.

12.SelecttheControlValve01-CV-1002from2000>6”-CS150-P-2000intheP&IDLINELISTpalette.Figure7-41showstheselectedpipeintheP&ID.

Figure7-41TheselectedpipeintheP&ID

13.Choose thePlace button from theP&IDLINE LIST palette; theSelect Size andSpecdialogboxisdisplayed.

14. In thisdialogbox,selectCS150 fromtheSpec listboxand thenselect6” fromtheSizelistbox.

15.ChoosetheSelectbuttonfromtheSelectSizeandSpecdialogbox;youarepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpoint.

16.Selectapointonthepipeconnectingthereboiler,referFigure7-42;thecontrolvalveisplacedatthespecifiedpointandyouarepromptedtospecifytherotationangle.

17. Type0 in theCommand prompt and press ENTER. Figure 7-43 shows the controlvalveafterspecifyingtherotationangle.

Figure7-42Selectingthemidpointofthepipeconnectingthereboiler

Figure7-43Controlvalveafterspecifyingtherotationangle

YoumaynoticethatthevalvebodyintheP&IDisdifferentfromtheonethatyouhaveplaced.Next,youneedtochangethevalvebody.

18.ClickonthevalvebodyandselecttheSubstitutePartgripdisplayedonit,refertoFigure7-44;aflyoutisdisplayedshowingthelistofpartsthatcanbesubstituted.

Figure7-44TheSubstitutePartgripdisplayedonthevalvebody

19.Choosethe6”BUTTERFLYVALVE,OFFSET,6”ND,150LB,LUG,RF,ASMEB16.10,21/4”LG fromtheflyout,refer toFigure7-45; thevalvebodyof thecontrolvalveischangedtobutterflyvalve,asshowninFigure7-46.

Figure7-45Selectingthebutterflyvalvefromtheflyout

Figure7-46Thecontrolvalveafterchangingthevalvebodytobutterflyvalve

PlacingGateValvesNext,youneed toplace thegatevalveson thesamepipeonwhichcontrolvalveswereplaced,refertoFigure7-41.

1. Invoke the P&ID LINE LIST palette if it is not already available and then selectGateValvefrom2000>6”-CS150-P-2000fromthispalette.

2.PlaceagatevalveatthelocationshowninFigure7-47.

3.Similarly,selectanothergatevalvefrom2000>6”-CS150-P-2000 fromtheP&IDLINELISTpaletteandthenplaceitonthemodel,asshowninFigure7-47.

Figure7-47Locationsofthegatevalves

4.Next,selecttheButterflyValvefromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette,asshowninFigure7-48,andthenplaceitatthelocationshowninFigure7-49.NotethatwhenyouchoosethePlacebutton,theSelect3DClasswindowisdisplayed.YouneedtoselecttheValve(Butterfly-Inline)optionfromthe3Dclassesdrop-downlist,ifnotselectedbydefault.

Figure7-48SelectingtheButterflyValvefromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette

Figure7-49LocationoftheButterflyValve

PlacingValvesonthePipesConnectingthePumps1.SelectGateValvesfromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette,refertoFigure7-50andplacethemonthepipesconnectingthepumps,asshowninFigure7-51.

Figure7-50GatevalvestobeselectedfromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette

Figure7-51Locationsofthegatevalves

2.SelecttheCheckValvesfromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette,refertoFigure7-52andplacethemonthepipesconnectingthepumps,asshowninFigure7-53.

Figure7-52CheckvalvestobeselectedfromtheP&IDLINELISTpalette

Figure7-53Locationofthecheckvalves

Note

Youneed to flip the direction of the check valves if they are not placed in the requireddirection,as shown inFigure7-53.Todo so, selecta checkvalve todisplay theInlineFlipPartgripon it, refer toFigure7-54.Next,use thisgrip to flip thedirectionof thevalve.Similarly,flipthedirectionoftheothervalve.

Figure7-54TheInlineFlipPartgripdisplayed

3.Similarly,selectthegatevalvesfromtheP&IDLINELISTpaletteandplacethemonthepipesconnectingthepumps,refertoFigure7-55and7-56.

Figure7-55GateValvestobeselectedfromtheP&IDlinelist

Figure7-56Locationsofthegatevalves

4.Afterplacingall thevalves,validate themodelbychoosingtheValidateoptionfromthe shortcutmenu displayed on right-clicking on the drawing file in thePROJECTMANAGER.Next, choose theSavebutton from theApplicationmenu and then theClosebuttontoclosethefile.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.IftheselectedcomponentisavailableinthetreeoftheP&IDLINELISTpalettewithoutthe spec, then on choosing the Place button, the __________ dialog box will bedisplayed.

2.The__________dialogboxisusedtochangethevalveoperator.

3.Tomodifyapipesupport,youneedtoinvokeits__________palette.

4.Youcanmaintain thecontactbetween thepipesupportandpointof supportwith the__________buttonturnedon.

5.The__________toolisusedtoconnecttwopipesupports.

6.Toinsulateapipe,invokeits__________paletteandselecttheinsulationtypefromthe__________drop-downlist.

7. To substitute a pipe component with a new one, right-click on it and choose the__________grip.

8.Youcanmodifypipesandtheircomponentsbyusingthegripswhicharedisplayedonselectingthecomponents.(T/F)

9.YoucanvalidateaequipmentbetweenaP&IDanda3Dmodel.(T/F)

10.Whileroutingapipe,youcanplaceavalveorafittingonit.(T/F)

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.YoucanplaceacustompartintoaPlant3Dmodelusingthe__________dialogbox.

2.Toplaceaplaceholderpart,choosethe__________optionfromtheCustomParttypedrop-downlistintheCUSTOMPARTBUILDERpalette.

3.The__________toolisusedtoconvertasolidmodelintoapipesupport.

4.The__________toolisusedtoattachobjectstoapipesupport.

5.BeforeplacinganobjectfromaP&IDintoaPlant3Dmodel,ithastobemappedtothecorrespondingPlant3Dobject.(T/F)

6.YoucaninsulateapipeusingitsPROPERTIESpalette.(T/F)

7.TorouteapipeusingaP&ID,thePlant3DmodelandtheP&IDshouldbelocatedinthesameproject.(T/F)

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.Select Size and Spec, 2.Override Valve Operator, 3. PROPERTIES, 4.ToggleLockPointofSupportmode,5.SupportonSupports,6.PROPERTIES,InsulationType,7.SubstitutePart,8.T,9.T,10.T.

Chapter8

CreatingIsometricDrawings

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•Understandvarioustypesofisometricdrawings

•Createaquickisometricdrawing

•Createaproductionisometricdrawing

•Viewisometricresults

•Createisomessages

•Exportapartcomponentfile

•Createanisofromapartcomponentfile

•Lockandunlocklines

•Configuretheisometricdrawingsettings

INTRODUCTIONIsometricdrawingsarecreatedforeasyvisualizationofthe3Dpipelineswhichisachallengingtaskinanorthographicdrawing.Isometricdrawingsarealsousedforthefabricationofpipes.Inthischapter,youwilllearntocreateandmodifyisometricdrawings,QuickIsometricdrawings(CheckIsometric),andProduction(Final)Isometricdrawings.Also,youwilllearntoaddisomessagesandannotationssuchasinsulation,flowarrowsandsoontotheisometricdrawings.

ISOMETRICDRAWINGTYPESThemost commonly used isometric drawing types areCheck, Stress, Final, andSpool.Thesetypesarediscussednext.

CheckIsometricTheCheckisometricdrawingiscreatedtocheckwhetheralltheessentialcomponentsarerepresentedinthemodelornot.ItalsoensuresthattheFinalisometricdrawingiscreatedwithout errors. You can also compare the details in the Check isometric drawing withP&ID.

StressIsometricTheStressisometricdrawingpresentsthegeometricdatawhichispreciseandrelevanttothe stress analysis of pipes. It is generally used to analyze the stress in pipelines. Thepipelines that require stress analysis includehighpressure lines,high temperature lines,lineswithlargepipesizeandsoon.

FinalIsometricA Final isometric drawing is the final product document created from the 3D piping

model.Itisgenerallyproducedatthelaststageofaproject.TheFinalisometricdrawingcontains a bill of material (BOM) and is used for carrying out the fabrication andconstructionprocess.

SpoolDrawingsA Spool drawing is the final isometric drawing separated in individual sections calledspools.Itiscreatedforshopfabrication.

CREATINGAQUICKISOMETRICDRAWINGA quick isometric drawing is created to check the piping before creating a productionisometricdrawing.YoucancreateaQuickisometricdrawingbyselectingpipesfromthedrawingareaorfromthelinelistinthePROJECTMANAGER.TocreateaQuickisometricdrawing, choose theQuick Iso tool from the IsoCreation panel in the Isos tab; youwill bepromptedtoselectcomponentstocreateanisometricdrawing.Selectacomponent fromthedrawingarea andpressENTER; theCreateQuick Iso dialogboxwill bedisplayed, asshowninFigure8-1.Next,choosetheCreatebuttontocreateaquickisometricdrawing.

Figure8-1TheCreateQuickIsodialogbox

IfyouwanttocreateaQuickisometricdrawingofaparticularpipeline,invoketheQuickIso toolandchoosetheLinenumberoptionfromtheCommandprompt; theCreateQuick Isodialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure8-2.

Figure8-2TheCreateQuickIsodialogboxdisplayedonchoosingtheLinenumberoption

TheoptionsintheCreateQuickIsodialogboxarediscussednext.

SelectiontoIsoThisareawillbedisplayedonlywhenyouselectcomponentsfromthedrawingarea.TheReselect button in this area is used to re-select the components fromwhich Iso is to becreated.

DisplaylinesThis area will be displayed only when you choose theLine number option from theCommandpromptafterinvokingtheQuickIsotool.Theoptionsinthisareaarediscussednext.

ShowLineNumbersincurrentdrawingonlyOnchoosingthisbutton,thelinenumbersofonlythecurrentdrawingdisplayedintheLineNumberslistboxpresentintheDisplaylinesarea.

ShowallLineNumbersinProject

Onchoosingthisbutton,thelinenumbersfromallthedrawingfilespresentintheprojectaredisplayed.

ShowonlyselectedLineNumbersOnchoosing thisbutton,only theselected linesaredisplayed in theLineNumbers listbox.You can also enter the required line numbers in theFilter edit box present in theDisplaylinesareatofilterthelinenumberlist.

OutputsettingsThisarea isused to specify the settingsof the isometricoutput file.Theoptions in thisareaarediscussednext.

IsoStyleThisdrop-downlist isusedtospecifythestyleof theisometricdrawing.Youcanselectpredefinedisometricstylesfromit.YoucanalsomodifythesestylesbyusingtheProjectSetupdialogbox.

SaveIsostoThisdisplayboxdisplaysthepathoftheoutputfile.YoucanchangethedefaultlocationoftheoutputfilebychoosingtheBrowsebuttonnexttoit.

CreateDWFIfyouselect thischeckbox,youcancreateaDesignWebFormat (DWF) file from theoutputfile.

OverwriteifexistingThischeckboxisselectedtooverwritetheexistingisometricfile.Onclearingthischeckbox,thefilewillbesavedwithnewname.

RevisionnumberThiseditboxisusedtoentertherevisionnumber.Theenterednumberwillbedisplayedinthetitleblockoftheisometricdrawing.

AdvancedOn choosing this button, the Advanced Iso Creation Options dialog box will bedisplayed. You can use this dialog box to specify advanced settings while creating anisometricdrawing.

After specifying the options in theCreate Quick Iso dialog box, choose the Createbutton from it; the Quick isometric drawing will be created in the background and amessagewillbedisplayedattheStatusBar,asshowninFigure8-3.

Figure8-3MessagedisplayedattheStatusBar

CREATINGAPRODUCTIONISOMETRICDRAWINGTocreateaProductionisometricdrawing,choosetheProductionIsobuttonfromtheIsoCreationpanelintheIsostab;theCreateProductionIsodialogboxwillbedisplayed.TheoptionsinthisdialogboxarethesameasthatintheCreateQuickIsodialogbox.

IntheCreateProductionIsodialogbox,selectthelinesfromtheLineNumberslistboxintheDisplaylinesarea.Next,select the isometricstyle fromtheIsoStyledrop-downlist intheOutputsettings area.You can also select theCreateDWF check box, if youwant tocreate a Design Web Format (DWF) file from an isometric drawing. If you want tooverridetheexistingfilewithanewfile,selecttheOverwriteifexistingcheckbox.YoucanalsospecifyadvancedsettingsbychoosingtheAdvancedbutton.Afterspecifyingallthesettings,choosetheCreatebutton; theProductionisometricdrawingwillbecreatedandamessagewillbedisplayedattheStatusBar,refertoFigure8-3.

ViewingIsometricResults

Toviewtheisometricresults,double-clickontheisometricicon locatedintheStatusBar;theIsometricCreationResultsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure8-4.Toopen an isometric file, click on the file path displayed in the dialogbox, refer to

Figure8-4;theisometricfilewillbeopened.

Figure8-4TheIsometricCreationResultsdialogbox

PLACINGISOMESSAGESANDANNOTATIONSInAutoCADPlant3D,youcanplaceadditionalinformation(Isomessage)ina3DmodelusingtheIsoMessage tool.Theinformationwillbedisplayedin the isometricdrawing.Also, a sphere symbol will be displayed in the 3D model. To create an Iso message,choosetheIsoMessagebuttonfromtheIsoAnnotationspanelintheIsostab;theCreateIsoMessagedialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure8-5.Note that thisdialogboxwillbedisplayedonlywhenyouareinworkspacewhere3Dmodelisdisplayed.Inthisdialogbox,selectthemessageenclosurefromtheEnclosemessageindrop-downlist;theselectedmessageenclosurewillbedisplayedinthepreviewarea.Next,enterthetextin theMessagebox.Youcanselect theDrawdimension tomessage checkbox if youwant to place a dimension for locating the message. Next, choose theOK button; thedialogboxwillbeclosedandyouwillbepromptedtoselecttheinsertionpointonapipeorafitting.Afterselectingtheinsertionpoint,aspherewillbeaddedinsidethepipe,asshowninFigure8-6.Youneedtoswitchtothewireframeviewtoviewthissphere.

Figure8-5TheCreateIsoMessagedialogbox

Figure8-6Thespheredisplayedinsidethepipe

YoucanplaceannotationitemssuchasFloorSymbol,FlowArrow,InsulationSymbol,Location Point, Start Point, and Break Point in a 3D model. These items will bedisplayed in an isometric drawing. To place an annotation item, select it from the IsoAnnotationspanelintheIsostab;youwillbepromptedtospecifyaninsertionpointonapipeorafitting.Afterspecifyingtheinsertionpoint,aspherewillbedisplayedinsidethepipe.However,ifyouareplacingaFlowArrowsymbol,youneedtospecifytheinsertionpointandthenchoosetheAcceptorReverseoptionfromtheCommandprompt.

EXPORTINGAPIPECOMPONENTFILEAPipeComponentFile(PCF)istheprimaryinputtocreateanisometricdrawing.Itisatext file containing information about pipe components and routing. A typical

PCF contains information of pipe components (flanges, valve, and soon), coordinate values, sizes of the components, and shapes to be used to representthecomponents inan isometricdrawing.Therewillbea separatePCFcreated for eachselected line. Later, you can use this PCF to create an isometric file. To create a PCF,choosethePCFExporttoolfromtheExportpanelintheIsostab;theExportPCFdialogboxwillbedisplayed, as shown in Figure 8-7. In this dialog box, select the line numbers to beexportedfromtheLineNumberslistboxandthenchoosetheCreatebutton;aseparatePCFwillbecreatedforeachlineselected.

Figure8-7TheExportPCFdialogbox

CreatinganIsofromaPipeComponentFileTocreatean isometricdrawingfromapipecomponent file,choose thePCFtoIso toolfromtheIsoCreationpanelintheIsostab;theCreateIsofromPCFdialogboxwillbedisplayed, as shown inFigure 8-8. In this dialog box, choose theAdd button from theDisplay lines area; thePickPCFFile dialogboxwill bedisplayed. In this dialogbox,browse to thefile locationanddouble-clickon it; thefilenamewillbedisplayed in thePCFfileslistbox.Youcanalsoaddmorefilestothelist.Afteraddingtherequiredfiles,choosetheCreatebutton;theisometricfileswillbecreated.

Figure8-8TheCreateIsofromPCFdialogbox

LOCKINGALINENUMBERTolockaline,choosetheIsometricDWGtabinthePROJECTMANAGERand thenexpandtheIsometricDrawingsnode;differentfolderscontainingisometricdrawingsaredisplayed.Expandtherequiredfoldertodisplaythelinenumberspresentinthedrawing.Next, right-click on the line that youwant to lock; a shortcutmenuwill be displayed.ChoosetheLockLineandIssueoptionfromtheshortcutmenu;thelinewillbelocked.

CONFIGURINGISOMETRICDRAWINGSETTINGSBydefault, four types of Iso styles are available inAutoCADPlant 3D:Check,Stress,Final, and Spool styles. If youwantmore styles, you need to change the old styles orcreatenewonesusingtheProjectSetupdialogbox.TochangeanexistingIsostyle,youneedtomodifyanyofthefollowingsettings:

a.IsoStyleSetup

b.Annotations

c.Dimensions

d.Themes

e.SlopedandOffsetPiping

f.TitleBlockandDisplay

ConfiguringIsoStyleSettingsToconfigureIsostylesettings,choosetheProjectSetuptoolfromtheProjectdrop-downin theProject panel of theHome tab; theProjectSetup dialog boxwill be displayed.Next, select Iso Style Setup from the Isometric DWG Settings node in the ProjectSetup dialog box; the Iso Style Setup pagewill be displayed, as shown in Figure 8-9.Usingthispage,youcancreateanewIsostyleandconfigurethesettingssuchasdrawingformat,filenamingconvention,fieldweldcontrol,fieldfitweldmakeup,tableoverflowsettings,spoolsettings,andcontentpaths.

Figure8-9PartialviewoftheIsoStyleSetuppage

ConfiguringAnnotationSettings

To configure the annotation settings, select Annotations from the Isometric DWGSettingsnode; theAnnotationspagewillbedisplayed,asshown inFigure8-10. In thispage,youcanconfigurethedisplayofannotationsrelatedtobillofmaterials,spool,weld,valves,cutpiece,andconnectionsandcontinuations.

Figure8-10PartialviewoftheAnnotationspage

ConfiguringDimensionalSettingsTo configure the dimensional settings, select Dimensions from the Isometric DWGSettingsnode; theDimensionspagewill bedisplayed, as shown inFigure8-11. In thispage,youcandefinethepipelinedimensionsandalternatelinesettings.

Figure8-11PartialviewoftheDimensionspage

ConfiguringThemesTo configure the themes, selectThemes from the Isometric DWG Settings node; theThemespagewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure8-12.Inthispage,youcanselecttherequiredthemeandcontrolthedisplayofdimensioningtypessuchasendtoend,string,andlocatingbyusingtheoptionsfromtheDimensiontypesarea.Fromthisarea,youcanalsocontrol thebehaviourofend toend, string, and locating typedimensionsusing thetable.

Figure8-12PartialviewoftheThemespage

ConfiguringSlopedandOffsetPipingSettingsToconfiguretheslopedandoffsetpipingsettings,selectSlopedandOffsetPipingfromtheIsometricDWGSettingsnode;theSlopedandOffsetPipingpagewillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure8-13.Inthispage,youcansettherepresentationoffalls,offsetpiping,andannotations.

Figure8-13PartialviewoftheSlopeandOffsetPipingpage

SettingtheTitleBlockandDisplayPropertiesTosetthetitleblockandotherdisplayproperties,selectTitleBlock&DisplayfromtheIsometricDWG Settings node; the Title block & display page will be displayed, asshown in Figure 8-14. Using this page, you can setup a new title block. You can alsomodifythedisplayofIsometricsymbols,bends,andelbows.Tosetupanewtitleblock,choose the Setup Title Block button; the Title Block Setup contextual tab will bedisplayedintheRibbon,asshowninFigure8-15.Youcanusethistabtosetupthetitleblock.

Figure8-14PartialviewoftheTitleblock&displaypage

Figure8-15TheTitleBlockSetupcontextualtab

ConfiguringBillofMaterialsintheTitleblockBillofmaterialsisoneoftheimportantpartofanIsometricdrawing.Defaultstyleofbillofmaterials is available in the title block. You can customize the bill of materials bychoosingtheTableSetupbuttonfromtheTablePlacement&Setuppanel in theTitleBlock Setup contextual tab. On choosing this button, the Table Setup dialog box isdisplayed,asshowninFigure8-16.Youcanusethisdialogboxtocustomizethebillof

materials.YoucanmodifyothertablessuchasCutPiecelist,Weldlist,andSpoolListby selecting the correspondingoption from theTabletype drop-down list in the dialogbox.

Figure8-16TheTableSetupdialogbox

TUTORIALS

Tutorial1In this tutorial, youwill create an isometric drawing of line number 1004 inCADCIMproject,asshowninFigure8-17.(Expectedtime:30min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.Openthe3Dmodelfile.

b.Checkthelinenumberofthepipeforwhichtheisometricdrawingistobecreated.

c.Createtheisometricdrawing.

d.Lockthepipe.

Figure8-17IsometricdrawingforTutorial1

OpeningtheFile1.StartAutoCADPlant3DandopenthePipingModel.dwgfileoftheCADCIMprojectfromthePROJECTMANAGER.

CheckingtheLineNumberNext,youneedtocreatetheisometricdrawingofthepipeconnectingthepumps.Todoso,youneedtocheckthelinenumberofthepipe.

1.Zoomintothepumpsconnectedtotheverticalvesselandhoverthecursoronthepipeconnectingtheinletnozzlesofthepumps,refertoFigure8-18;thelinenumberofthepipeisdisplayed.

CreatingtheIsometricDrawing1.ChoosetheProductionIsotoolfromtheIsoCreationpaneloftheIsostab;theCreate

ProductionIsodialogboxisdisplayed.

2. In this dialog box, select the check box next to the line number 1004 in theLineNumberslistbox.

3. Select the Final_ANSI-B option from the Iso Style drop-down list in theOutputsettingsareaandchoosetheCreatebutton;theisometricdrawingcreationstarts.Whenadrawingiscreated,aballoonisdisplayedattherightendoftheStatusBar,asshowninFigure8-19.

Figure8-18Checkingthelinenumberofthepipe

Figure8-19BalloondisplayedintheStatusBar

4.ClickontheClicktoviewisometriccreationdetailslinkdisplayedintheballoon;theIsometricCreationResultsdialogboxisdisplayed.

5.Inthisdialogbox,clickonthefilepathoftheisometricdrawing,refertoFigure8-20;theisometricdrawingisdisplayed,asshowninFigure8-21.

Figure8-20Selectingthefilepathoftheisometricdrawing

Also, thebillofmaterialsandcutpiecelist isdisplayed,refertoFigures8-22and8-23.Noticethattheweldsymbolsinthedrawingaredisplayedaspoints.

Figure8-21Theisometricdrawingoflinenumber1004

Figure8-22Thebillofmaterialsoftheselectedpipesegment

Figure8-23Cutpiecelistoftheselectedpipesegment

LockingthePipeLine1. Choose the Isometric DWG tab from the PROJECTMANAGER; the IsometricDrawingsnodeisdisplayed.

2.Expand theIsometricDrawingsnodeand then theFinalANSI-B sub-node; the linenumbersaredisplayed.

3.Right-clickonthe1004linenumberandchoosetheLockLineandIssueoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed,asshowninFigure8-24;thelineislockedandyoucannotmakechangestotheisometricdrawing,refertoFigure8-25.

Figure8-24Lockingtheline

Figure8-25Checkingthestatusofthelockedline

4.Saveandclosethe3Dmodelandisometricdrawingfiles.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Tutorial2In this tutorial, youwill create an isometric drawing of line number 1007 inCADCIMproject. Later, you will modify the pipe attributes and view changes in the isometricdrawing.(Expectedtime:30min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.Openthe3Dmodelfile.

b.Checkthelinenumberofthepipeforwhichtheisometricdrawingistobecreated.

c.Createtheisometricdrawing.

d.Changetheweldtypeofthepipeinthe3Dmodel.

e.Addinsulationsymboltothepipe.

f.Generatetheisometricdrawing.

g.Lockthepipe.

CreatingtheIsometricDrawing1. Open the Piping Model.dwg file of the CADCIM project from the PROJECTMANAGERifnotalreadyopened.

Next,youneedtocreatetheisometricdrawingofthepipeconnectingthepumps.

2.ChoosetheIsometricDWGtabfromthePROJECTMANAGER.

3.Selectthelinenumber1007fromIsometricDrawings>Check_ANSI-Bnode.

4. Right-click on the selected line number and choose theQuick Iso option from theshortcutmenudisplayed;theCreateQuickIsodialogboxisdisplayed.

5.ChoosetheCreatebuttonfromtheCreateQuickIsodialogbox;theisometricdrawingcreationstarts.Also,whilethedrawingiscreated,aballoonisdisplayedattherightendoftheStatusBar.

6.Open the isometric drawing created.Figure8-26 shows the isometric drawingof theselectedline.

Figure8-26Theisometricdrawingoflinenumber1007

ChangingtheWeldTypeinthe3DModelNext,youneedtochangetheweldtypeinthe3Dmodelandseetherepresentationintheisometricdrawing.

1.Openthe3Dmodel,ifnotalreadyopenandthensettheviewstyleto3dWireframe.

2. Turn on the weld display by choosing the Toggle Weld Display button from theVisibilitypaneloftheHometab;thepipeconnectorsaredisplayedasdots.

3.Selectthepipeconnectorattheelbowbyusingaselectionwindow,asshowninFigure8-27;thegripsaredisplayedonit,asshowninFigure8-28.

Figure8-27Selectingthepipeconnector

Figure8-28Gripsdisplayedonthepipeconnector

4.Right-clickonanyoneofthegripsandchoosethePropertiesoptionfromtheshortcut

menudisplayed;thePROPERTIESpaletteisdisplayed.

Next,youneedtochangetheweldingtypeinthePROPERTIESpalette.

5.Inthispalette,scrolldowntotheGeneralsub-rolloutunderthePlant3DrolloutandselecttheFIELDoptionfromtheShop/Fielddrop-downlist, refer toFigure8-29; theweld type ischangedtofieldweld.

Figure8-29Changingtheweldtype

6.Next,closethePROPERTIESpaletteoftheconnectortoexitfromit.

AddinganInsulationSymboltotheIsometricDrawing1.Selectthepipeconnectingthereboilerandtheverticalvesselandthenright-clickonit;ashortcutmenuisdisplayed.

2.ChooseAddtoSelection>EntireLineNumber from theshortcutmenu; theentirelinenumbergetsselected,refertoFigure8-30.

Figure8-30ChoosingtheEntireLineNumberoption

3.InvokethePROPERTIESpaletteofthepipeandselect0.5-1/2”fromtheInsulationThicknessdrop-downlistintheProcessLinesub-rolloutunderthePlant3Drollout.

4.SelecttheHC-HotColdoptionfromtheInsulationTypedrop-downlist,asshownin

Figure8-31.

Figure8-31SelectingtheInsulationTypefromthePROPERTIESpalette

Next,youneedtomarktheinsulationsymbolontheline.

5.ChoosetheInsulationSymbolbuttonfromtheIsoAnnotationspaneloftheIsos tabandselecttheinsertionpointonthepipe,asshowninFigure8-32.Noticethatasphereisdisplayedinsidethepipe,asshowninFigure8-33.

Figure8-32Specifyingtheinsertionpointoftheinsulationsymbol

Figure8-33Spheredisplayedattheselectedpoint

6.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheQuickAccessToolbartosavethemodel.

7.InvoketheCreateProductionIsodialogboxandselect the linenumber1007.Next,choosetheCreatebutton;theisometricdrawingiscreated,asshowninFigure8-34.

Notice that the weld representation is changed in the isometric drawing. Also, aninsulationsymbolisdisplayed,refertoFigure8-34.

Figure8-34Theisometricdrawingwiththemodifiedweldrepresentationandtheinsulationsymbol

8.Lockthelinenumber.

9.Saveandclosethe3Dmodelandisometricdrawingfiles.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Tutorial3In this tutorial, you will create a new Iso style based on the Final_ANSI-B style inCADCIMproject.Next,youwillcustomizethisstyleandcreateanisometricdrawing,asshowninFigure8-35.(Expectedtime:45min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpentheCADCIMprojectandcreateanewisostyleandanisometricdrawing.

b.Customizetheisostyleandcreateanisometricdrawing.

c.Createanewisotemplate.

d.CustomizetheTitleBlock.

e.DefinetheDrawarea,No-Drawarea,BOMlistandCutPiecelistarea.

f.Saveandclosetheiso.dwtfile.

g.Createanisometricdrawingwiththecustomizedisostyle.

Figure8-35IsometricdrawingforTutorial3

OpeningtheProjectandCreatingaNewIsoStyle

1. Start AutoCAD Plant 3D and open the CADCIM project from the PROJECTMANAGERandopenthe3Dmodel.

2.Choose theProjectSetup tool fromtheProjectdrop-downin theProjectpanel; theProjectSetupdialogboxisinvoked.

3. In this dialog box, expand the Isometric DWG settings node and select Iso StyleSetup;theIsoStyleSetuppageisdisplayed.

4.Choose theCreate anew Iso style based on an existing one button from thepagedisplayed;theCreateIsoStyledialogboxisdisplayed.

5.EnterCADCIM in theNameeditboxandselect theFinal_ANSI-B option from theSelectanexistingstyledrop-downlist.

6. Choose theCreate button from theCreate Iso Style dialog box; a new iso style iscreatedandgetslistedintheisostyledrop-downlistoftheProjectSetupdialogbox.

7.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromtheProjectSetupdialogbox.

8. Create an isometric drawing of the line numbered 1007 using the newly created Isostyle.NotethattheisometricdrawingwillbethesameasthatcreatedinTutorial2ofthischapter,asshowninFigure8-36.

CustomizingtheIsoStyle1.InvoketheProjectSetupdialogboxandselectAnnotationsfromtheIsometricDWGSettingsnode;theAnnotationspageisdisplayed.MakesurethatCADCIMisselectedintheisostyledrop-downlist.

Figure8-36Isometricdrawingofthelinenumber1007createdwithdefaultsettings

2. Select theCircle option from theEnclosure drop-down list in theBill ofmaterialsarea,refertoFigure8-37.

Figure8-37SelectingCirclefromtheEnclosuredrop-downlistintheBillofmaterialsarea

Next,youneedtomodifythedimensionalsettingsoftheisostyle.

3.SelectThemesfromtheIsometricDWGSettingsnode;theThemesandDimension

typesareasaredisplayed.

4.CleartheStringandLocatingcheckboxesfromtheDimensiontypesareaandchoosetheOKbutton.

5.InvoketheCreateProductionIsodialogboxandselectCADCIMfromtheIsoStyledrop-downlist.

6.Selectthe1007checkboxfromtheLineNumberslistandchoosetheCreatebutton.

7.Opentheisometricdrawing;youwillnoticethattheBOMannotationsareenclosedincircles,asshown inFigure8-38.Also, thestringdimensionsand locatingdimensionsarenotdisplayedinthedrawing,refertoFigure8-38.

Figure8-38Isometricdrawingaftermodifyingtheannotationanddimensionalsettings

CreatingaNewIsoTemplateInthissection,youwillcreateanewtemplatefortheisometricdrawings.

1.ChoosetheOpenbuttonfromtheQuickAccessToolbar;theSelectFiledialogboxisdisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,selecttheDrawingTemplate(*.dwt)optionfromtheFilesoftypedrop-downlist.

3.Browse to the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM\Isometric\CADCIManddouble-clickontheiso.dwtfile;thetemplatefileisopened.

4.SelectallthegeometryfromthedrawingareaanddeleteitbypressingDELETE.

5.EnterPURGEattheCommandprompt;thePurgedialogboxisdisplayed.

6.ExpandtheBlocksnodeandselectTitleBlock fromtheItemsnotused indrawingareaofthePurgedialogbox.

7.ChoosethePurgebutton;thePurge-ConfirmPurgemessageboxisdisplayed.

8.ChoosePurgethisitemfromthemessagebox;thetitleblockispurged.

9.ClosethePurgedialogbox.

Next,youneedtoinsertanewtitleblockintothedrawingarea.

10.DownloadtheCADCIM_Iso.dwgfilefromhttp//www.cadcim.com.Thepathofthefileisasfollows:Textbooks>CAD/CAM>Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners>InputFiles

11. Save the file at the locationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM\Isometric\CADCIM.

12.Expand the Insert node from theBlock panel of the Insert tab, and then click onMoreOptions,theInsertdialogboxisdisplayed.

13.ChoosetheBrowsebuttonandopentheCADCIM_Iso.dwgfile.

14.AcceptthedefaultsettingsintheInsertdialogboxandchoosetheOKbutton.

15.Thetitleblockisplacedinthedrawingarea,asshowninFigure8-39.

16.EnterRENAMEattheCommandprompt;theRenamedialogboxisdisplayed.

17.SelectBlocks fromtheNamedObjects listboxandCADCIM_Iso from the Itemslistbox.

18.EnterTitleBlockintheRenameToeditboxandchoosetheRenameTobutton.

19.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromthedialogboxtocloseit.

Next,youneedtosetthelimitsforthedrawingarea.

20.EnterLIMITSattheCommandprompt.

21.PressENTERtoaccepttheoriginasthefirstcorner.

22.Selectthetop-rightcornerofthetitleblocktodefinethesecondcorner,refertoFigure8-40.

Figure8-39Theiso.dwtfileafterplacingthetitleblock

Figure8-40Specifyingthesecondcornerofthedrawingsheet

23.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheQuickAccessToolbar.

CustomizingtheTitleBlockInthissection,youwillcustomizethedrawingandtheBOMareaofthetitleblock.

1. Invoke theProject Setup dialog box and selectTitle Block and Display from theIsometricDWGSettingsnode;theTitleblock&displaypageisdisplayed.

2.MakesurethatCADCIMisselectedintheisostyledrop-downlist.

3.ChoosetheSetupTitleBlockbuttonfromtheTitleblockpreviewarea; theProjectSetupdialogboxisclosedandtheTitleBlockSetupcontextualtabisdisplayed.

4.Choose theDrawArea button from theIsometricDrawingArea panel of theTitleblockSetup contextual tab; you are prompted to specify the first corner point of thedrawingarea.

5.Selectthetop-leftcornerofthetitleblock,asshowninFigure8-41;youarepromptedtoselectthesecondcorner.

6.Selectthesecondcornerofthedrawingarea,asshowninFigure8-42;thedrawingareaisdefined.

Figure8-41Selectingthefirstcornerofthedrawingarea

Figure8-42Selectingthesecondcornerofthedrawingarea

Next,youneedtoplacethenortharrow.

7.ChoosethePlaceNorthArrowbuttonfromtheNorthArrowpanel;youarepromptedtospecifydefaultnortharrowdirection.

8.ChoosetheupperLeftoptionfromtheCommandpromptandplacethenortharrowatthetop-leftcorner,asshowninFigure8-43.

9.ChoosetheNo-DrawAreabuttonfromtheIsometricDrawingAreapanelanddefinetheNo-drawarea,asshowninFigure8-44.

Figure8-43PositionoftheNorthArrow

Figure8-44DefiningtheNo-drawarea

Next,youneedtodefinetheBOMlistandCutPiecelistarea.

10.ChoosetheBillofMaterialsbuttonanddefinetheBOMlistarea,asshowninFigure8-45.

11.ChoosetheCutPiecebuttonanddefinetheCutPiecelistarea,asshowninFigure8-46.

Figure8-45DefiningtheBOMlistarea

Figure8-46DefiningtheCutPiecelistarea

ThedrawingsheetafterconfiguringthesettingsisshowninFigure8-47.

12.ChoosetheReturntoProjectSetupbuttonfromtheClosepaneloftheTitleBlockSetupcontextualtab;theBlock-ChangesNotSavedmessageboxisdisplayed.

13.Choose theSaveChanges to “iso.dwt” button from themessage box; the changesmadetotheiso.dwtfilearesaved.Also,theProjectSetupdialogboxisdisplayed.

14.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromtheProjectSetupdialogboxtocloseit.

15.CreatetheProductionIsoofthelinenumber1007andopenit.TheIsometricdrawingisdisplayed,asshowninFigure8-48.

Figure8-47Thedrawingsheetafterconfiguringallthesettings

Figure8-48TheisometricdrawingcreatedaftermodifyingtheIsostyle

16.Saveandcloseallthefiles.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1. A __________ is created to ensure that the final isometric drawing will be createdwithouterrors.

2.The__________toolisusedtodefinetheareainwhichtheisometricdrawingwillbecreated.

3.The__________optionisusedtolockaline.

4.The__________drawingwillpresentthegeometricdatawhichispreciseandrelevanttothestressanalysisofpipes.

5.The__________toolisusedtocreateanisometricfilefromaPCF(PipeComponentFile).

6.Tocreateanewisostyle,choosethe__________buttonfromtheIsostyleSetupareaintheProjectSetupdialogbox.

7.Bydefault,thereare__________typesofIsostylesavailableinAutoCADPlant3D.

8.Aballoonwillbedisplayedonthe__________aftertheisometricdrawingiscreated.

9.Youcancontrolthedisplayofdimensionsinthe__________pageoftheProjectSetupdialogbox.

10.A__________isthefinalisometricdrawingseparatedinindividualsections.

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.The__________drawingwillhaveabillofmaterial(BOM)anditisusedforcarryingoutthefabricationandconstructionprocess.

2.Youcancreate__________byselectingpipeseitherfromthedrawingareaorfromthelinelist.

3.AftercreatinganIsomessage,a__________willbeaddedinsidethepipe.

4.Youcanselectpredefinedisometricstylesfromthe__________drop-downlistintheCreateProductionIsodialogbox.

5.TheIsotemplatefileissavedas__________.

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.CheckIsometric,2.DrawArea,3.LockLineandIssue,4.Stressisometric,5.PCFtoIso, 6. Create a new Iso style based on an existing one, 7. four, 8. Status Bar, 9.Dimensions,10.Spooldrawing

Chapter9

CreatingOrthographic

Drawings

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•CreateOrthographicviews

•Addannotationsanddimensionstoviews

•UpdateViews

•GenerateBillofMaterial

•GenerateBOMAnnotation

INTRODUCTION

In the previous chapters, you learned to create 3Dmodels and now, you will learn tocreate their orthographic views. Orthographic views are the two-dimensional (2D)representationsofa3Dmodel. In thischapter,youwill learn tocreateorthographicandsectionalviewsofthe3Dmodelandthenupdatetheviewsasperthechangesmadeinthe3Dmodel.Youwillalsolearntoadddimensionsandannotationstothe2Dviews.

CREATINGORTHOGRAPHICDRAWINGSTo create a new orthographic drawing, choose theOrthographicDWG tab from thePROJECTMANAGER;theOrthostreeviewwillbedisplayed.Inthistreeview,right-clickontheOrthographicDrawingsnodeandchoosetheNewDrawingoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed,refertoFigure9-1;theNewDWGdialogboxwillbedisplayed.Next,enter thefilenameandauthornamein their respectivefieldsand thenchoose theOKbutton;aneworthographicdrawingwillbecreated.

Figure9-1ChoosingtheNewDrawingoption

Whenyouopenorcreateanorthographicdrawing,adrawingsheetwillbedisplayedwiththeOrthoView tabchosenbydefault,refertoFigure9-2.Thetoolsinthistabareusedtoperform operations such as editing, updating, annotating the drawing view, and so on.Theseoperationsarediscussednext.

Figure9-2TheOrthoViewtab

GeneratingtheFirstViewTogeneratethefirstviewofthedrawing,choosetheNewViewbuttonfromtheOrthoViews

paneloftheOrthoViewtab;theSelectReferenceModelsdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure9-3.Inthisdialogbox,selectthemodelstobeincludedfromtheProjectmodelslistbox.Youneedtoselectthecheckboxesadjacenttothedrawingfilestoincludethemintheorthographicviewtobecreated.Next,choosetheOKbuttonfromthedialogbox;theOrthographicViewSelectionwindowwillbedisplayed.Also,theOrthoEditorcontextualtabwillbe displayed, as shown inFigure 9-4.Also, theOrthoCube is displayed in the drawingarea,asshowninFigure9-5.TheoptionsinOrthoEditorcontextualtabhelpyoucreatetheorthographicviewsandtheOrthoCubehelpsyoutospecifytheviewboundary.

Figure9-3TheSelectReferenceModelsdialogbox

Figure9-4TheOrthoEditortab

Figure9-5TheOrthoCube

TheoptionsintheOrthoEditorcontextualtabarediscussednext.

OrthoCubePanelInthispanel,theViewdrop-downisusedtoselecttheviewtobecreated.Youcanselecttherequiredorthographicvieworisometricsviewfromthisdrop-down.TheAddJogtoolisusedtoaddajogtotheOrthoCube.Ajogisusedtoexcludeaportionofthemodelfromtheviewtobecreated.Toaddajog,choosetheAddJogtoolfromtheOrthoCubepanelandselectanedgeoftheOrthoCube,refertoFigure9-6;thejogwillbeadded,asshowninFigure9-7.

Figure9-6SelectingtheedgeoftheOrthoCube

Figure9-7JogaddedtotheOrthoCube

OutputSizePanelThePaperCheckbuttoninthispanelisusedtodisplaythedrawingsheetinthegraphicswindow,refertoFigure9-6.YoucanadjusttheOrthoCubeandscaletheviewaccordingto thepapersize.TheScaledrop-downlist isused toset thescalingfactorof theview.The Viewport and Paper display boxes display the viewport and the paper size,respectivelyinthedrawing.Notethatthesevaluesarereadonly.

SelectPanelInthispanel,the3DModelSelectiontoolisusedtoinvoketheSelectReferenceModelsdialog box. Using this dialog box, you can modify the selection of piping models forcreatingorthographicviews.

LibraryPanelUsingthetoolsinthispanel,youcansavethesettingsmadeintheOrthoViewSelectionwindow.Also,youcanloadthepreviouslysavedsettings.

OutputAppearancePanelThetoolsinthispanelareusedtosetthedisplayoftheviewoutputs.TheHiddenLinePipingdrop-downinthispanelisusedtosetthedisplaystyleoftheorthographicviews.TheHiddenLinePiping tool in this drop-down is used to display thepipeswhich arehidden,refertoFigure9-8.TheAllHiddenLines tool isused todisplayall thehiddenobjects,refertoFigure9-9.IfyouchoosetheNoHiddenLines tool, thehiddenobjectswillnotbedisplayed,refertoFigure9-10.

Figure9-8AviewwithHiddenLinePipingtoolchosen

Figure9-9AviewwithAllHiddenLinestoolchosen

Figure9-10AviewwithNoHiddenLinestoolchosen

The Matchlines button is used to display the matchlines on the boundary of anorthographicview,asshowninFigure9-11.NotethatthematchlinesaredisplayedaroundtheboundaryonlywhenyouplaceaPlan(top)viewinanorthodrawing.

Figure9-11Aviewwithmatchlines

TheCutPipeSymbols tool isused todisplayacutpipesymbolon thepipewhen it issectionedandonlyaportionofpipeisdisplayedintheview.

CreatepanelTheOKbuttoninthispanelisusedtoacceptthesettingsandgeneratetheorthographicviews.YoucanchoosetheCancelbuttontocanceltheviewgeneration.

After specifying the required settings in the Orthographic View Selection window, choosetheOKbuttonfromtheCreatepanel; theviewportwillbeattached to thecursorandyouwould need to specify its insertion point in the drawing sheet. At this stage, you canspecify the scalevalueof theviewportbychoosing theScaleoption from theCommandprompt.Click tospecify the insertionpointof theviewport; theOrthoGenerationmessageboxindicatingtheOrthogenerationprogresswillbedisplayed,refertoFigure9-12.Oncethe view generation is completed, the OrthoGeneration message box will be closed andtheorthographicviewwillbeplacedinthedrawingsheet.

Figure9-12TheOrthoGenerationmessagebox

CreatingtheAdjacentViewTocreateanadjacentview,firstyouneedtoopentheOrthographicdrawingbyusingthePROJECTMANAGER.Todoso,choosetheOrthographicDWGtabandthenexpandthetreeview.Next,double-clickontherequiredorthographicdrawingtoopenit. In theorthographicdrawing,choosetheAdjacentViewbuttonfromtheOrthoViewspaneloftheOrthoView tab; youwill be prompted to select an orthographic view to create anadjacentview.Select theviewframeofanexistingorthographicviewfromthedrawingsheet;theCreateanAdjacentViewdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure9-13.

Figure9-13TheCreateanAdjacentViewdialogbox

Next,selecttherequiredorthographicviewfromthisdialogbox.ChoosetheOKbutton;theselectedviewwillbeattached to thecursorandyouwillbeprompted to specify itsinsertionpoint.At this stage,youcanscaleor rotate theviewbychoosing theScale orRotate option from the Command prompt. Next, place the view depending upon itsorientationwiththeexistingview.

AddingAnnotationstotheDrawing

To add annotations to the drawing, choose the Ortho Annotate button from theAnnotationpaneloftheOrthoViewtab;youwillbepromptedtoselectthecomponenttoannotate.Selectthecomponenttobeannotatedfromanyoftheorthographicviewsinthedrawingsheet;youwillbepromptedtospecifytheannotationstyle.PressENTERifyouwant to select the annotation displayedbydefault.Otherwise, you can specify anyannotation style at theCommandprompt. If youwant toknow the available annotationstyles, enter? at theCommand prompt and then press ENTER; a list of styleswill bedisplayedat theCommandprompt.Afterspecifying theannotationstyle,pressENTER;youwill be prompted to specify the position of the annotation. Position the annotationanywherenearthecomponent.

You can also add annotation to the drawing by right-clicking in the drawing area andchoosingtherequiredannotationfromtheOrthoAnnotatesubmenu,refertoFigure9-14.TheOrthoAnnotatesubmenucontainstheoptionstoannotatepipes,steelstructures,equipment, instruments,andsoon.Youcanselect therequiredannotationfromthissubmenuandselectthecomponenttobeannotatedfromtheorthographicview.Forexample,to annotate the coordinate position of a pipe, choose thePipingCoordinate [Position]optionfromtheOrthoAnnotatesubmenuandselectthepipetobeannotatedfromtheorthographicview.

Figure9-14ThepartialviewoftheOrthoAnnotatesubmenu

Note

Youcanupdateanannotationasperthechangesmadeinthe3Dmodel.Todoso,choosethe Update Annotation tool from the Annotation panel of the Ortho View tab; theannotationgetsupdated.

AddingDimensionstotheDrawingYou can add dimensions to a drawing. For example, to add a linear dimension to thedrawing,choosetheLineartoolfromtheDimensiondrop-downoftheAnnotationpanelof theOrthoView tab; youwill be prompted to specify the first extension line origin.Specify the origin point of the dimension; youwill be prompted to specify the secondextensionlineorigin.Afterspecifyingthesecondextensionlineorigin,thedimensionwillbe attached to the cursor and you will be prompted to specify the location of thedimensionline.Movethecursorandclicktospecifythelocationofthedimension.

LocatingaComponentinthe3DModelTo locateacomponent in the3Dmodel, choose theLocate in3Dmodel tool from thePlant Object Tools panel of theOrtho View tab; you will be prompted to select acomponent to locate from the 3D model. Select the component from the orthographicview;the3Dmodelwillbeopenedanditwillzoomtotheselectedcomponent.

EditingaDrawingViewToeditthedrawingview,choosetheEditViewtoolfromtheOrthoViewspaneloftheOrthoView tab; youwill be prompted to select a viewport. On selecting the requiredviewport from thedrawing sheet, theOrthoViewSelectionwindowwill bedisplayed.Use the options in theOrtho Editor contextual tab of this window to edit the viewsettings.You can also use theOrthoCube to redefine the boundaries of the view.Aftermodifying all the settings, choose theOK button from theCreate panel of theOrthoEditorcontextualtab;theselectedviewwillbeedited.

UpdatingaViewWhiledesigningapipe,alotofchangesaremadeina3Dmodelofaproject.Youneedtoupdate the drawing views when changes have been made in the 3Dmodel. To do so,choose the Update View button from the Ortho Views panel in the Ortho Viewcontextualtab,andthenselecttheviewtobeupdated;theviewwillbeupdated.Notethatthedimensionswillnotgetupdatedalongwiththeview.Youneedtomanuallyupdatethedimensions.

AddingGapstoPipes

Youcanaddgapstoapipetodisplaythepipehiddenbehindit.Toaddagap,choosePipeGapToolfromthePlantObjectsToolspanelandselectthepipe;agapwillbeaddedtothepipe.Next,choosetheUpdateViewbuttonandupdatetheview;thehiddenpipewillbecomevisible.

GeneratingBillofMaterialYoucangeneratethebillofmaterialsforthedrawing.Togenerateabillofmaterialforthepipingcomponents,choosetheBillofMaterialstoolfromtheTablePlacement&Setuppanel of theOrthoView tab; you will be prompted to select the viewport. Select therequiredviewport;youwillpromptedtospecifythefirstcornerpointofthetable.Clickinthe drawing area to specify the first corner point; youwill be prompted to specify thesecondcornerpoint.Clickinthedrawingareatospecifythesecondcornerpoint;thebillofmaterialtablewillbegeneratedinthedrawingarea.Notethatifyoumakeanychangesinthe3Dmodelthentoupdatethosechangesinbillofmaterialtable,youneedtochoosetheUpdateBillofMaterialstoolfromtheTablePlacement&SetuppaneloftheOrthoViewtab.YoucanalsodefinethesettingsforthebillofmaterialtablebyusingtheTableSetuptoolavailableintheTablePlacement&SetuppaneloftheOrthoViewtab.

CreatingBOMAnnotationAftergeneratingbillofmaterials,youcanannotate themin thedrawingviewsbyusingthe BOM Annotation tool. To do so, choose the BOM Annotation tool from theAnnotationpaneloftheOrthoView tab;youwillbepromptedtoselect theBOMdataroworentire table. In theBOMtable, select the rowwhoseannotation tagyouwant toshow;youwillbepromptedtospecify locationwhereyouneedtoplace theannotation.Click in the drawing area to specify the location for annotation.You can also annotatewholeBOMtablebychoosingtheTableoptionfromthecommandprompt.YoucanalsochangetheviewportbyusingthechangeViewoptionfromthecommandprompt.

TUTORIALTutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillopenthePipingModel.dwgfileoftheCADCIMprojectlocatedinthePROJECTMANAGERandcreatetheorthographicviewsofthe3Dmodel.Youcanalso download this model from www.cadcim.com by following path: Textbooks >CAD/CAM>Plant3D>AutoCADPlant3D2016forDesigners>InputFiles.Youwillthenadddimensionsandannotationstotheviewscreated.Also,youwillmodifythe3Dmodelandupdatetheorthographicviews.(Expectedtime:30min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.OpenthePipingModel.dwgfilefromthePROJECTMANAGER.

b.Createorthographicdrawingandconfigurethesettings.

c.Createtheadjacentviews.

d.Adddimensionsandannotationstotheviews.

e.Savethedrawingfile.

f.Locateapipeinthe3DModelandmodifyit.

g.Validatetheviewsandthenupdatethem.

h.Manuallyupdatethedimension.

OpeningtheFile1.Double-clickontheAutoCADPlant3D2016-Englishicon;AutoCADPlant3Dgetsstarted.

2. Select CADCIM from the Current Project drop-down list in the PROJECTMANAGER.

3.ExpandthePlant3DDrawingsnode in theProjectareaanddouble-clickonPipingModel;theselecteddrawingfileisopened.

CreatingtheOrthographicDrawingandConfiguringtheSettings1.ChoosetheCreateOrthoViewtoolfromtheOrthoViewspaneloftheHometab;theSelectOrthographicDrawingdialogboxisdisplayed.

2. Choose theCreateNew button from this dialog box; theNewDWG dialog box isdisplayed.

3.Inthisdialogbox,enterOrthoViewsintheFilenameeditboxandthenchoosetheOKbutton;theOrthoEditorcontextual tab isdisplayedalongwith theOrthoCube in thedrawingarea.

4. Select theOrthoCube to display the grips on it. Next, use the grips andmodify theOrthoCube, as shown inFigure 9-15.Make sure that all the components are coveredundertheOrthoCube.

Figure9-15ThemodifiedOrthoCube

Next,youneedtospecifytheorientationofthefirstview.

5.Select theTopoptionfromtheViewdrop-downlist in theOrthoCubepanel, if notselected.

6.Select1:100fromtheScaledrop-downlistintheOutputSizepanel.

Next,youneedtosavetheconfiguredsettings.

7.ChoosetheSaveOrthoCubetoolfromtheLibrarypanel;theSaveViewdialogboxisdisplayed.

8. In this dialog box, enterTopView in theViewName edit box and choose theOKbutton;theviewsettingsaresaved.Now,thesesettingscanbeusedfurther.

9.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromtheCreatepaneloftheOrthoEditorcontextual tab; theviewisattachedtothecursorandyouarepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpointofthe

view.

10.Place theviewat the top rightof the layout.Figure9-16shows the topviewof themodel.

Figure9-16Topviewofthe3Dmodel

CreatingtheAdjacentViewsInthissection,youwillcreatethefrontandleftviews.

1. Choose theAdjacentView tool from theOrthoViews panel; you are prompted toselecttheorthographicviewtocreateanadjacentview.

2.Select theview frameof theTopview; theCreate anAdjacentViewdialog box isdisplayed.

3. In thisdialogbox, select theFront radiobuttonand thenchoose theOKbutton; thefrontviewisattachedtothecursorandyouarepromptedtospecifytheinsertionpointfortheview.

4.Placetheviewbelowthetopview,asshowninFigure9-17.Notethatyouneedtouseobjecttrackingtopositionthefrontviewpreciselywithrespecttothetopview.

5.Next, invoke theAdjacentView tool and create the left view of themodel, refer toFigure9-17.Notethatyouneedtoselectthefrontsidetocreatethisview.

Figure9-17Orthographicviewsofthe3Dmodel

AddingAnnotationsandDimensionsInthissection,youwilladdannotationsanddimensionstotheview.

1. Choose theOrthoAnnotate tool from theAnnotation panel; you are prompted toselectacomponenttoannotate.

2.ZoomintotheTopviewandthenselectthereboilerfromtheview;youarepromptedtospecifytheannotationstyle.

3.Enter theEquipmentAnnotation[Tag] in theCommandprompt andpressENTER;youarepromptedtospecifythelocationforplacingtheannotation.

4.Placetheannotationbelowthereboiler,asshowninFigure9-18.

5.Select thevertical thinpipelineconnectingthereboilerandenterFullLineNumberCallout in the Command prompt; the annotation is attached to the cursor. Place theannotationnearthepipeline,asshowninFigure9-19.

Figure9-18Theannotationplacedbelowthereboiler

Figure9-19Thepipebeingannotated

Next,youneedtocreatedimensions.

6.ChoosetheLineartoolfromtheDimensiondrop-downof theDimensionpanel;youarepromptedtospecifythefirstextensionlineorigin.

7. Zoom in on the reboiler in the Front view and select the start point of the pipeconnectingthebottomnozzleofthereboiler,asshowninFigure9-20.

8.Next,specifythesecondextensionlineorigin,refertoFigure9-20;thedimensionlineisattachedtothecursorandyouarepromptedtospecifyitslocation.

9.Placethedimensionline,asshowninFigure9-21.NotethatthisdimensionwillbeusedlaterinthetutorialtoexplaintheUpdateViewsoption.

10.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheQuickAccessToolbar;thedrawingfileissaved.

Figure9-20Theoriginpointsofthedimensionextensionlines

Figure9-21Locationofthedimension

Updatingthe3DModel

Inthissection,youwillupdatethe3Dmodel.

1. Choose theLocate in 3DModel tool from thePlant Object Tools panel; you arepromptedtoselectacomponenttolocateinthe3Dmodel.

2.Selectthehorizontalpipe,asshowninFigure9-22;itislocatedinthe3Dmodel.

3.Selectthehighlightedpipeinthe3Dmodel;theMovePartgripisdisplayed,asshowninFigure9-23.

Figure9-22Thepipetobeselectedinthe3Dmodel

Figure9-23TheMovePartgripdisplayedonthepipe

4. Select theMove Part grip and move the cursor downward. Next, enter 6” at theCommandprompt;thepipeismodified,asshowninFigure9-24.

Figure9-24Thepipeaftermodification

5.ChoosetheSavebuttonintheQuickAccessToolbar.

ValidatingtheViewsandthenUpdatingthem1. Right-click on OrthoViews under the Orthographic Drawings node in theOrthographic DWG tab of the PROJECT MANAGER and choose the ValidateViewsoption, refer toFigure9-25; all theviews turn red and amessage is displayedshowingthatthereferencedmodelshavechanged.

Figure9-25ChoosingtheValidateViewsoption

2. Right-click onOrthoViews in thePROJECTMANAGER and choose theUpdateViewsoption;theviewsareupdated.

Youwill notice thatwhile updating the views, the dimensionwas not updated, refer toFigure9-26.Therefore,youneedtomanuallyupdatethedimension.

3.Select theoriginpointof the secondextension lineof thedimensionandsnap to theendpointofthepipe,asshowninFigure9-27;thedimensionvalueismodified.

Figure9-26Thedimensionnotupdatedinthedrawingview

Figure9-27Modifyingthedimension

4.ChooseClose>AllDrawingsfromtheApplicationmenu;theAutoCADmessageboxisdisplayed.

5.ChoosetheNObuttoninthismessageboxtoomitthechangesmadetothefiles.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SELF-EVALUATIONTEST

Answerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.Inthe__________window,youneedtousethe__________tospecifytheboundariesoftheview.

2.Youcansavetheorthographicviewsettingsbychoosingthe__________button.

3. The tools in the __________ tab are used to perform operations such as editing,updating,annotatingthedrawingview,andsoon.

4.Youcanannotateanequipmentorapartbyusingthe__________button.

5.Youcanusethe__________tooltoaddgapsinapipe.

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.Youcanusethe__________tooltolocateacomponentinthe3Dmodel.

2.Onchoosing the__________button,dimensionswillnotgetupdatedalongwith theview.

3.Youcanupdatethebillofmaterialaftermakingchangesin3Dmodelbychoosingthe__________tool.

4.Youcanalsoincludeallthe3Dmodelfilespresentinthecurrentproject,whilecreatingtheorthographicview.(T/F)

5.Youcanalsoscalethedrawingviewatthetimeofitsplacement.(T/F)

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.OrthographicViewSelection,OrthoCube,2.SaveOrthoCube,3.OrthoView,4.OrthoAnnotate,5.PipeGap

Chapter10

ManagingDataandCreatingReports

LEARNINGOBJECTIVESAftercompletingthischapter,youwillbeableto:

•UnderstandtheusageoftheDataManager

•Viewprojectanddrawingdata

•Createreports

•Exportprojectdata

•Importprojectdata

INTRODUCTIONIn thischapter,youwill learn touse theDATAMANAGER toviewthe information inP&IDsandPlant3Ddrawingsandtoexportandimportthedata.Inadditiontothat,youwillbeabletofilterdataintheDATAMANAGERtoviewaparticularinformation.

Also,youwilllearntogenerate,export,andimportreportsusingtheDATAMANAGER.

DATAMANAGERTheDATAMANAGERisalocationwheretheentireprojectdataremainsavailable.Youcanview,modify,export,andimportthisdatausingtheDATAMANAGER.Inaddition,youcanarrangetheinformationwithintheDATAMANAGER intodifferent formsandthen generate reports. To display theDATAMANAGER, choose theData Managerbutton from the Project panel of theHome tab. Figure 10-1 shows a typical DATAMANAGERanditscomponents.

Figure10-1TheDATAMANAGER

ThecomponentsoftheDATAMANAGERarediscussednext.

Drop-downListIt is used to display different data types such as Current Drawing Data, Plant 3DProjectDataorP&IDProjectData,andProjectReports.

ClassTreeTheClasstreedisplays,youcandisplaythedatarelatedtoaparticularcomponentofthedrawing.

DATAMANAGERToolbarUsingtheDATAMANAGERtoolbar,youcanperformvarious taskssuchas refreshing,exporting,importing,dataprinting,andsoon.

DataTableItistheplacewheretheprojectdataisarrangedinrowsandcolumns.

VIEWINGDATAINTHEDATAMANAGERIntheDATAMANAGER,youcanviewtheprojectdatarelatedtoPlant3DandP&IDdrawings.Youcanalsoviewtheprojectreports.ToviewPlant3Ddata,firstyouneedtoopen a Plant 3Dmodel.Next, invoke theDATAMANAGER and select thePlant 3DProjectDataoptionfromthedrop-downlistavailableatthetopleftcorner;thePlant3Dproject datawill be displayed, as shown in Figure 10-2.Next, select the required classfromtheClasstreepresentontheleftoftheDATAMANAGER;thedatarelatedtotheselectedcomponentwillbedisplayedinthedatatable.

To view the P&ID data, first you need to open a P&ID file. Next, invoke theDATAMANAGER and select theP&IDProjectData option from the drop-down list in theDATAMANAGER;theP&IDprojectDatawillbedisplayedintheDATAMANAGER,asshowninFigure10-3.

Figure10-2ThePlant3DprojectData

Figure10-3TheP&IDprojectData

To view the data of the current drawing file, select theCurrentDrawingData optionfrom the drop-down list available in theDATAMANAGER. Next, select the requiredclassfromtheClasstree;thedatarelatedtothecurrentdrawingfileisdisplayed.

MODIFYINGTHEDISPLAYOFDATAYou can modify the display of data by using the options available in the DATAMANAGER.Theseoptionsarediscussednext.

DisplayingtheDatabyObjectTypeandAreaYou can display the data based on object type or area. To do so, select theOrder byObjectTypeorOrderbyAreaoptionfromthedrop-downlistlocatedatthebottomofthe Class tree, refer to Figure 10-4; the data displayed will be modified based on theoption selected.Figure10-5 and10-6 show thedatabasedon theobject type andarea,respectively.

Figure10-4Thedrop-downlistlocatedatthebottomoftheClasstree

Figure10-5Theprojectdatadisplayedbasedonarea

Figure10-6Theprojectdatadisplayedbasedontheobjecttype

Note

TheOrder by Object Type orOrder by Area options in P&ID Project Data will beavailablebyright-clickingintheblankareaavailableatthebottomoftheClasstree.

Tip.You canmodify the display of nodes in theClass tree. To do so, right-click in theClasstreeandchoosetheShowAllNodesorShowOnlyNodeswithContentoption;the

Classtreewillbemodifieddependinguponthechosenoption

ZOOMINGTOPLANTOBJECTSYoucanzoomtoanobject in thedrawingareabyusing theDATAMANAGER.Also,youcanlocatetheobjectintheDATAMANAGERbyselectingitfromthedrawingarea.Variousmethods to zoom and scroll through objects in theDATAMANAGER and tolocatetheminthedrawingareaarediscussednext.

LocatinganObjectintheDrawingAreaYou can locate an object in the drawing area using theDATAMANAGER. To do so,selecttheCurrentDrawingDataoptionfromthedrop-downlist locatedat the top leftcorneroftheDATAMANAGER.Next,selecttherequiredcomponentfromthetree;therelateddatawillbedisplayedinthedatatable.Inthedatatable,clickontheheaderrowoftheobject,refertoFigure10-7;theobjectwillbelocatedinthedrawingarea.

Figure10-7Clickingontheheaderrow

ScrollingthroughtheDataintheDATAMANAGERYou can scroll through the objects in theDATAMANAGER and locate them in thedrawing area using the arrowbuttons available at the bottomof the data table, refer toFigure10-8.Onchoosingtherightarrowbutton,thenextrecordwillbehighlightedinthedatatable.Also,theobjectwillbelocatedinthedrawingarea.Onchoosingtheleftarrowbutton,thepreviousrecordwillbehighlightedinthedatatable.

Figure10-8Arrowbuttonslocatedatthebottomofthedatatable

TipYoucanhighlight the firstor lastobjectofadata tablebyusing thearrowbuttonswithaverticalline.

EDITINGDATAINTHEDATAMANAGERYou can edit the data in theDATAMANAGER manually. To do so, open theDATAMANAGERanddouble-clickonthecellwhosedataneedstobemodified;adrop-downlistwill bedisplayedor the correspondingcellwill turn into an edit box.Youcannowspecify thenewvaluebyusingthedrop-downlistorbyenteringitmanually in theeditbox. You can also specify the value in the edit box by copying it from another cell.However, note that you cannot change the value of cells displayed with shadedbackground.

PLACINGANNOTATIONSINAP&IDUSINGTHEDATAMANAGERYoucanplaceannotationsinaP&IDusingtheDATAMANAGER.Todoso,open theP&ID and then invoke theDATAMANAGER. In theDATAMANAGER, select theCurrentDrawingData option from the drop-down list located at the top of theClasstree;thedatarelatedtothecurrentdrawingfilewillbedisplayed.Next,selecttherequiredclassfromtheClasstree;thedatarelatedtotheselectedclasswillbedisplayedinthedatatable.Click on the required cell in theData table and drag the cursor into the drawingarea;theobjectcorrespondingtotheselectedcellwillbehighlightedintheP&IDandyouwill be prompted to specify the location of the annotation. Specify the location of theannotationnearthehighlightedobject.

FILTERINGTHEINFORMATIONINTHEDATATABLEYoucanfilter thedata in thedata tableso thatyoucanviewonly therequireddataandexportit.Thevariousmethodstofiltertheinformationinthedatatablearediscussednext.

ViewingOnlytheSelectedRecordintheDataTableToviewonlytheselectediteminthedatatable,right-clickonitandchoosetheFilterBy

Selectionoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;alltherecordsexcepttheselectedonewillbehidden.

ViewingAlltheRecordsintheDataTableExcepttheSelectedoneToviewalltheitemsinthedatatableexcepttheselectedone,right-clickonitandchoosetheFilterExcludingSelectionoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed;all the recordsexcepttheselectedonewillbedisplayed.

ViewingtheDataoftheObjectsSelectedintheDrawingAreaYou can view the data of the objects selected in the drawing area.To do so, select theobject fromthedrawingarea,asshowninFigure10-9.Nextchoose theShowSelectedItems button from theDATAMANAGER toolbar, as shown in Figure 10-10; theobjectwillbelocatedinthedatatable,refertoFigure10-11.

Figure10-9Objectselectedinthe3Dmodel

Figure10-10ChoosingtheShowSelectedItemsbutton

Figure10-11ObjectlocatedintheDATAMANAGER

Toremoveallthefilters,choosetheRemoveFilterbuttonfromtheDATAMANAGERtoolbar;allthefilterswillberemovedfromtheDatatable.

EXPORTINGDATAFROMTHEDATAMANAGERToexportthedatafromtheDATAMANAGER,followthestepsgivennext.

1. Select a node from the Class tree and choose the Export button from the DATAMANAGERtoolbar;theExportDatadialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure10-12.

Figure10-12TheExportDatadialogbox

2. In this dialog box, select an option from theSelect export settings drop-down list.Next,selecttherequiredradiobuttonfromtheIncludechildnodesarea.IfyouselecttheActivenodeandallchildnodesradiobutton,thenodeselectedfromtheClasstreeandallthesub-nodesunderitwillbeincludedwhileexportingthedata.Forexample,ifyouselecttheEquipmentnodefromtheClasstree;allthesub-nodesunderitwillbeincluded and separate worksheets will be created from each node. If you select theActivenodeonlyradiobutton,onlytheselectednodewillbeincludedwhileexportingthedata.

3. Choose theBrowse button from the dialog box; theExport To dialog box will bedisplayed.

4.Inthisdialogbox,specifythelocationoftheexportedfile,enteritsnameandselectthefiletypefromtheFilesoftypedrop-downlist.

5.ChoosetheSavebuttonandthentheOKbutton; thedatawillbeexported in thefileformatselectedintheFilesoftypedrop-downlist.

IMPORTINGDATATOTHEDATAMANAGERToimportdatatotheDATAMANAGER,followthestepsgivennext.

1.SelectthenodefromtheClasstreetowhichthedataistobeimportedandchoosetheImportbuttonfromtheDATAMANAGERtoolbar;theAutoCADPlantmessageboxwillbedisplayedshowingthatAlogfilefortheacceptorrejectwillbecreatedinthesame folder as the import file. Choose theOK button from the message box; theImportFromdialogboxwillbedisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,selecttherequiredoptionfromtheFilesoftypedrop-downlistandbrowsetothelocationofthefilefromwhichyouwanttoimportthedata.

3. Select the file and choose theOpen button; the Import Data dialog box will bedisplayed,asshowninFigure10-13.

Figure10-13TheImportDatadialogbox

4.ChoosetheOKbutton;thedatawillbeimportedtothedatatable.

AcceptingorRejectingChangesintheImportedDataTheimporteddatamayundergosomemodifications.Afterimportingthedata,youneedtoacceptorrejectthechanges.Todoso,firstselectthenodefromtheClasstreetowhichthedataistobeimported.Youwillnoticethatthechangesmadeinthedataarehighlightedwithyellowbackground.ChoosetheAcceptbuttontoaccept thechangesonebyoneorchoose the Accept All button to accept all the changes at a time from the DATAMANAGER toolbar. Similarly, you can reject the changes by choosing theReject orRejectAllbutton.

VIEWINGREPORTSINTHEDATAMANAGERYou can view, export and import Project Reports using the DATA MANAGER. To viewProject Reports, click on the Reports button in the PROJECT MANAGER; a flyout willbe displayed. Choose theReports option from the flyout; the project report data will bedisplayedintheDATAMANAGER,asshowninFigure10-14.Inthissection,youwilllearnhowtoimportandexporttheprojectreports.

Figure10-14Theprojectreportdata

ExportingtheProjectReportsToexportProjectReports,firstmakesurethattheProjectReportsnodeisselectedintheDATAMANAGER.Next,choose theExportbuttonfromtheDATAMANAGER; theExportReportData dialog box will be displayed, as shown in Figure 10-15. In thisdialogbox, select thecheckboxes from theReports listbox.Next,choose theBrowsebutton;theExportTodialogboxwillbedisplayed.SelectthefileformatfromtheFilesoftypedrop-downlistandspecifythelocationofthefile.Next,choosetheSavebuttonandthentheExportbutton;theprojectreportwillbeexported.

Figure10-15TheExportReportDatadialogbox

ImportingtheProjectReportsToimportProjectReports,selecttheProjectReportsnodein theClass treeandchoosetheImportbutton;theAutoCADPlantmessageboxwillbewiththemessageAlogfilefortheacceptorrejectchangeswillbecreatedinthesamefolderastheimportfile.ChoosetheOKbutton;theImportFromdialogboxwillbedisplayed.Selectthetypeoffilefromwhichyouwanttoimportthedata(.xls,.xlsx,.csv)andbrowsetothefilelocation.SelectthefileandchoosetheOpenbutton;theProjectReportSelectiondialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure10-16.Inthisdialogbox,selectthereporttoimportfromthe Select project report to import drop-down list and choose the OK button; theselectedreportwillbeimported.

Figure10-16TheProjectReportSelectiondialogbox

WORKINGWITHTHEREPORTCREATORAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreatorisanadditionalapplicationwhichcomesalongwithAutoCAD Plant 3D. It is used to generate reports without starting theAutoCADPlant3Dapplication.Tostart thisapplication,double-clickontheAutodeskAutoCAD

PlantReportCreator 2016 - English icon from your desktop screen; theAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator with theSettingsmessage boxwill be displayed, asshown in Figure 10-17. Note that the Settings message box will be displayedautomaticallyifyouareopeningtheAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreatorapplicationforthefirsttime.YoucanalsoinvoketheSettingsmessageboxbychoosingtheSettingsbutton available next to the Report Configuration drop-down in the AutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreatorapplication.

Next, select theGeneral radio button from theSettingsmessage box and chooseOK.Now,youcanstartgeneratingreports.

Figure10-17TheAutoCADPlant3DReportCreatorwiththeSettingsmessagebox

GeneratingReportsUsingtheAutoCADPlantReportCreatorTo generate reports, invokeAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator and select the

requiredprojectavailableintheProjectdrop-downlist.Ifitisnotavailableinthisdrop-down list, select theOpen option; theOpen dialog boxwill be displayed.Browse andselecttheProject.xmlfile.Next,choosetheOpenbutton;thedataconfigurationsrelatedtotheselectedprojectwillbedisplayedinAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator.SelecttherequiredconfigurationfromtheReportConfigurationdrop-downlist,refertoFigure 10-18. Select the Project Data orDrawing Data radio button from theDataSourcearea.IfyouselecttheDrawingDataradiobutton,youneedtoselectadrawingordrawingsfromtheDataSource listbox.Next,choose thePreviewbutton; thePreviewwindowwill be displayed, as shown in Figure 10-19. Close thePreview window andchoose thePrint/Export button; thePDF Export Options window will be displayed.Next,choosetheOKbutton;theExportresultswindowwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure10-20.ChoosetheOKbutton;thereportwillbeexportedtoaPDFfileandplacedintheReportsfolderoftherespectiveproject.

Figure10-18TheReportConfigurationdrop-downlist

Figure10-19ThePreviewwindow

Figure10-20TheExportresultswindow

Youcanalsocreatecustomizedreports.Todoso,selecttheprojectfromtheProjectdrop-downlistandthenselecttheNewoptionfromtheReportConfigurationdrop-downlist;theNewReportConfigurationdialogboxwillbedisplayed,asshowninFigure10-21.

Figure10-21TheNewReportConfigurationdialogbox

SelecttheNewblankreportradiobuttonfromthedialogboxandchoosetheOKbutton;theReportConfiguration dialog boxwill be displayed, refer to Figure 10-22. Specifysettings in this dialog box. The procedure to specify the settings in this dialog box isdiscussednext:

1.ClickontheEditquerybuttonofthedialogbox;theQueryConfigurationdialogboxwillbedisplayed.

2.SelectthedesiredradiobuttonfromtheQuerytypeareaandthenselecttheclassfromtheAvailableClassestree.Now,addtherequiredoptionintheIncludedClassesareabyusing the> button.Next, choose theOK button from the dialog box; theReportConfigurationdialogboxwillbedisplayedagain.

3.ChoosetheEditreportlayoutbuttonfromtheReportConfigurationdialogbox;theReportDesigneralongwiththeReportWizardwillbedisplayed.

4.Movetherequiredfield(s)fromtheAvailablefieldsareatotheFieldstodisplayinareportareafromtheReportWizard.

5. Choose theNext button and define all the options required for the report and thenchoosetheFinishbutton.

6.Save the reportbychoosing theSave button from theReportDesigner andclose it.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromtheReportConfigurationdialogbox.

7. Now, you can choose the Preview button to see the preview of report or thePrint/Exportbuttontosaveorprintthereport.

Figure10-22TheReportConfigurationdialogbox

TUTORIALSTutorial1Inthistutorial,youwillopenthePipingModel.dwgfilefromtheCADCIMprojectinthePROJECT MANAGER, and filter the data, and export the data from the DATAMANAGER. You can also download this model from www.cadcim.com by followingpath:Textbooks > CAD/CAM> Plant 3D > AutoCAD Plant 3D 2016 for Designers>Input Files. You will then modify the data, import it and then apply the changes.(Expectedtime:20min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.Openthe3Dmodelfile

b.InvoketheDATAMANAGER.

c.Filterthedataandexportit.

d.Opentheexportedfileandmodifythedata.

e.ImportthemodifieddataintotheDATAMANAGER.

StartingAutoCADPlant3DandOpeningtheProject1.StartAutoCADPlant3D.

2. Select theCADCIM option from theCurrent Project drop-down list in the in thePROJECTMANAGER.

3.OpenthePipingModel.dwgfilefromthePlant3DDrawingsnodeinthePROJECTMANAGER.

InvokingtheDataManagerandViewingtheData1.ChoosetheDataManagerbuttonfromtheProjectpaneloftheHometab;theDATAMANAGERisdisplayed.

2. In theDATAMANAGER, select thePlant 3DProjectData option from the drop-downlistlocatedatthetop-leftcorner,refertoFigure10-23;thePlant3Dprojectdataisdisplayed.

Figure10-23SelectingthePlant3DProjectDataoption

3. Select the Equipment node from the Class tree; the data related to equipment isdisplayedintheDatatable.

FilteringandExportingtheData1.Right-clickonCentrifugalPumpfromtheLongDescription(Size)columnintheDatatableandchoosetheFilterBySelectionoptionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayed,refertoFigure10-24;thedatarelatedtoCentrifugalPumpisdisplayedintheDatatable.

Figure10-24ChoosingtheFilterBySelectionoption

2.Choose theExportbutton from theDATAMANAGER toolbar, as shown inFigure10-25;theExportDatadialogboxisdisplayed.

Figure10-25ChoosingtheExportbutton

3.SelecttheActivenodeonlyradiobuttonfromtheIncludechildnodesareaandchoosetheBrowsebutton;theExportTodialogboxisdisplayed.

4.In thisdialogbox,select theExcelWorkbook(*.xlsx)optionfromtheFilesof typedrop-down list, refer to Figure 10-26, and specify the file location asC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM.

Figure10-26SelectingtheExcelWorkbook(*.xlsx)option

5.ChoosetheSavebutton;theExportTodialogboxisclosed.

6.Choose theOKbuttonfromtheExportDatadialogbox; thedata is exported to theExcelfile.

ModifyingtheExportedData1. Browse to the location C:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIM and open theCADCIM-Equipment.xlsxfile;thespreadsheetisdisplayed.

2.Inthespreadsheet,scrolltotheSpeccolumnandenterCS150inthefirstcell,refertoFigure10-27.

Figure10-27EnteringavalueinthefirstcelloftheSpeccolumn

3.Similarly,enterCS150inallothercellsoftheSpeccolumn.

4.SaveandclosetheExcelfile.

ImportingtheData1.SwitchtoAutoCADPlant3DandopentheDATAMANAGERifitisclosed.

2. In theDATAMANAGER,make sure thatPlant3DProjectData is selected in thedrop-downlistlocatedatthetopleftandEquipmentdataisdisplayedintheDatatable.

3.ChoosetheImportbuttonfromtheDATAMANAGERtoolbar,refertoFigure10-28;theAutoCADPlantmessageboxisdisplayed.

Figure10-28ChoosingtheImportbutton

4.ChoosetheOKbutton;theImportFromdialogboxisdisplayed.

5.BrowsetothelocationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIMandselecttheExcelWorkbook(*.xlsx)option from theFiles of typedrop-downlist if it is not selected.Now,double-clickontheCADCIM-Equipment.xlsxfile;theImportDatadialogboxisdisplayed.

6.ChoosetheOKbuttonfromthisdialogbox;thedataintheExcelfileisimportedintotheDATAMANAGER, refer to Figure 10-29.Also, theSpec column is highlightedwithyellowbackground.

Figure10-29TheDatatableafterimportingthedata

7. Choose the Accept All button from theDATAMANAGER toolbar to accept thechangesmadeinthedata,refertoFigure10-30.

Figure10-30ChoosingtheAcceptAllbutton

8.ChoosetheSavebuttonfromtheApplicationmenuandthentheClosebuttontoclosethefile.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Tutorial2Inthistutorial,youwilluseAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreatortocreatereports.(Expectedtime:10min)

Thefollowingstepsarerequiredtocompletethistutorial:

a.StartAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator.

b.Selecttherequiredconfiguration.

c.Selectthedatasource.

d.Exportthedata.

StartingAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreatorandGeneratingReports1.Double-clickontheshortcuticonofAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator2016- English in your Desktop; the Autodesk AutoCAD Plant Report Creator isdisplayed.

2.Inthisdialogbox,selecttheOpenoptionfromtheProjectdrop-downlist; theOpendialogboxisdisplayed.

3.BrowsetothelocationC:\Users\User_name\Documents\CADCIManddouble-clickontheProject.xmlfile;thedatasourcesrelatedtotheCADCIMprojectaredisplayedinAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator.

4.SelecttheValvelistoptionfromtheReportConfigurationdrop-downlist.

5.SelecttheProjectDataradiobuttonfromtheDataSourcearea.

6.ChoosethePrint/ExportbuttonfromAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator;thePDFExportOptionsdialogboxisdisplayed.

7. Enter the values in this dialog box, as shown in Figure 10-31 and choose theOKbutton; the report is exported in PDF file format and theExport results window isdisplayed.

8. In this window, double-click on the file path, refer to Figure 10-32; the PDF filecontainingthevalvereportisdisplayed,asshowninFigure10-33.

Figure10-31ThePDFExportOptionsdialogbox

Figure10-32TheExportresultswindowshowingthefilepath

Figure10-33PartialviewofthevalvereportinthePDFfile

9.ViewthereportandclosethePDFfile.

10. Choose the OK button from the Export results window and close AutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SELF-EVALUATIONTESTAnswerthefollowingquestionsandthencomparethemtothosegivenattheendofthischapter:

1.The__________isalocationwhereallprojectdataislocated.

2.Youcanselectthe__________optionfromthedrop-downlistlocatedatthebottomoftheClasstreetodisplaythedatabasedonthearea,

3.You can right-click on a selected item in the data table and choose the __________optionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayedtohideallotheritems.

4.You can right-click on a selected item in the data table and choose the __________optionfromtheshortcutmenudisplayedtohideitfromthedatatable.

5.Youcanchoosethe__________buttonfromtheDATAMANAGERtoviewthedata

relatedtotheobjectsselectedinthedrawingarea.

REVIEWQUESTIONSAnswerthefollowingquestions:

1.Ifyouselectthe__________radiobutton,thenodeselectedfromtheClasstreeandallthesub-nodesunderitwillbeincludedwhileexportingthedata.

2. You can export the data from the DATA MANAGER to an __________ or__________file.

3. When you make changes to the data, the changes are highlighted with yellowbackground.(T/F)

4.TheAutodeskAutoCADPlantReportCreator can be used to create reports evenwhentheAutoCADPlant3Dapplicationisnotrunning.(T/F)

5.YoucanviewP&IDdataintheDATAMANAGERwithoutopeningaP&IDfile.(T/F)

AnswerstoSelf-EvaluationTest

1.DATAMANAGER,2.OrderbyArea,3.FilterBySelection,4. Filter ExcludingSelection,5.ShowSelectedItems